Skip to content · ⁨コンテンツへスキップ⁩
Subjects · ⁨科目⁩

A-Level Biology · ⁨A-Level 生物⁩

Tips · ⁨ヒント⁩

A-Level Biology (9700) starts at the cell and works outwards: membranes and transport, the mitotic cell cycle, nucleic acids and protein synthesis, then transport in plants and mammals, gas exchange, infectious disease and immunity. A2 adds respiration, photosynthesis, homeostasis, inheritance, selection and evolution.

Biology is called the memorising science, and that is exactly what catches people out. The command word does most of the work: "explain" wants a mechanism, "describe" does not. A perfect description scores nothing when the question said explain.

Answers are marked against specific scheme points. One vague sentence covering three ideas usually earns one mark, not three.

  • 1

    Cell structure · ⁨細胞構造⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    1.1

    How we study cells

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. make temporary preparations of cellular material suitable for viewing with a light microscope
    2. draw cells from microscope slides and photomicrographs
    3. calculate magnifications of images and actual sizes of specimens from drawings, photomicrographs and electron micrographs (scanning and transmission)
    4. use an eyepiece graticule and stage micrometer scale to make measurements and use the appropriate units, millimetre (mm), micrometre (µm) and nanometre (nm)
    5. define resolution and magnification and explain the differences between these terms, with reference to light microscopy and electron microscopy
    日本語
    1. 光顕微鏡で観察するに適した細胞材料の仮染切片を作成する
    2. 顕微鏡スライドおよび写真顕微鏡写真から細胞を描画する
    3. 描画、写真顕微鏡写真および電子顕微鏡写真(走査型および透過型)から、画像の倍率および標本の実際のサイズを計算する
    4. 接眼格子板およびステージマイクロメータースケールを使用して測定を行い、適切な単位であるミリメートル (mm)、マイクロメートル (µm)、ナノメートル (nm) を用いる
    5. 分解能と倍率を定義し、光顕微鏡および電子顕微鏡との関連において、これらの用語の違いを説明すること。

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Cells 细胞 are very small, so you cannot see them with your eyes alone. You use a microscope 显微镜 to make a bigger picture of them. The first kind you meet is the light microscope 光学显微镜. It shines light through a thin specimen 标本 (the material you look at) and uses glass lenses to enlarge the view.

    Making a slide and drawing what you see

    To look at living material, you make a temporary preparation 临时装片. You put a small, thin piece of material on a glass slide 载玻片, add a drop of stain 染色剂 (a coloured liquid that makes parts easier to see), then lower a thin cover slip 盖玻片 on top to flatten it and keep out air.

    When you draw cells from a slide or a photograph, follow simple rules:

    • use a sharp pencil and clear, single lines (no shading).
    • draw only what you can really see, with the parts in the correct sizes.
    • label the parts with straight lines that do not cross.

    Magnification and actual size

    Magnification 放大倍数 tells you how many times bigger the image is than the real object. It has no unit. You find it with one equation:

    $$\text{magnification} = \frac{\text{size of image}}{\text{actual size of object}}$$

    You can rearrange this to find any one value from the other two:

    $$\text{actual size} = \frac{\text{size of image}}{\text{magnification}}$$

    The top and the bottom of the fraction must use the same unit. Cells are tiny, so you work in small units:

    • $1\ \text{mm} = 1000\ \text{micrometre}$ 微米 (µm)
    • $1\ \text{µm} = 1000\ \text{nanometre}$ 纳米 (nm)
    • so $1\ \text{mm} = 1\,000\,000\ \text{nm}$.

    Worked example. In a photomicrograph at magnification $5000$, a chloroplast 叶绿体 measures $25\ \text{mm}$ across. Its actual size is

    $$\frac{25\ \text{mm}}{5000} = 0.005\ \text{mm} = 5\ \text{µm}.$$

    The same equation works for drawings, photomicrographs 显微照片 (photos taken through a light microscope) and electron micrographs 电子显微照片 (the most detailed photos, explained below). Always convert to the same unit first, then divide.

    Eyepiece graticule and stage micrometer

    To measure a real cell under the microscope, you use an eyepiece graticule 目镜测微尺 — a tiny scale inside the eyepiece. Its divisions have no fixed size, so first you must calibrate 校准 them (work out what one division is worth).

    You calibrate using a stage micrometer 载物台测微尺 — a special slide with an accurate scale on it (often $1\ \text{mm}$ split into $100$ parts, so each part is $10\ \text{µm}$). You line up the two scales, count how many graticule divisions fit a known length, and divide. Once calibrated, you can swap in your specimen and measure it with the graticule.

    Resolution and magnification

    These two words are easy to mix up. The examiner gives marks for the difference.

    • Magnification is how many times bigger the image is than the object.
    • Resolution 分辨率 is the smallest distance between two points that still lets you see them as two separate points.

    Making an image bigger does not always show more detail. Past a certain point you just get a bigger, blurry image. Resolution sets the real limit on detail.

    A light microscope has lower resolution because light has a fairly long wavelength 波长. An electron microscope 电子显微镜 uses beams of electrons 电子 instead of light. Electrons have a much shorter wavelength, so the resolution is far higher and you can see very small structures inside the cell. There are two kinds: scanning 扫描 (shows the surface in 3D) and transmission 透射 (passes electrons through a thin slice to show inside detail).

    日本語

    Cells 细胞 are very small, so you cannot see them with your eyes alone. You use a microscope 显微镜 to make a bigger picture of them. The first kind you meet is the light microscope 光学显微镜. It shines light through a thin specimen 标本 (the material you look at) and uses glass lenses to enlarge the view.

    A light microscope's light path: light from the lamp passes up through the condenser, the specimen on the slide, then the objective lens and eyepiece lens to the eye
    A light microscope: light passes up through the specimen, then two lenses (the objective and the eyepiece) magnify it

    Making a slide and drawing what you see

    To look at living material, you make a temporary preparation 临时装片. You put a small, thin piece of material on a glass slide 载玻片, add a drop of stain 染色剂 (a coloured liquid that makes parts easier to see), then lower a thin cover slip 盖玻片 on top to flatten it and keep out air.

    Three steps to make a wet mount: place the specimen on a slide, add a drop of stain, then lower a cover slip at an angle
    Making a temporary wet mount — lower the cover slip at an angle so no air bubbles are trapped

    When you draw cells from a slide or a photograph, follow simple rules:

    • use a sharp pencil and clear, single lines (no shading).
    • draw only what you can really see, with the parts in the correct sizes.
    • label the parts with straight lines that do not cross.

    Magnification and actual size

    Magnification 放大倍数 tells you how many times bigger the image is than the real object. It has no unit. You find it with one equation:

    A small object is enlarged by the microscope; magnification = image size ÷ actual size
    Magnification = image size ÷ actual size
    $$\text{magnification} = \frac{\text{size of image}}{\text{actual size of object}}$$

    You can rearrange this to find any one value from the other two:

    $$\text{actual size} = \frac{\text{size of image}}{\text{magnification}}$$

    The top and the bottom of the fraction must use the same unit. Cells are tiny, so you work in small units:

    • $1\ \text{mm} = 1000\ \text{micrometre}$ 微米 (µm)
    • $1\ \text{µm} = 1000\ \text{nanometre}$ 纳米 (nm)
    • so $1\ \text{mm} = 1\,000\,000\ \text{nm}$.

    Worked example. In a photomicrograph at magnification $5000$, a chloroplast 叶绿体 measures $25\ \text{mm}$ across. Its actual size is

    $$\frac{25\ \text{mm}}{5000} = 0.005\ \text{mm} = 5\ \text{µm}.$$

    The same equation works for drawings, photomicrographs 显微照片 (photos taken through a light microscope) and electron micrographs 电子显微照片 (the most detailed photos, explained below). Always convert to the same unit first, then divide.

    Eyepiece graticule and stage micrometer

    To measure a real cell under the microscope, you use an eyepiece graticule 目镜测微尺 — a tiny scale inside the eyepiece. Its divisions have no fixed size, so first you must calibrate 校准 them (work out what one division is worth).

    You calibrate using a stage micrometer 载物台测微尺 — a special slide with an accurate scale on it (often $1\ \text{mm}$ split into $100$ parts, so each part is $10\ \text{µm}$). You line up the two scales, count how many graticule divisions fit a known length, and divide. Once calibrated, you can swap in your specimen and measure it with the graticule.

    Two scales lined up: an eyepiece graticule marked 0 to 100 above a stage micrometer marked in micrometres below, with the calibration worked out
    Calibrate the graticule by lining it up with the stage micrometer's known scale

    Resolution and magnification

    These two words are easy to mix up. The examiner gives marks for the difference.

    • Magnification is how many times bigger the image is than the object.
    • Resolution 分辨率 is the smallest distance between two points that still lets you see them as two separate points.

    Making an image bigger does not always show more detail. Past a certain point you just get a bigger, blurry image. Resolution sets the real limit on detail.

    A light microscope has lower resolution because light has a fairly long wavelength 波长. An electron microscope 电子显微镜 uses beams of electrons 电子 instead of light. Electrons have a much shorter wavelength, so the resolution is far higher and you can see very small structures inside the cell. There are two kinds: scanning 扫描 (shows the surface in 3D) and transmission 透射 (passes electrons through a thin slice to show inside detail).

    Two points close together appear as one blurred blob under a light microscope but as two separate points under an electron microscope
    Resolution: a light microscope blurs two very close points into one; an electron microscope, with its shorter wavelength, resolves them as two
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Microscope decision lab · ⁨顕微鏡選択実験室⁩

    Choose the right microscopy idea from what the student wants to see. · ⁨学生が見たいものから、適切な観察方法を選択してください。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    cell/sel/ 電池
    microscope/ˈmaɪkrəskəʊp/ 顕微鏡
    light microscope/laɪt ˈmaɪkrəskəʊp/ 光顕微鏡
    specimen/ˈspesɪmən/ 標本
    temporary preparation/ˈtemprəri ˌprepəˈreɪʃn/ 仮想標本
    slide/slaɪd/ スライド
    stain/steɪn/ 染色
    cover slip/ˈkʌvə slɪp/ 被覆板
    magnification/ˌmæɡnɪfɪˈkeɪʃn/ 倍率
    micrometre/ˈmaɪkrəʊmiːtə/ マイクロメートル
    nanometre/ˌnænəʊˈmiːtə/ ナノメートル
    chloroplast/ˈklɔːrəʊplæst/ 葉緑体
    photomicrograph/ˌfəʊtəʊˈmaɪkrəɡræf/ 顕微写真
    electron micrograph/ɪˈlektrɒn ˈmaɪkrəɡræf/ 電子顕微写真
    eyepiece graticule/ˈaɪpiːs ˈɡrætɪkjuːl/ 接眼目盛
    calibrate/ˈkælɪbreɪt/ 校正する
    stage micrometer/steɪdʒ maɪˈkrɒmɪtə/ 載物台目盛
    resolution/ˌrezəˈluːʃn/ 分解能
    wavelength/ˈweɪvleŋθ/ 波長
    electron microscope/ɪˈlektrɒn ˈmaɪkrəskəʊp/ 電子顕微鏡
    electron/ɪˈlektrɒn/ 電子
    scanning/ˈskænɪŋ/ スキャニング
    transmission/trænˈsmɪʃn/ 伝送
    1.2

    Eukaryotic cells and their organelles

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. recognise organelles and other cell structures found in eukaryotic cells and outline their structures and functions, limited to: • cell surface membrane • nucleus, nuclear envelope and nucleolus • rough endoplasmic reticulum • smooth endoplasmic reticulum • Golgi body (Golgi apparatus or Golgi complex) • mitochondria (including the presence of small circular DNA) • ribosomes (80S in the cytoplasm and 70S in chloroplasts and mitochondria) • lysosomes • centrioles and microtubules • cilia • microvilli • chloroplasts (including the presence of small circular DNA) • cell wall • plasmodesmata • large permanent vacuole and tonoplast of plant cells
    2. describe and interpret photomicrographs, electron micrographs and drawings of typical plant and animal cells
    3. compare the structure of typical plant and animal cells
    4. state that cells use ATP from respiration for energy-requiring processes
    5. outline key structural features of a prokaryotic cell as found in a typical bacterium, including: • unicellular • generally 1–5 μm diameter • peptidoglycan cell walls • circular DNA • 70S ribosomes • absence of organelles surrounded by double membranes
    6. compare the structure of a prokaryotic cell as found in a typical bacterium with the structures of typical eukaryotic cells in plants and animals
    7. state that all viruses are non-cellular structures with a nucleic acid core (either DNA or RNA) and a capsid made of protein, and that some viruses have an outer envelope made of phospholipids
    日本語
    1. 真核細胞に存在する小器官および他の細胞構造を認識し、その構造と機能を以下に限定して概説する: • 細胞表面膜 • 核、核被膜および核小体 • 粗面小胞体 • 滑面小胞体 • ゴルジ装置(ゴルジ小体またはゴルジ複合体) • ミトコンドリア(小さな環状DNAの存在を含む) • リボソーム(シトプラズム内が80S、葉緑体およびミトコンドリア内が70S) • ライソソーム • 中心粒および微小管 • 繊毛 • 微小突起 • 葉緑体(小さな環状DNAの存在を含む) • 細胞壁 • 道管 • 植物細胞の大型永久液胞およびトノoplast
    2. 典型的な動植物細胞の写真顕微鏡写真、電子顕微鏡写真および描画を記述・解釈する
    3. 典型的な動植物細胞の構造を比較する
    4. 細胞がエネルギーを必要とするプロセスに呼吸によるATPを使用することを述べる
    5. 一般的な細菌に見られる原核細胞の主要な構造的特徴を概説せよ。以下を含む: • 単細胞生物 • 一般的に直径1〜5μm • ペプチドグリカンからなる細胞壁 • 環状DNA • 70Sリボソーム • 二重膜で囲まれた小器官の欠如
    6. 一般的な細菌に見られる原核細胞の構造と、動植物の一般的な真核細胞の構造を比較せよ
    7. 全てのウイルスが核酸コア(DNAまたはRNA)とタンパク質からなるカプシドを持つ非細胞性構造であることを述べよ。また、一部のウイルスはリン脂質からなる外膜(エンベロープ)を持つこともあることを述べよ

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Plant and animal cells are eukaryotic cells 真核细胞: their DNA is kept inside a nucleus 细胞核. Inside the cell are many small parts called organelles 细胞器, each with its own job. The jelly-like fluid around them is the cytoplasm 细胞质.

    In a photomicrograph or electron micrograph you identify organelles by their shape, size and position; in a drawing you show their outlines and label them.

    Organelle Structure Function
    cell surface membrane 细胞膜 thin layer around the cell controls what enters and leaves the cell
    nucleus large, surrounded by a nuclear envelope 核膜 (a double membrane with holes); contains a nucleolus 核仁 holds the DNA; controls the cell; the nucleolus makes ribosomes
    rough endoplasmic reticulum 粗面内质网 (rough ER) sheets of membrane with ribosomes on the surface makes and transports proteins 蛋白质 (for example antibodies 抗体)
    smooth endoplasmic reticulum 滑面内质网 (smooth ER) sheets of membrane, no ribosomes makes lipids 脂质
    Golgi body 高尔基体 stack of flat membrane sacs changes and packs proteins and lipids into vesicles 囊泡 for secretion 分泌
    mitochondria 线粒体 oval, with a folded inner membrane; has small circular DNA site of respiration 呼吸作用 — releases energy 能量 as ATP
    ribosomes 核糖体 very small; $80\text{S}$ in the cytoplasm, $70\text{S}$ in chloroplasts and mitochondria join amino acids 氨基酸 to synthesise 合成 proteins
    lysosomes 溶酶体 small sacs of enzymes 酶 break down old organelles and waste
    centrioles 中心粒 and microtubules 微管 small tubes made of protein help move chromosomes and form the cell's "skeleton"
    cilia 纤毛 tiny hairs on the cell surface that beat move fluid or move the cell
    microvilli 微绒毛 tiny folds of the cell surface membrane increase surface area for absorption 吸收
    chloroplasts (plants) green, with stacked membranes; has small circular DNA site of photosynthesis 光合作用
    cell wall 细胞壁 (plants) strong outer layer of cellulose 纤维素 supports and protects the cell; stops it bursting
    plasmodesmata 胞间连丝 (plants) tiny channels through the cell walls link the cytoplasm of neighbouring cells
    large permanent vacuole 液泡 (plants) big sac of watery fluid, with a membrane called the tonoplast 液泡膜 stores water and keeps the cell firm

    Cells use ATP made in respiration as their energy supply for every job that needs energy, such as making proteins, moving things and dividing.

    Comparing plant and animal cells

    Feature Plant cell Animal cell
    cell wall present (cellulose) absent
    chloroplasts present absent
    large permanent vacuole present absent (only small, temporary ones)
    centrioles absent in most present
    shape fixed and regular rounder and more flexible

    Both have a cell surface membrane, cytoplasm, a nucleus, mitochondria, ribosomes, ER and a Golgi body.

    日本語

    Plant and animal cells are eukaryotic cells 真核细胞: their DNA is kept inside a nucleus 细胞核. Inside the cell are many small parts called organelles 细胞器, each with its own job. The jelly-like fluid around them is the cytoplasm 细胞质.

    Labelled diagram of an animal cell showing the nucleus, mitochondria, endoplasmic reticulum, Golgi apparatus, ribosomes and other organelles
    A generalised animal cell and its organelles
    Labelled diagram of a plant cell showing the cell wall, chloroplasts, large central vacuole and nucleus
    A plant cell also has a cell wall, chloroplasts and a large vacuole

    In a photomicrograph or electron micrograph you identify organelles by their shape, size and position; in a drawing you show their outlines and label them.

    Organelle Structure Function
    cell surface membrane 细胞膜 thin layer around the cell controls what enters and leaves the cell
    nucleus large, surrounded by a nuclear envelope 核膜 (a double membrane with holes); contains a nucleolus 核仁 holds the DNA; controls the cell; the nucleolus makes ribosomes
    rough endoplasmic reticulum 粗面内质网 (rough ER) sheets of membrane with ribosomes on the surface makes and transports proteins 蛋白质 (for example antibodies 抗体)
    smooth endoplasmic reticulum 滑面内质网 (smooth ER) sheets of membrane, no ribosomes makes lipids 脂质
    Golgi body 高尔基体 stack of flat membrane sacs changes and packs proteins and lipids into vesicles 囊泡 for secretion 分泌
    mitochondria 线粒体 oval, with a folded inner membrane; has small circular DNA site of respiration 呼吸作用 — releases energy 能量 as ATP
    ribosomes 核糖体 very small; $80\text{S}$ in the cytoplasm, $70\text{S}$ in chloroplasts and mitochondria join amino acids 氨基酸 to synthesise 合成 proteins
    lysosomes 溶酶体 small sacs of enzymes 酶 break down old organelles and waste
    centrioles 中心粒 and microtubules 微管 small tubes made of protein help move chromosomes and form the cell's "skeleton"
    cilia 纤毛 tiny hairs on the cell surface that beat move fluid or move the cell
    microvilli 微绒毛 tiny folds of the cell surface membrane increase surface area for absorption 吸收
    chloroplasts (plants) green, with stacked membranes; has small circular DNA site of photosynthesis 光合作用
    cell wall 细胞壁 (plants) strong outer layer of cellulose 纤维素 supports and protects the cell; stops it bursting
    plasmodesmata 胞间连丝 (plants) tiny channels through the cell walls link the cytoplasm of neighbouring cells
    large permanent vacuole 液泡 (plants) big sac of watery fluid, with a membrane called the tonoplast 液泡膜 stores water and keeps the cell firm

    Cells use ATP made in respiration as their energy supply for every job that needs energy, such as making proteins, moving things and dividing.

    Comparing plant and animal cells

    Feature Plant cell Animal cell
    cell wall present (cellulose) absent
    chloroplasts present absent
    large permanent vacuole present absent (only small, temporary ones)
    centrioles absent in most present
    shape fixed and regular rounder and more flexible

    Both have a cell surface membrane, cytoplasm, a nucleus, mitochondria, ribosomes, ER and a Golgi body.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Explore an animal cell · ⁨動物細胞を探索する⁩

    Tap each numbered part to check you know its job — the same organelles as the table above. · ⁨番号付きの各部分タップして機能を確認 — 上記の表と同じ小器官です。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    eukaryotic cell/ˌjuːkərɪˈɒtɪk sel/ 真核細胞
    nucleus/ˈnjuːklɪəs/ 核
    organelle/ˌɔːɡəˈnel/ 小器官
    cytoplasm/ˈsaɪtəplæzəm/ 細胞質
    cell surface membrane/sel ˈsɜːfɪs ˈmembreɪn/ 細胞表面膜
    nuclear envelope/ˈnjuːklɪə ˈenvələʊp/ 核被膜
    nucleolus/ˌnjuːklɪˈəʊləs/ 核小体
    rough endoplasmic reticulum/rʌf ˌendəʊˈplæzmɪk reˈtɪkjʊləm/ 粗面小胞体
    protein/ˈprəʊtiːn/ タンパク質
    antibody/ˈæntɪbɒdi/ 抗体
    smooth endoplasmic reticulum/smuːð ˌendəʊˈplæzmɪk reˈtɪkjʊləm/ 滑面小胞体
    lipid/ˈlɪpɪd/ 脂質
    Golgi body/ˈɡɒlɡɪ ˈbɒdi/ ゴルジ装置
    vesicle/ˈvesɪkl/ 小胞体
    secretion/sɪˈkriːʃn/ 分泌
    mitochondria/ˌmaɪtəˈkɒndrɪə/ ミトコンドリア
    respiration/ˌrespɪˈreɪʃn/ 呼吸作用
    energy/ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー
    ribosome/ˈriːbəʊsəʊm/ リボソーム
    amino acid/əˈmiːnəʊ ˈæsɪd/ アミノ酸
    synthesise/ˈsɪnθəsaɪz/ 合成する
    lysosome/ˈlaɪsəʊsəʊm/ ライソソーム
    enzyme/ˈenzaɪm/ 酵素
    centriole/ˈsentrɪəʊl/ 中心粒
    microtubule/ˌmaɪkrəʊˈtjuːbjuːl/ 微小管
    cilia/ˈsɪlɪə/ 繊毛
    microvilli/ˈmaɪkrəʊvɪlaɪ/ 微絨毛
    absorption/əbˈsɔːpʃn/ 吸収
    photosynthesis/ˌfəʊtəʊˈsɪnθəsɪs/ 光合成
    cell wall/sel wɔːl/ 細胞壁
    cellulose/ˈseljuːləʊs/ セルロース
    plasmodesmata/ˌplæzməʊdˈsmɑːtə/ 道管
    vacuole/ˈvækjuːəʊl/ 液胞
    tonoplast/ˈtɒnəplæst/ 液胞膜
    1.2

    Prokaryotic cells (bacteria)

    English

    A prokaryotic cell 原核细胞, such as a bacterium 细菌, is much smaller and simpler than a eukaryotic cell. Its key features are:

    • unicellular 单细胞 — it is a single cell.
    • generally $1$–$5\ \text{µm}$ across.
    • a cell wall made of peptidoglycan 肽聚糖 (not cellulose).
    • circular DNA lying free in the cytoplasm — there is no nucleus.
    • $70\text{S}$ ribosomes (smaller than the $80\text{S}$ ones in the cytoplasm of eukaryotes).
    • no organelles surrounded by a double membrane — so no nucleus, no mitochondria and no chloroplasts.

    Comparing prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells

    Feature Prokaryotic cell Eukaryotic cell
    size about $1$–$5\ \text{µm}$ about $10$–$100\ \text{µm}$
    DNA circular, free in cytoplasm linear, inside a nucleus
    nucleus none present
    double-membrane organelles none mitochondria (and chloroplasts in plants)
    ribosomes $70\text{S}$ $80\text{S}$ (with $70\text{S}$ inside mitochondria and chloroplasts)
    cell wall peptidoglycan cellulose (plants) or none (animals)
    日本語

    A prokaryotic cell 原核细胞, such as a bacterium 细菌, is much smaller and simpler than a eukaryotic cell. Its key features are:

    • unicellular 单细胞 — it is a single cell.
    • generally $1$–$5\ \text{µm}$ across.
    • a cell wall made of peptidoglycan 肽聚糖 (not cellulose).
    • circular DNA lying free in the cytoplasm — there is no nucleus.
    • $70\text{S}$ ribosomes (smaller than the $80\text{S}$ ones in the cytoplasm of eukaryotes).
    • no organelles surrounded by a double membrane — so no nucleus, no mitochondria and no chloroplasts.
    Labelled diagram of a prokaryotic cell showing the capsule, cell wall, plasma membrane, free circular DNA (nucleoid), plasmid, ribosomes, pili and flagellum
    A prokaryotic cell: the circular DNA (nucleoid) lies free, with no nucleus and no double-membrane organelles

    Comparing prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells

    Feature Prokaryotic cell Eukaryotic cell
    size about $1$–$5\ \text{µm}$ about $10$–$100\ \text{µm}$
    DNA circular, free in cytoplasm linear, inside a nucleus
    nucleus none present
    double-membrane organelles none mitochondria (and chloroplasts in plants)
    ribosomes $70\text{S}$ $80\text{S}$ (with $70\text{S}$ inside mitochondria and chloroplasts)
    cell wall peptidoglycan cellulose (plants) or none (animals)
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Explore a bacterial cell · ⁨細菌細胞を探索する⁩

    A prokaryote is smaller and simpler. Tap each part — notice there is no nucleus and no double-membrane organelles. · ⁨原核生物は小さく単純です。各部分タップ — 核がなく二重膜小器官もないことに注意してください。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    prokaryotic cell/ˌprɒkərɪˈɒtɪk sel/ 原核細胞
    bacterium/bækˈtɪərɪəm/ 細菌
    unicellular/ˌjuːnɪˈseljʊlə/ 単細胞
    peptidoglycan/ˈpeptɪdɒɡlɪkən/ ペプチドグリカン
    1.2

    Viruses

    English

    All viruses 病毒 are non-cellular 非细胞 — they are not made of cells at all. Each virus is built from just two or three parts:

    • a core of nucleic acid 核酸, which is either DNA or RNA (never both).
    • a protein coat around the core called a capsid 衣壳.
    • in some viruses, an outer envelope 包膜 made of phospholipids 磷脂.

    A virus has no cytoplasm, no organelles and no ribosomes. It cannot respire or make its own proteins. It can only copy itself inside a living host 宿主 cell, so it sits at the edge of what we call "living".

    日本語

    All viruses 病毒 are non-cellular 非细胞 — they are not made of cells at all. Each virus is built from just two or three parts:

    • a core of nucleic acid 核酸, which is either DNA or RNA (never both).
    • a protein coat around the core called a capsid 衣壳.
    • in some viruses, an outer envelope 包膜 made of phospholipids 磷脂.
    An electron micrograph of a bacteriophage: a rounded head on a straight tail, with a 100 nm scale bar
    A real virus, magnified hugely. The rounded head is the protein capsid wrapped around the nucleic acid core; the tail injects that nucleic acid into a bacterium. Note the scale bar — the whole virus is about 100 nm, far smaller than any cell
    Diagram of a generalised virus: a coiled nucleic acid strand inside a protein capsid, surrounded by a lipid envelope studded with glycoprotein spikes
    A generalised virus: nucleic acid inside a protein capsid, with a lipid envelope in some viruses

    A virus has no cytoplasm, no organelles and no ribosomes. It cannot respire or make its own proteins. It can only copy itself inside a living host 宿主 cell, so it sits at the edge of what we call "living".

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Explore a virus · ⁨ウイルスを探索する⁩

    A virus is non-cellular — just a few parts. Tap each one: there is no cytoplasm, no organelles and no ribosomes. · ⁨ウイルスは非細胞性 — 数個の部分のみ。各部分タップ: 細胞質も小器官もリボソームもありません。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    virus/ˈvaɪrəs/ ウイルス
    non-cellular/nɒn ˈseljʊlə/ 非細胞性
    nucleic acid/njuːˈklɪɪk ˈæsɪd/ 核酸
    capsid/ˈkæpsɪd/ カプシド
    envelope/ˈenvələʊp/ 包絡線(エンベロープ)
    phospholipid/ˈfɒsfəlɪpɪd/ ホスホリピッド
    host/həʊst/ 宿主
    1.2

    Exam tips

    • Magnification $=$ image size $\div$ actual size — convert units first ($\text{mm} \leftrightarrow \mu\text{m} \leftrightarrow \text{nm}$), then rearrange for whichever is unknown.
    • Distinguish magnification (how many times larger) from resolution (smallest distance still seen as two points); electron microscopes resolve more because electrons have a shorter wavelength.
    • Give each organelle a structure + function pair (e.g. mitochondrion: folded inner membrane → aerobic respiration).
    • State the prokaryote vs eukaryote differences exactly: no nucleus, smaller (70S) ribosomes, no membrane-bound organelles, circular DNA.
    • Viruses are non-living — describe them only by capsid, genetic material and (sometimes) an envelope.
  • 2

    Biological molecules · ⁨生体分子⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    2.1

    Testing for biological molecules

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe and carry out the Benedict’s test for reducing sugars, the iodine test for starch, the emulsion test for lipids and the biuret test for proteins
    2. describe and carry out a semi-quantitative Benedict’s test on a reducing sugar solution by standardising the test and using the results (time to first colour change or comparison to colour standards) to estimate the concentration
    3. describe and carry out a test to identify the presence of non-reducing sugars, using acid hydrolysis and Benedict’s solution
    日本語
    1. ベネディクト試験による還元糖、ヨウ素試験によるデンプン、エマルション試験による脂質、およびビュレット試験によるタンパク質の記述と実施を行うこと
    2. 還元糖溶液に対して半定量的ベネディクト試験を実施し、試験を標準化して結果(初回の変化時間またはカラー基準との比較)を用いて濃度を推定すること
    3. 非還元性糖の存在を確認するためのテストを説明し、酸加水分解およびベネディクト試薬を用いて実施すること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Living things are built from four main kinds of large molecule 分子: carbohydrates 碳水化合物, lipids 脂质, proteins 蛋白质 and nucleic acids 核酸. You can use simple chemical tests to find out which kinds are present in a sample.

    Test What it finds Method Positive result
    Benedict's test reducing sugar 还原糖 add Benedict's solution and heat in a water bath blue changes to green, yellow, orange, then brick-red precipitate 沉淀
    iodine test starch 淀粉 add orange-brown iodine 碘 solution colour changes to blue-black
    emulsion test lipid mix sample with ethanol, then pour into water a white, cloudy emulsion 乳浊液 forms
    biuret 双缩脲 test protein add biuret solution at room temperature blue changes to purple

    Semi-quantitative Benedict's test

    The normal Benedict's test only tells you "yes or no". A semi-quantitative 半定量 test gives a rough amount. First you standardise 标准化 the test: you run it on solutions of known concentration 浓度 and record the result for each. Then you can estimate an unknown by either:

    • the time to the first colour change (more sugar changes colour faster), or
    • comparing the final colour to your set of colour standards.

    Testing for non-reducing sugars

    Some sugars, such as sucrose, are non-reducing sugar 非还原糖: they give a negative Benedict's test. To detect them:

    1. Do a normal Benedict's test first. It stays blue (no reducing sugar).
    2. Take a fresh sample and add dilute hydrochloric acid 盐酸, then heat. This acid hydrolysis breaks the sugar into smaller reducing sugars.
    3. Cool, then neutralise 中和 the acid with sodium hydrogencarbonate.
    4. Now do the Benedict's test again. A brick-red colour shows a non-reducing sugar was present.

    Worked example. A solution gives a negative Benedict's test. It is then boiled with dilute hydrochloric acid, neutralised with sodium hydrogencarbonate, and re-tested with Benedict's - now it turns brick-red. What was present, and why is each step needed? The first negative result rules out a reducing sugar. Boiling with acid hydrolyses the glycosidic bond, splitting a non-reducing sugar such as sucrose into its reducing monosaccharides. The neutralising step is essential because Benedict's only works in alkaline conditions - skip it and the test fails even when sugar is present. The positive re-test therefore shows a non-reducing sugar was there all along. Quote the first, negative test as part of the answer: without it, the final red colour cannot tell a non-reducing sugar from a reducing one.

    日本語

    Living things are built from four main kinds of large molecule 分子: carbohydrates 碳水化合物, lipids 脂质, proteins 蛋白质 and nucleic acids 核酸. You can use simple chemical tests to find out which kinds are present in a sample.

    A row of test tubes from blue through green and orange to brick-red
    Benedict's test: blue turns green, then orange, then brick-red as more reducing sugar is present
    Test What it finds Method Positive result
    Benedict's test reducing sugar 还原糖 add Benedict's solution and heat in a water bath blue changes to green, yellow, orange, then brick-red precipitate 沉淀
    iodine test starch 淀粉 add orange-brown iodine 碘 solution colour changes to blue-black
    emulsion test lipid mix sample with ethanol, then pour into water a white, cloudy emulsion 乳浊液 forms
    biuret 双缩脲 test protein add biuret solution at room temperature blue changes to purple

    Semi-quantitative Benedict's test

    The normal Benedict's test only tells you "yes or no". A semi-quantitative 半定量 test gives a rough amount. First you standardise 标准化 the test: you run it on solutions of known concentration 浓度 and record the result for each. Then you can estimate an unknown by either:

    • the time to the first colour change (more sugar changes colour faster), or
    • comparing the final colour to your set of colour standards.

    Testing for non-reducing sugars

    Some sugars, such as sucrose, are non-reducing sugar 非还原糖: they give a negative Benedict's test. To detect them:

    1. Do a normal Benedict's test first. It stays blue (no reducing sugar).
    2. Take a fresh sample and add dilute hydrochloric acid 盐酸, then heat. This acid hydrolysis breaks the sugar into smaller reducing sugars.
    3. Cool, then neutralise 中和 the acid with sodium hydrogencarbonate.
    4. Now do the Benedict's test again. A brick-red colour shows a non-reducing sugar was present.
    A four-step flow: a first Benedict's test stays blue, then acid and heat hydrolyse the sugar, the acid is neutralised, and a second Benedict's test turns brick-red
    Testing for a non-reducing sugar: hydrolyse it with acid first, then the second Benedict's test turns red

    Worked example. A solution gives a negative Benedict's test. It is then boiled with dilute hydrochloric acid, neutralised with sodium hydrogencarbonate, and re-tested with Benedict's - now it turns brick-red. What was present, and why is each step needed? The first negative result rules out a reducing sugar. Boiling with acid hydrolyses the glycosidic bond, splitting a non-reducing sugar such as sucrose into its reducing monosaccharides. The neutralising step is essential because Benedict's only works in alkaline conditions - skip it and the test fails even when sugar is present. The positive re-test therefore shows a non-reducing sugar was there all along. Quote the first, negative test as part of the answer: without it, the final red colour cannot tell a non-reducing sugar from a reducing one.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Testing for a non-reducing sugar · ⁨非還元糖の検査⁩

    Step through the trick: a non-reducing sugar stays blue, so you hydrolyse it with acid, neutralise, then re-test. · ⁨手順を確認する:非還元糖は青色のままなので、酸で加水分解し、中和してから再検査する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    molecule/ˈmɒlɪkjuːl/ 分子
    carbohydrate/ˌkɑːbəʊˈhaɪdreɪt/ 炭水化物
    lipid/ˈlɪpɪd/ 脂質
    protein/ˈprəʊtiːn/ タンパク質
    nucleic acid/njuːˈklɪɪk ˈæsɪd/ 核酸
    reducing sugar/rɪˈdjuːsɪŋ ˈʃʊɡə/ 還元糖
    precipitate/prɪˈsɪpɪteɪt/ 沈殿物
    starch/stɑːtʃ/ デンプン
    iodine/ˈaɪədiːn/ ヨウ素
    emulsion/ɪˈmʌlʃn/ 乳化試験
    biuret/ˈbɪjuːrət/ ビュレット
    semi-quantitative/ˈsemi ˈkwɒntɪteɪtɪv/ 半定量
    standardise/ˈstændədaɪz/ 標準化する
    concentration/ˌkɒnsənˈtreɪʃn/ 濃度
    non-reducing sugar/nɒn rɪˈdjuːsɪŋ ˈʃʊɡə/ 還元性糖ではない
    hydrochloric acid/ˌhaɪdrəˈklɔːrɪk ˈæsɪd/ 塩酸
    neutralise/ˈnjuːtrəlaɪz/ 中和する
    2.2

    Carbohydrates

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe and draw the ring forms of α-glucose and β-glucose
    2. define the terms monomer, polymer, macromolecule, monosaccharide, disaccharide and polysaccharide
    3. state the role of covalent bonds in joining smaller molecules together to form polymers
    4. state that glucose, fructose and maltose are reducing sugars and that sucrose is a non-reducing sugar
    5. describe the formation of a glycosidic bond by condensation, with reference to disaccharides, including sucrose, and polysaccharides
    6. describe the breakage of a glycosidic bond in polysaccharides and disaccharides by hydrolysis, with reference to the non-reducing sugar test
    7. describe the molecular structure of the polysaccharides starch (amylose and amylopectin) and glycogen and relate their structures to their functions in living organisms
    8. describe the molecular structure of the polysaccharide cellulose and outline how the arrangement of cellulose molecules contributes to the function of plant cell walls
    9. state that triglycerides are non-polar hydrophobic molecules and describe the molecular structure of triglycerides with reference to fatty acids (saturated and unsaturated), glycerol and the formation of ester bonds
    10. relate the molecular structure of triglycerides to their functions in living organisms
    11. describe the molecular structure of phospholipids with reference to their hydrophilic (polar) phosphate heads and hydrophobic (non-polar) fatty acid tails
    日本語
    1. α-グルコースおよびβ-グルコースの環状構造を説明し、図示すること
    2. モノマー、ポリマー、高分子、単糖、二糖、多糖という用語の定義を示すこと
    3. 共有結合が小さな分子同士を結びつけてポリマーを形成する役割について述べること
    4. グルコース、フルクトース、マルトースが還元性糖であり、スクロースが非還元性糖であることを述べること
    5. 脱水縮合によるグリコシド結合の形成を、スクロースを含む二糖および多糖に関係して説明すること
    6. 加水分解による多糖および二糖中のグリコシド結合の切断を、非還元性糖テストに関係して説明すること
    7. 多糖デンプン(アミロースおよびアミロペクチン)およびグリコーゲンの分子構造を説明し、それらの構造が生体における機能との関連性を述べること
    8. 多糖セルロースの分子構造を説明し、セルロース分子の配列が植物細胞壁の機能に寄与する仕組みを概説すること
    9. トリグリセリドが非極性かつ疎水性の分子であることを述べ、脂肪酸(飽和脂肪酸および不飽和脂肪酸)、グリセロール、およびエステル結合の形成に関するトリグリセリドの分子構造を説明すること
    10. トリグリセリドの分子構造が生体における機能と関連づけること
    11. リン脂質の分子構造を、親水性(極性)のホスファート頭部および疎水性(非極性)の脂肪酸尾部に関係して説明すること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Monomers, polymers and macromolecules

    • a monomer 单体 is a small molecule that is a single unit.
    • a polymer 聚合物 is a long molecule made of many monomers joined together.
    • a macromolecule 大分子 is any very large molecule.

    Sugars come in three sizes:

    • a monosaccharide 单糖 is a single sugar unit, such as glucose 葡萄糖 and fructose.
    • a disaccharide 二糖 is two units joined, such as maltose and sucrose.
    • a polysaccharide 多糖 is many units joined into a polymer.

    Glucose, fructose 果糖 and maltose 麦芽糖 are reducing sugars. Sucrose 蔗糖 is a non-reducing sugar.

    Two ring forms of glucose

    Glucose has six carbon atoms and forms a ring. There are two ring forms. They differ only at carbon 1:

    • in α-glucose, the –OH group on carbon 1 points down, below the ring.
    • in β-glucose, the –OH group on carbon 1 points up, above the ring.

    This small difference decides which polysaccharide the glucose can build.

    Joining and breaking sugars

    Monomers are joined by strong covalent bonds 共价键. When two sugars join, a glycosidic bond 糖苷键 forms between them. This happens by condensation 缩合: a molecule of water is removed each time a bond forms.

    The reverse is hydrolysis 水解: a water molecule is added to break a glycosidic bond. This is why the non-reducing sugar test needs acid and heat — they hydrolyse sucrose into glucose and fructose.

    Storage polysaccharides: starch and glycogen

    Starch is the energy 能量 store in plants. It is made of two polymers of α-glucose:

    • amylose 直链淀粉 — a long, unbranched chain that coils into a spiral.
    • amylopectin 支链淀粉 — a chain with many side branches.

    Glycogen 糖原 is the energy store in animals. It is like amylopectin but has even more branches, so it can be broken down quickly when energy is needed.

    These stores suit their job well: they are compact, they are insoluble 不溶 (so they do not leave the cell), and they do not change the water potential 水势 of the cell (so they do not pull water in by osmosis 渗透). The many branches give many ends, so glucose can be added or removed fast.

    Cellulose

    Cellulose 纤维素 is made of β-glucose. Because of the β form, every other glucose is flipped over, so the chains are long and straight. Many straight chains lie side by side and are held together by hydrogen bonds 氢键 into strong bundles called microfibrils 微纤丝. These give the plant cell wall 细胞壁 its strength and stop the cell bursting.

    日本語

    Monomers, polymers and macromolecules

    • a monomer 单体 is a small molecule that is a single unit.
    • a polymer 聚合物 is a long molecule made of many monomers joined together.
    • a macromolecule 大分子 is any very large molecule.

    Sugars come in three sizes:

    • a monosaccharide 单糖 is a single sugar unit, such as glucose 葡萄糖 and fructose.
    • a disaccharide 二糖 is two units joined, such as maltose and sucrose.
    • a polysaccharide 多糖 is many units joined into a polymer.

    Glucose, fructose 果糖 and maltose 麦芽糖 are reducing sugars. Sucrose 蔗糖 is a non-reducing sugar.

    Two ring forms of glucose

    Glucose has six carbon atoms and forms a ring. There are two ring forms. They differ only at carbon 1:

    • in α-glucose, the –OH group on carbon 1 points down, below the ring.
    • in β-glucose, the –OH group on carbon 1 points up, above the ring.

    This small difference decides which polysaccharide the glucose can build.

    Two simplified glucose ring diagrams side by side; in alpha-glucose the hydroxyl on carbon 1 points down, in beta-glucose it points up
    The two ring forms differ only at carbon 1: the –OH points down in α, up in β

    Joining and breaking sugars

    Monomers are joined by strong covalent bonds 共价键. When two sugars join, a glycosidic bond 糖苷键 forms between them. This happens by condensation 缩合: a molecule of water is removed each time a bond forms.

    The reverse is hydrolysis 水解: a water molecule is added to break a glycosidic bond. This is why the non-reducing sugar test needs acid and heat — they hydrolyse sucrose into glucose and fructose.

    Two monomers joining by condensation to form a polymer linked by a glycosidic bond, releasing water; the reverse reaction is hydrolysis adding water
    Condensation removes water to join monomers; hydrolysis adds water to split them

    Storage polysaccharides: starch and glycogen

    Starch is the energy 能量 store in plants. It is made of two polymers of α-glucose:

    • amylose 直链淀粉 — a long, unbranched chain that coils into a spiral.
    • amylopectin 支链淀粉 — a chain with many side branches.

    Glycogen 糖原 is the energy store in animals. It is like amylopectin but has even more branches, so it can be broken down quickly when energy is needed.

    These stores suit their job well: they are compact, they are insoluble 不溶 (so they do not leave the cell), and they do not change the water potential 水势 of the cell (so they do not pull water in by osmosis 渗透). The many branches give many ends, so glucose can be added or removed fast.

    Many rounded starch grains from a potato seen under a microscope, stained brown by iodine, with a scale bar showing 0.1 mm
    Real starch grains inside a potato, stained by iodine. Each grain is a dense, insoluble package of amylose and amylopectin — note the scale: the largest are only about 0.1 mm across

    Cellulose

    Cellulose 纤维素 is made of β-glucose. Because of the β form, every other glucose is flipped over, so the chains are long and straight. Many straight chains lie side by side and are held together by hydrogen bonds 氢键 into strong bundles called microfibrils 微纤丝. These give the plant cell wall 细胞壁 its strength and stop the cell bursting.

    Four glucose polymers compared: amylose is a coiled chain, amylopectin is branched, glycogen is more heavily branched, and cellulose is straight chains held side by side
    The shape fits the job: amylose coils and amylopectin/glycogen branch (for compact stores), while straight cellulose chains pack into strong fibres
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Condensation and hydrolysis · ⁨縮合反応と加水分解⁩

    Step through how two sugars join. Condensation removes one water to make the bond; hydrolysis is the reverse — adding water splits it again. · ⁨2つの糖が結合する様子を確認します。脱水縮合では、結合を作るために水分子1つが失われます;加水分解はその逆反応で、水を加えると再び分解されます。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    monomer/ˈmɒnəʊmə/ モノマー
    polymer/ˈpɒlɪmə/ ポリマー
    macromolecule/ˈmækrəmɒlɪkjuːl/ 高分子化合物
    monosaccharide/ˈmɒnəʊsækɑːraɪd/ 単糖
    glucose/ˈɡluːkəʊs/ ブドウ糖
    disaccharide/ˌdɪsəkˈhɑːraɪd/ 二糖類
    polysaccharide/ˌpɒlɪˈsækɑːraɪd/ 多糖類
    fructose/ˈfrʌktəʊs/ フルクトース
    maltose/ˈmɒltəʊs/ 麦芽糖
    sucrose/ˈsuːkrəʊs/ スクロース
    covalent bond/ˈkəʊvələnt bɒnd/ 共有結合
    glycosidic bond/ˌɡlaɪkəˈsɪdɪk bɒnd/ グコシジド結合
    condensation/kɒndenˈseɪʃn/ 縮合
    hydrolysis/haɪˈdrɒləsɪs/ 加水分解反応
    energy/ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー
    amylose/ˈæmɪləʊs/ アミロース
    amylopectin/ˈæmɪləʊpktɪn/ アミロペクチン
    glycogen/ˈɡlaɪkədʒn/ グリコーゲン
    insoluble/ɪnˈsɒljuːbl/ 不溶である
    water potential/ˈwɔːtə pəˈtenʃl/ 水ポテンシャル
    osmosis/ɒzˈməʊsɪs/ 浸透圧
    cellulose/ˈseljuːləʊs/ セルロース
    hydrogen bond/ˈhaɪdrədʒn bɒnd/ 水素結合
    microfibril/ˈmaɪkrəʊfɪbrəl/ 微小繊維
    cell wall/sel wɔːl/ 細胞壁
    2.2

    Lipids

    English

    Triglycerides

    A triglyceride 甘油三酯 is the main fat or oil. It is non-polar 非极性 and hydrophobic 疏水 (it does not mix with water). It is made from one glycerol 甘油 molecule joined to three fatty acids 脂肪酸 by ester bonds 酯键. Each ester bond forms by condensation, so three water molecules are removed.

    Fatty acids are of two kinds:

    • saturated 饱和 — no carbon–carbon double bonds 双键; these fats are usually solid.
    • unsaturated 不饱和 — one or more double bonds; these oils are usually liquid.

    Triglycerides make a good long-term energy store: they release about twice as much energy per gram as carbohydrates, they are insoluble, and they store little extra mass because they hold no water. Under the skin they also give insulation 隔热 and protect the organs.

    Phospholipids

    A phospholipid 磷脂 is like a triglyceride, but one fatty acid is replaced by a phosphate 磷酸 group. This gives the molecule two ends with different behaviour:

    • a hydrophilic 亲水 ("water-loving") polar 极性 phosphate head.
    • two hydrophobic ("water-fearing") fatty acid tails.

    This split personality is why phospholipids form the membranes around cells.

    日本語

    Triglycerides

    A triglyceride 甘油三酯 is the main fat or oil. It is non-polar 非极性 and hydrophobic 疏水 (it does not mix with water). It is made from one glycerol 甘油 molecule joined to three fatty acids 脂肪酸 by ester bonds 酯键. Each ester bond forms by condensation, so three water molecules are removed.

    A triglyceride: a glycerol backbone on the left joined to three fatty acid chains by ester bonds; two chains are straight (saturated) and one has a kink (unsaturated)
    One glycerol plus three fatty acid tails; a straight tail is saturated, a kinked one unsaturated

    Fatty acids are of two kinds:

    • saturated 饱和 — no carbon–carbon double bonds 双键; these fats are usually solid.
    • unsaturated 不饱和 — one or more double bonds; these oils are usually liquid.

    Triglycerides make a good long-term energy store: they release about twice as much energy per gram as carbohydrates, they are insoluble, and they store little extra mass because they hold no water. Under the skin they also give insulation 隔热 and protect the organs.

    Phospholipids

    A phospholipid 磷脂 is like a triglyceride, but one fatty acid is replaced by a phosphate 磷酸 group. This gives the molecule two ends with different behaviour:

    • a hydrophilic 亲水 ("water-loving") polar 极性 phosphate head.
    • two hydrophobic ("water-fearing") fatty acid tails.

    This split personality is why phospholipids form the membranes around cells.

    A single phospholipid drawn as a head with two tails, and many of them arranged into a bilayer with heads facing the water on both sides and tails meeting in the middle
    The hydrophilic heads face the water; the hydrophobic tails hide inside, forming a bilayer
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Building a triglyceride · ⁨トリグリセリドの合成⁩

    Watch one glycerol join three fatty acids. Each ester bond forms by condensation, removing one water — three bonds, three waters. · ⁨1つのグリセロールが3つの脂肪酸と結合する様子を見ます。各エステル結合は脱水縮合によって形成され、水分子1つが失われます——結合3つ、水分子3つ。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    triglyceride/ˈtrɪɡlɪsəraɪd/ トリグリセリド
    non-polar/nɒn ˈpəʊlə/ 非極性であるから
    hydrophobic/ˌhaɪdrəˈfəʊbɪk/ 親水性
    glycerol/ˈɡlɪsərɒl/ グリセロール
    fatty acid/ˈfæti ˈæsɪd/ 脂肪酸
    ester bond/ˈestə bɒnd/ エステル結合
    saturated/ˈsætʃəreɪtɪd/ 飽和溶液
    double bond/ˈdʌbl bɒnd/ 二重結合
    unsaturated/ʌnˈsætʃəreɪtɪd/ 不飽和溶液
    insulation/ˌɪnsjuːˈleɪʃn/ 断熱材
    phospholipid/ˈfɒsfəlɪpɪd/ ホスホリピッド
    phosphate/ˈfɒsfeɪt/ リン酸
    hydrophilic/ˌhaɪdrəˈfɪlɪk/ 親水性
    polar/ˈpəʊlə/ 極性
    2.3

    Proteins

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe and draw the general structure of an amino acid and the formation and breakage of a peptide bond
    2. explain the meaning of the terms primary structure, secondary structure, tertiary structure and quaternary structure of proteins
    3. describe the types of interaction that hold protein molecules in shape: • hydrophobic interactions • hydrogen bonding • ionic bonding • covalent bonding, including disulfide bonds
    4. state that globular proteins are generally soluble and have physiological roles and fibrous proteins are generally insoluble and have structural roles
    5. describe the structure of a molecule of haemoglobin as an example of a globular protein, including the formation of its quaternary structure from two alpha (α) chains (α–globin), two beta (β) chains (β–globin) and a haem group
    6. relate the structure of haemoglobin to its function, including the importance of iron in the haem group
    7. describe the structure of a molecule of collagen as an example of a fibrous protein, and the arrangement of collagen molecules to form collagen fibres
    8. relate the structures of collagen molecules and collagen fibres to their function
    日本語
    1. アミノ酸の一般構造を説明・図示し、ペプチド結合の形成および切断について述べること
    2. タンパク質の一次構造、二次構造、三次構造、四次構造という用語の意味を説明すること
    3. タンパク質分子の形状を維持する相互作用の種類を説明すること: • 疎水性相互作用 • 水素結合 • イオン結合 • 共有結合、特にジスルフィド結合を含む
    4. グロブリンタンパク質は一般的に可溶で生理学的な役割を持ち、線維性タンパク質は一般的に不溶で構造的な役割を持つことを述べること
    5. グロブリンタンパク質の例であるヘモグロビン分子の構造を説明し、その四次構造の形成について、2本のアルファ鎖(α-グロビン)、2本のベータ鎖(β-グロビン)、およびヘム基を含めて述べること
    6. ヘム基における鉄の重要性を含む、ヘモグロビンの構造と機能の関連を述べること
    7. 線維性タンパク質の例であるコラーゲン分子の構造を説明し、コラーゲン線維を形成するためのコラーゲン分子の配列について述べること
    8. コラーゲン分子およびコラーゲン線維の構造と機能の関連を述べること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Amino acids and the peptide bond

    Proteins are polymers of amino acids 氨基酸. Every amino acid has the same general structure around a central carbon atom: an amino group 氨基 (–NH₂), a carboxyl group 羧基 (–COOH), a hydrogen atom, and a variable side chain 侧链 (the R group). The R group is different in each amino acid.

    Two amino acids join by condensation. The bond formed between the amino group of one and the carboxyl group of the next is a peptide bond 肽键, and a water molecule is removed. Many amino acids joined this way make a polypeptide 多肽. Adding water (hydrolysis) breaks a peptide bond.

    Four levels of protein structure

    Level What it means
    primary structure 一级结构 the order of amino acids in the chain
    secondary structure 二级结构 local shapes — the α-helix 螺旋 and the β-pleated sheet 折叠片 — held by hydrogen bonds
    tertiary structure 三级结构 the whole chain folded into a precise 3-D shape
    quaternary structure 四级结构 two or more polypeptide chains joined into one protein

    The folded shape is held together by four kinds of interaction between R groups:

    • hydrophobic interactions 疏水作用 (non-polar R groups cluster away from water).
    • hydrogen bonding.
    • ionic bonds 离子键 (between charged R groups).
    • covalent bonding, including strong disulfide bonds 二硫键.

    Globular and fibrous proteins

    • globular proteins 球状蛋白质 fold into a rounded shape, are usually soluble 可溶, and do jobs in the body (for example enzymes and haemoglobin).
    • fibrous proteins 纤维状蛋白质 form long strands, are usually insoluble, and give structure and support (for example collagen).

    Haemoglobin — a globular protein

    Haemoglobin 血红蛋白 carries oxygen 氧气 in red blood cells. It has a quaternary structure made of four polypeptide chains: two alpha (α-globin) chains and two beta (β-globin) chains. Each chain holds a haem group 血红素. At the centre of each haem group is an iron 铁 atom, and this is where one oxygen molecule binds. Four chains mean one haemoglobin molecule can carry four oxygen molecules.

    Collagen — a fibrous protein

    Collagen 胶原蛋白 gives strength to skin, tendons 肌腱, bone and blood vessel walls. One collagen molecule is three polypeptide chains wound tightly around each other in a triple strand, held by hydrogen bonds. Many of these molecules lie side by side, slightly staggered, and are cross-linked into thick fibres 纤维. The staggered, cross-linked arrangement makes collagen very strong when pulled.

    日本語

    Amino acids and the peptide bond

    Proteins are polymers of amino acids 氨基酸. Every amino acid has the same general structure around a central carbon atom: an amino group 氨基 (–NH₂), a carboxyl group 羧基 (–COOH), a hydrogen atom, and a variable side chain 侧链 (the R group). The R group is different in each amino acid.

    Two amino acids join by condensation. The bond formed between the amino group of one and the carboxyl group of the next is a peptide bond 肽键, and a water molecule is removed. Many amino acids joined this way make a polypeptide 多肽. Adding water (hydrolysis) breaks a peptide bond.

    The general structure of an amino acid with a central carbon bonded to an amino group, a carboxyl group, a hydrogen and an R side chain; below, two amino acids join by a peptide bond and release water
    Every amino acid has an amino group, a carboxyl group and an R group; two join by a peptide bond

    Four levels of protein structure

    Level What it means
    primary structure 一级结构 the order of amino acids in the chain
    secondary structure 二级结构 local shapes — the α-helix 螺旋 and the β-pleated sheet 折叠片 — held by hydrogen bonds
    tertiary structure 三级结构 the whole chain folded into a precise 3-D shape
    quaternary structure 四级结构 two or more polypeptide chains joined into one protein
    Four panels showing the levels of protein structure: a bead chain (primary), an alpha-helix and beta-sheet (secondary), a folded shape (tertiary) and several folded chains together (quaternary)
    The four levels: primary → secondary → tertiary → quaternary structure

    The folded shape is held together by four kinds of interaction between R groups:

    • hydrophobic interactions 疏水作用 (non-polar R groups cluster away from water).
    • hydrogen bonding.
    • ionic bonds 离子键 (between charged R groups).
    • covalent bonding, including strong disulfide bonds 二硫键.

    Globular and fibrous proteins

    • globular proteins 球状蛋白质 fold into a rounded shape, are usually soluble 可溶, and do jobs in the body (for example enzymes and haemoglobin).
    • fibrous proteins 纤维状蛋白质 form long strands, are usually insoluble, and give structure and support (for example collagen).

    Haemoglobin — a globular protein

    Haemoglobin 血红蛋白 carries oxygen 氧气 in red blood cells. It has a quaternary structure made of four polypeptide chains: two alpha (α-globin) chains and two beta (β-globin) chains. Each chain holds a haem group 血红素. At the centre of each haem group is an iron 铁 atom, and this is where one oxygen molecule binds. Four chains mean one haemoglobin molecule can carry four oxygen molecules.

    A model of one haemoglobin molecule: two red chains and two blue chains coiled into helices, each chain holding a green haem group
    A real haemoglobin molecule, worked out from X-ray data. Count them: two alpha chains (red), two beta chains (blue), and one green haem group held in each — so four oxygen molecules in total

    Collagen — a fibrous protein

    Collagen 胶原蛋白 gives strength to skin, tendons 肌腱, bone and blood vessel walls. One collagen molecule is three polypeptide chains wound tightly around each other in a triple strand, held by hydrogen bonds. Many of these molecules lie side by side, slightly staggered, and are cross-linked into thick fibres 纤维. The staggered, cross-linked arrangement makes collagen very strong when pulled.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The four levels of protein structure · ⁨タンパク質構造の4段階⁩

    Build a protein up one level at a time: sequence → local shapes → a folded 3-D shape → several chains joined. · ⁨タンパク質を段階的に構築する:配列 → 局所形状 → 折りたたまれた3D構造 → 複数の鎖が結合。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    amino acid/əˈmiːnəʊ ˈæsɪd/ アミノ酸
    amino group/əˈmiːnəʊ ɡruːp/ アミノ基
    carboxyl group/ˈkɑːbəksɪl ɡruːp/ カルボキシル基
    side chain/saɪd tʃeɪn/ 側鎖
    peptide bond/ˈpeptaɪd bɒnd/ ペプチド結合
    polypeptide/ˌpɒlɪˈpeptaɪd/ ポリペプチド
    primary structure/ˈpraɪməri ˈstrʌktʃə/ 一次構造
    secondary structure/ˈsekəndəri ˈstrʌktʃə/ 二次構造
    helix/ˈhiːlɪks/ ヘリックス
    pleated sheet/ˈpliːtɪd ʃiːt/ (ansa)折れ線シート
    tertiary structure/ˈtɜːʃjəri ˈstrʌktʃə/ 三次構造
    quaternary structure/kwəˈtɜːnəri ˈstrʌktʃə/ 四次構造
    hydrophobic interactions/ˌhaɪdrəˈfəʊbɪk ˌɪntəˈrækʃnz/ 疎水相互作用
    ionic bond/aɪˈɒnɪk bɒnd/ イオン結合
    disulfide bond/ˈdaɪsəlfaɪd bɒnd/ ジスルフィド結合
    globular protein/ˈɡlɒbjʊlə ˈprəʊtiːn/ 球状タンパク質
    soluble/ˈsɒljuːbl/ 可溶
    fibrous protein/ˈfɪbrəs ˈprəʊtiːn/ 繊維状タンパク質
    haemoglobin/ˌhiːməˈɡləʊbɪn/ ヘモグロビン
    oxygen/ˈɒksɪdʒn/ 酸素
    haem group/hiːm ɡruːp/ ヘム基
    iron/ˈaɪən/ 鉄
    collagen/ˈkɒlədʒn/ コラーゲン
    tendon/ˈtendn/ 腱
    fibre/ˈfaɪbə/ 食物繊維
    2.4

    Water

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. explain how hydrogen bonding occurs between water molecules and relate the properties of water to its roles in living organisms, limited to solvent action, high specific heat capacity and latent heat of vaporisation
    日本語
    1. 水素結合が水分子間に生じる仕組みを説明し、水の水素結合に基づく性質が、溶媒作用、高い比熱容量、および蒸発潜熱に限定された範囲で生体における役割と関連することを述べること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Water is a small molecule, but its two O–H bonds are polar: the oxygen end is slightly negative and the hydrogen ends are slightly positive. So one water molecule attracts its neighbours, forming weak hydrogen bonds between them. These hydrogen bonds explain water's useful properties:

    • solvent action — water is a good solvent 溶剂, so many substances dissolve in it. This lets reactions happen and lets substances be carried around the body.
    • high specific heat capacity 比热容 — water needs a lot of energy to warm up, so its temperature stays steady. This protects living things from quick temperature changes.
    • latent heat of vaporisation 汽化潜热 — water needs a lot of energy to evaporate 蒸发. So when water evaporates (for example as sweat dries), it carries away a lot of heat and cools the body.
    日本語

    Water is a small molecule, but its two O–H bonds are polar: the oxygen end is slightly negative and the hydrogen ends are slightly positive. So one water molecule attracts its neighbours, forming weak hydrogen bonds between them. These hydrogen bonds explain water's useful properties:

    • solvent action — water is a good solvent 溶剂, so many substances dissolve in it. This lets reactions happen and lets substances be carried around the body.
    • high specific heat capacity 比热容 — water needs a lot of energy to warm up, so its temperature stays steady. This protects living things from quick temperature changes.
    • latent heat of vaporisation 汽化潜热 — water needs a lot of energy to evaporate 蒸发. So when water evaporates (for example as sweat dries), it carries away a lot of heat and cools the body.
    Three water molecules, each with a slightly negative oxygen and slightly positive hydrogens; dashed hydrogen bonds link the hydrogen of one molecule to the oxygen of the next
    Water is polar (δ− oxygen, δ+ hydrogens), so its molecules attract each other by hydrogen bonds — the reason for all the properties above
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Why water is polar · ⁨水が極性分子である理由⁩

    Tap each part. Oxygen pulls the shared electrons closer, so it is slightly negative and the hydrogens slightly positive — and these opposite charges form hydrogen bonds. · ⁨各部分をクリック。酸素が共有電子対を引き寄せるため、わずかに負電荷となり、水素はわずかに正電荷となる。これらの逆電荷が水素結合を形成する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    solvent/ˈsɒlvənt/ 溶媒
    specific heat capacity/spəˈsɪfɪk hiːt kəˈpæsɪti/ 比熱容
    latent heat of vaporisation/ˈleɪtənt hiːt ɒv ˌveɪpəraɪˈzeɪʃn/ 気化潜熱
    evaporate/ɪˈvæpəreɪt/ 蒸発する
    2.4

    Exam tips

    • Learn each food test as reagent + positive result + colour change (Benedict's → brick-red; iodine → blue-black; biuret → purple; emulsion → white).
    • Benedict's detects reducing sugars; for a non-reducing sugar you must hydrolyse with acid first, then re-test.
    • Name the bond precisely: glycosidic (carbohydrates), ester (lipids), peptide (proteins) — all made by condensation (water removed).
    • Link structure to function: cellulose (straight chains, H-bonds → strong), glycogen/starch (branched/coiled → compact store).
    • For proteins, name the bond at each level: primary (peptide), secondary (hydrogen), tertiary (R-group interactions), quaternary.
  • 3

    Enzymes · ⁨酵素⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    3.1

    What enzymes are · ⁨エンザイムとは何か⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. state that enzymes are globular proteins that catalyse reactions inside cells (intracellular enzymes) or are secreted to catalyse reactions outside cells (extracellular enzymes)
    2. explain the mode of action of enzymes in terms of an active site, enzyme–substrate complex, lowering of activation energy and enzyme specificity, including the lock-and-key hypothesis and the induced-fit hypothesis
    3. investigate the progress of enzyme-catalysed reactions by measuring rates of formation of products using catalase and rates of disappearance of substrate using amylase
    4. outline the use of a colorimeter for measuring the progress of enzyme-catalysed reactions that involve colour changes
    日本語
    1. 酵素は、細胞内で反応を触媒する細胞内酵素、または細胞外へ分泌されて反応を触媒する細胞外酵素であるグロブリンタンパク質であることを述べること
    2. 活性部位、酵素-基質複合体、活性化エネルギーの低下、および酵素特異性の観点から酵素の作用様式を説明し、鍵と鍵穴モデルおよび誘導適合モデルを含めること
    3. 触媒を用いて生成物の生成速度を測定し、アミラーゼを用いて基質の消失速度を測定することで、酵素触媒反応の進行を調査すること
    4. 色変化を伴う酵素触媒反応の進行を測定するために用いられるカラーメーターの使用法を概説すること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Enzyme action: lock and key

    Enzymes 酶 are globular proteins 球状蛋白质 — a type of protein 蛋白质 with a rounded, soluble shape. They are biological catalysts: they catalyse 催化 (speed up) the chemical reactions in living things, and they are not used up, so each enzyme works again and again.

    Enzymes work in two places:

    • intracellular 细胞内 enzymes work inside the cell 细胞 that made them. An example is catalase 过氧化氢酶, which breaks down harmful hydrogen peroxide.
    • extracellular 细胞外 enzymes are secreted 分泌 (sent out) to work outside the cell. An example is amylase 淀粉酶, which is released into the gut to digest 消化 starch 淀粉.
    日本語
    エンザイムの作用:ロック・アンド・キー

    エンザイムは球状タンパク質の一種であり、丸みを帯びて水溶性の形状をしたタンパク質です。它们是生物触媒であり、生体内の化学反応を触媒(加速)しますが、消耗しないため、各エンザイムは繰り返し機能します。

    エンザイムは2箇所で機能します:

    • 細胞内エンザイムは、それを作った細胞内部で機能します。例として、有害な過酸化水素を分解するカタラーゼがあります。
    • 細胞外エンザイムは分泌(体外へ放出)されて細胞外で機能します。例として、胃腸内に分泌されてデンプンを消化するアミラーゼがあります。
    泡立ち、活発に発酵している酵母から二酸化炭素を排出している様子
    酵母のエンザイムは糖を発酵させ、二酸化炭素の気泡を発生させます
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    enzyme/ˈenzaɪm/ 酵素
    globular protein/ˈɡlɒbjʊlə ˈprəʊtiːn/ 球状タンパク質
    protein/ˈprəʊtiːn/ タンパク質
    catalyse/ˈkætəlaɪz/ 触媒作用をする
    intracellular/ˌɪntrəˈseljʊlə/ 細胞内
    cell/sel/ 電池
    catalase/ˈkætəleɪz/ カタラーゼ
    extracellular/ˌekstrəˈseljʊlə/ 細胞外
    secrete/sɪˈkriːt/ 分泌する
    amylase/ˈæmɪleɪz/ アミラーゼ
    digest/ˈdaɪdʒest/ ダイジェスト
    starch/stɑːtʃ/ デンプン
    active site/ˈæktɪv saɪt/ active site(活性部位)
    substrate/ˈsʌbstreɪt/ substrate(基質)
    enzyme–substrate complex/ˈenzaɪm ˈsʌbstreɪt ˈkɒmpleks/ enzyme–substrate complex(酵素-基質複合体)
    3.1

    How enzymes work · ⁨エンザイムの働き方⁩

    English

    Each enzyme has a special pocket called the active site 活性位点. The molecule it acts on is its substrate 底物. The substrate fits into the active site to form an enzyme–substrate complex 酶底物复合物. The reaction then happens, and the products 产物 leave, freeing the active site for the next substrate.

    Specificity

    An enzyme is specific: it usually works on only one substrate. This is because the shape of the active site is complementary 互补 to (fits) the shape of that substrate and no other. We call this specificity 专一性.

    Two ideas explain how the substrate fits:

    • the lock-and-key hypothesis 锁钥学说 — the active site is a fixed shape, and only a substrate with the matching shape fits, like a key in a lock.
    • the induced-fit hypothesis 诱导契合学说 — the active site is not quite the right shape at first. When the substrate binds, the active site changes shape a little to wrap around it tightly. This idea fits the evidence better.

    Lowering activation energy

    Every reaction needs a small "push" of energy to start, called the activation energy 活化能. An enzyme lowers the activation energy. This lets the reaction go quickly at the cell's normal temperature 温度, instead of needing high heat.

    日本語

    各酵素には、活性部位と呼ばれる特別なポケットがあります。この酵素が作用する分子を基質といいます。基質は活性部位に結合して酵素-基質複合体を形成します。その後反応が起こり、生成物が離れることで、次の基質のための活性部位が開放されます。

    特異性

    酵素は特異的です:通常、一つの基質に対してのみ機能します。これは、活性部位の形状がその基質の形状と相補的(一致)しており、他の基質とは一致しないためです。これを特異性と呼びます。

    基質がどうやって結合するかを説明する2つの説があります:

    • 鍵と錠前説 — 活性部位は固定された形状をしており、鍵が錠前に合うように、形状が完全に一致する基質だけが結合します。
    • 適合誘起説 — 最初、活性部位の形状は完全には合いません。基質が結合すると、活性部位がわずかに形状を変化させて基質を包み込み、密着させます。この説の方が証拠により合致します。
    二つの図:鍵と錠前説では三角形の基質が硬質なくぼみにフィットし、適合誘起説では酵素が丸い基質を取り込む
    鍵と錠前説:固定された活性部位。適合誘起説:基質を掴むために形状が変わる活性部位

    活性化エネルギーの低下

    すべての反応には、開始に必要な小さなエネルギーの「押し」が必要であり、これを活性化エネルギーといいます。酵素はこの活性化エネルギーを下げます。これにより、細胞の通常の温度で素早く反応が進むようになり、高温を必要としなくなります。

    2つの山を持つエネルギープロファイル:酵素なしの高さの山と、酵素ありの低い山があり、どちらも同じ反応物と生成物を結んでいる
    酵素の経路は活性化エネルギーが低く($E_A$)、より多くの分子が反応できるようになる
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The catalytic cycle · ⁨触媒サイクル⁩

    Step through the cycle. The enzyme binds its substrate, the reaction happens, the products leave — and the same enzyme is free to go again. · ⁨サイクルを順に確認する。酵素が基質に結合し、反応が起こり、生成物が離脱する。そして同じ酵素が再び自由になって反復できる。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    activation energy/ˌæktɪˈveɪʃn ˈenədʒi/ 活性化エネルギー
    3.1

    Measuring the rate of a reaction · ⁨反応速度の測定⁩

    English

    You can follow an enzyme reaction in two ways:

    • measure how fast product is made. With catalase, oxygen gas is a product, so you collect the gas and measure its volume over time.
    • measure how fast substrate disappears. With amylase, you remove samples and use the iodine test; the blue-black colour fades as the starch is used up.

    A colorimeter 比色计 makes this exact. It shines light through the tube and measures how much light is absorbed, so a colour change becomes a number you can plot.

    The rate of reaction 反应速率 is steepest at the start (most substrate present), so the initial rate (the slope at time zero) is the fairest value to compare.

    Worked example. In the first $20$ seconds of a catalase reaction, $16\ \text{cm}^3$ of oxygen is collected. Estimate the rate of reaction.

    $$\text{rate} = \frac{\text{volume of product}}{\text{time}} = \frac{16}{20} = 0.8\ \text{cm}^3\,\text{s}^{-1}.$$

    Because the reaction is fastest at the start, measuring over this short early interval gives a value close to the initial rate; averaging over a longer time would include the slower later stages and underestimate it.

    日本語

    酵素反応を追跡する方法は2つあります:

    • 生成物がどれだけ速く作られるかを測定する。カタラーゼの場合、酸素ガスが生成物であるため、ガスを回収し、時間経過とともにその体積を測定します。
    • 基質がどれだけ速く消失するかを測定する。アミラーゼの場合、サンプルを採取してヨウ素試験を行い、デンプンが消費されるにつれて青黒い色が薄くなります。

    分光光度計はこれを正確に行います。光を试管に通し、吸光量を測定することで、色の変化をプロット可能な数値に変換します。

    反応速度は开始时に最も急なため、初期速度(時間ゼロにおける傾き)が比較するための最も適切な値となります。

    時間を横軸とした生成物の曲線:始点で最も急勾配になり、後に水平になる。時間ゼロにおける破線の接線が初期速度を示している
    开始时に生成物が最も速く蓄積し、初期速度は時間ゼロにおける接線の傾きであり、比較するための最も適切な値です

    ** worked example.** カタラーゼ反応の最初の $20$ 秒間で、$16\ \text{cm}^3$ の酸素が収集されました。反応速度を推定してください。

    $$\text{rate} = \frac{\text{volume of product}}{\text{time}} = \frac{16}{20} = 0.8\ \text{cm}^3\,\text{s}^{-1}.$$

    反応は开始时に最も速いため、この短い初期区間での測定は初期速度に近い値を与えます。より長い時間で平均をとると、後期の遅い段階も含まれ、過小評価されてしまいます。

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    product/ˈprɒdʌkt/ 生成物
    complementary/ˌkɒmplɪˈmentəri/ 補色
    specificity/ˌspesɪˈfɪsɪti/ 特異性
    lock-and-key hypothesis/lɒk ænd kiː haɪˈpɒθəsɪs/ 鍵と鍵穴説
    induced-fit hypothesis/ɪnˈdjuːst fɪt haɪˈpɒθəsɪs/ 誘導適合説
    3.2

    Factors that affect enzyme activity · ⁨酵素活性に影響を与える要因⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. investigate and explain the effects of the following factors on the rate of enzyme-catalysed reactions: • temperature • pH (using buffer solutions) • enzyme concentration • substrate concentration • inhibitor concentration
    2. explain that the maximum rate of reaction ($V_{\text{max}}$) is used to derive the Michaelis–Menten constant ($K_{\text{m}}$), which is used to compare the affinity of different enzymes for their substrates
    3. explain the effects of reversible inhibitors, both competitive and non-competitive, on enzyme activity
    4. investigate the difference in activity between an enzyme immobilised in alginate and the same enzyme free in solution, and state the advantages of using immobilised enzymes
    日本語
    1. 以下の要因が酵素触媒反応の速度に与える影響を調査・説明すること: • 温度 • pH(緩衝液を用いる) • 酵素濃度 • 基質濃度 • 阻害剤濃度
    2. 最大反応速度($V_{\text{max}}$)が、異なる酵素の基質に対する親和性を比較するために用いられるマイケリス定数($K_{\text{m}}$)を導き出すために使われることを説明すること
    3. 可逆的阻害剤である競合的阻害剤および非競合的阻害剤が酵素活性に与える影響を説明すること
    4. アルジネート中に固定化された酵素と、同じ酵素が溶液中で自由にある場合の活性の違いを調査し、固定化酵素を使用する利点を述べること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Temperature

    As temperature rises, molecules gain more kinetic energy 动能 and collide 碰撞 more often, so the rate rises. But above the optimum temperature 最适温度 the enzyme begins to denature 变性: the heat breaks the bonds holding its shape, so the active site changes and no longer fits the substrate. The rate then falls quickly.

    pH

    Each enzyme has an optimum pH. If the pH moves too far from it, the enzyme denatures and the rate drops. To study pH fairly, you keep it steady with a buffer solution 缓冲液.

    Enzyme concentration

    With plenty of substrate, more enzyme means more active sites, so the rate goes up in proportion to enzyme concentration.

    Substrate concentration

    At first, adding more substrate speeds the reaction. But once every active site is busy, adding more makes no difference — the rate levels off at a maximum.

    Inhibitor concentration

    An inhibitor 抑制剂 is a molecule that slows an enzyme. The more inhibitor present, the lower the rate.

    日本語

    温度

    温度が上がると、分子はより多くの運動エネルギーを得て衝突する頻度が増えるため、速度は上昇します。しかし、最適温度を超えると酵素は変性し始めます:熱によって形状を保つ結合が切断され、活性部位の形状が変わって基質に合わなくなります。それ以降、速度は急速に低下します。

    温度に対する反応速度のグラフ:最適温度でピークに達した後、酵素の変性によって急激に低下する
    速度は最適温度まで上昇し、酵素の変性に伴って急速に低下します

    pH

    各酵素には最適pHがあります。pHが最適値から大きくずれると、酵素は変性して速度は低下します。公平にpHを調べるためには、緩衝液を用いて一定に保ちます。

    pHに対する反応速度の釣鐘型グラフ:最適pHでピークに達し、両側で低下する
    速度は最適pHでピークに達し、両側で低下します

    酵素濃度

    基質が十分にある場合、酵素を増やすと活性部位の数が増えるため、速度は酵素濃度に比例して上昇します。

    基質濃度

    当初、基質を増やすと反応は加速しますが、すべての活性部位が飽和した後は、さらに増やしても効果はありません—速度は最大値で頭打ちになります。

    阻害剤濃度

    阻害剤とは、酵素の働きを遅らせる分子のことです。阻害剤が多いほど、速度は低くなります。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    How temperature changes enzyme activity · ⁨温度変化が酵素活性に与える影響⁩

    Drag the temperature slider. Activity rises to an optimum, then crashes as the enzyme denatures and its active site loses shape. · ⁨温度スライダーをドラッグ。活性は最適温度まで上昇しますが、酵素が変性して活性部位の形状を失うと急落します。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    temperature/ˈtemprɪtʃə/ 温度
    colorimeter/ˌkʌləˈrɪmɪtə/ カラーimeter(色度計)
    rate of reaction/reɪt ɒv rɪˈækʃn/ 反応速度
    kinetic energy/kɪˈnetɪk ˈenədʒi/ 運動エネルギー
    collide/kəˈlaɪd/ 衝突
    optimum temperature/ˈɒptɪməm ˈtemprɪtʃə/ 最適温度
    denature/ˈdenətʃə/ 変性
    buffer solution/ˈbʌfə səˈluːʃn/ 緩衝溶液
    inhibitor/ɪnˈhɪbɪtə/ 阻害剤
    Michaelis–Menten constant/ˈmaɪkəliz ˈmentn ˈkɒnstənt/ ミカエリス定数
    affinity/əˈfɪnɪti/ 親和性
    reversible/rɪˈvɜːsɪbl/ 可逆
    competitive inhibitor/kəmˈpetɪtɪv ɪnˈhɪbɪtə/ 競合阻害剤
    non-competitive inhibitor/nɒn kəmˈpetɪtɪv ɪnˈhɪbɪtə/ 非競合阻害剤
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    3.2

    V_max and the Michaelis–Menten constant · ⁨V_max とマイケリス・メンテン定数⁩

    English

    The levelling-off rate, when all active sites are full, is the maximum rate, written $V_{\text{max}}$.

    The Michaelis–Menten constant 米氏常数 ($K_{\text{m}}$) is the substrate concentration that gives half of $V_{\text{max}}$. It tells you about the enzyme's affinity 亲和力 (pulling power) for its substrate:

    • a low $K_{\text{m}}$ means the enzyme reaches half-speed at a low substrate concentration, so it has a high affinity.
    • a high $K_{\text{m}}$ means a low affinity.

    So $K_{\text{m}}$ lets you compare how strongly different enzymes hold their substrates.

    日本語

    すべての活性部位が飽和した際の頭打ちの速度を最大速度といい、$V_{\text{max}}$ で表します。

    マイケリス・メンテン定数 ($K_{\text{m}}$) は、$V_{\text{max}}$ の半分となる基質濃度です。これは酵素の基質に対する親和性(引き付け力)について教えてくれます:

    • 低い $K_{\text{m}}$ は、酵素が低い基質濃度で半分の速度に達することを意味し、したがって高い親和性を持つことを示す。
    • 高い $K_{\text{m}}$ は低い親和性を意味する。

    したがって、$K_{\text{m}}$ を用いることで、異なる酵素が基質をどれだけ強く保持するかを比較できます。

    基質濃度に対する反応速度の曲線:Vmaxでプラトーに達し、Vmaxの半分およびそれに対応するKmが示されている
    すべての活性部位が飽和した際に速度は$V_{\text{max}}$ に達し、$K_{\text{m}}$ は$V_{\text{max}}$ の半分を与える基質濃度です
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Substrate concentration and Vmax · ⁨基質濃度とVmax⁩

    Add more substrate: the rate climbs, then plateaus at $V_{max}$ once every active site is busy. $K_m$ is the substrate concentration that gives half of $V_{max}$. · ⁨基質を増やす: 速度は上昇し、すべての活性部位が飽和すると$V_{max}$で限速します。$K_m$は$V_{max}$の半分を与える基質濃度です。⁩

    3.2

    Reversible inhibitors · ⁨可逆的阻害剤⁩

    English

    Some inhibitors are reversible 可逆: they can leave the enzyme again. There are two types.

    Type Where it binds Effect of adding more substrate Effect on $V_{\text{max}}$ and $K_{\text{m}}$
    competitive inhibitor 竞争性抑制剂 in the active site (it has a similar shape to the substrate) more substrate out-competes it, so its effect is reduced $V_{\text{max}}$ unchanged; $K_{\text{m}}$ rises
    non-competitive inhibitor 非竞争性抑制剂 at another site, changing the active site's shape adding more substrate does not help $V_{\text{max}}$ falls; $K_{\text{m}}$ unchanged
    日本語

    一部の阻害剤は可逆的です:酵素から再び離れることができます。2つのタイプがあります。

    種類 結合部位 基質を追加した影響 $V_{\text{max}}$ および $K_{\text{m}}$ への影響
    競合阻害剤 活性部位に結合する(基質と似た形をしている) 基質を増やすことで競合し、その影響が弱まる $V_{\text{max}}$ 変化なし;$K_{\text{m}}$ 上昇
    非競合阻害剤 別の部位に結合し、活性部位の形を変える 基質を増やしても効果はない $V_{\text{max}}$ 低下;$K_{\text{m}}$ 変化なし
    基質濃度に対する3つの反応速度曲線:阻害剤なしではVmaxに達する、競合阻害は同じVmaxに達するが遅れる、非競合阻害はより低いVmaxで頭打ちになる
    競合阻害剤は$K_{\text{m}}$を上げる(基質を増やすことで克服できる)、非競合阻害剤は$V_{\text{max}}$を下げる
    3.2

    Immobilised enzymes · ⁨固定化酵素⁩

    English

    An immobilised enzyme 固定化酶 is fixed in place — for example, trapped inside small beads of alginate 海藻酸盐 — instead of floating free in solution. The substrate solution flows past the beads.

    A free enzyme usually works a little faster, because the substrate can reach it easily. But immobilised enzymes have big practical advantages:

    • the enzyme is not washed away, so it can be used again and again.
    • the product is pure — it is not mixed with enzyme.
    • the enzyme is more stable, so it survives changes in temperature and pH better.
    • the process can run continuously, with substrate flowing in and product flowing out.
    日本語

    固定化酵素とは、溶液中で自由に浮遊するのではなく、例えばアルギネートという小さなビーズの中に固定されている酵素のことである。基質溶液はビーズの上を流れる。

    酵素を含むビーズに一方から基質が入り、他方から生成物が出ていく様子を描写した図で、酵素はビーズ内に留まっている
    酵素はビーズ内に留まり、基質は入って生成物は出ていくため、酵素が洗い流されることはない

    遊離酵素の方が基質にアクセスしやすいため、わずかに速く働くことが多い。しかし、固定化酵素には実用上の大きな利点がある:

    • 酵素が洗い流されないため、何度も再利用できる。
    • 生成物が純粋であり、酵素が混ざらない。
    • 酵素が安定しており、温度やpHの変化に耐えられる。
    • 基質を入れて生成物を出すことで、プロセスを連続して行える。
    白色の生体洗剤のスプーン
    生体洗剤には、低温でも食品や血液の汚れを分解する酵素が含まれている
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    immobilised enzyme/ɪˈməʊbəlaɪzd ˈenzaɪm/ 固定化酵素
    alginate/ˈældʒɪneɪt/ アルジネート
    3.2

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • Explain enzyme action with the induced-fit model (the active site moulds around the substrate) — now preferred to lock-and-key.
    • Above the optimum the enzyme denatures (hydrogen bonds and tertiary structure break) — write "denatures", never "dies" or "is killed".
    • Distinguish inhibitors: competitive binds the active site (overcome by more substrate, same $V_{max}$); non-competitive binds elsewhere (lower $V_{max}$).
    • Compare rates using the initial rate (tangent at time zero) — the fairest measure, before substrate becomes limiting.
    日本語
    • 誘導適合モデルを用いて酵素作用を説明する(活性部位が基質を取り込む)。これはlock-and-keyモデルよりも現在好まれている。
    • 最適値を超えると酵素は変性する(水素結合および三次元構造が崩れる)。「死ぶ」または「殺される」と書かず、「変性する」と書くこと。
    • 阻害剤を区別する:競合阻害剤は活性部位に結合する(基質を増やすことで克服でき、$V_{max}$は同じ)、非競合阻害剤は他の部位に結合する($V_{max}$を下げる)。
    • 初期速度(t=0における接線)を用いて速度を比較する。基質が律速因子となる前の最も公平な指標である。
  • 4

    Cell membranes and transport · ⁨細胞膜と物質輸送⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    4.1

    The cell surface membrane · ⁨細胞表面膜⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the fluid mosaic model of membrane structure with reference to the hydrophobic and hydrophilic interactions that account for the formation of the phospholipid bilayer and the arrangement of proteins
    2. describe the arrangement of cholesterol, glycolipids and glycoproteins in cell surface membranes
    3. describe the roles of phospholipids, cholesterol, glycolipids, proteins and glycoproteins in cell surface membranes, with reference to stability, fluidity, permeability, transport (carrier proteins and channel proteins), cell signalling (cell surface receptors) and cell recognition (cell surface antigens – see 11.1.2)
    4. outline the main stages in the process of cell signalling leading to specific responses: • secretion of specific chemicals (ligands) from cells • transport of ligands to target cells • binding of ligands to cell surface receptors on target cells
    日本語
    1. ホスホリピッド二重層の形成およびタンパク質の配列を説明する疎水性および親水性相互作用に関連して、膜構造の流動モザイクモデルを説明すること
    2. 細胞表面膜におけるコレステロール、グリコリポイド、およびグリコプロテインの配列を説明すること
    3. リン脂質、コレステロール、グリコリポイド、タンパク質、およびグリコプロテインが細胞表面膜において果たす役割を、安定性、流動性、透過性、輸送(キャリアタンパク質およびチャネルタンパク質)、細胞シグナル伝達(細胞表面受容体)、および細胞認識(細胞表面抗原 – 11.1.2を参照)の観点から説明すること
    4. 細胞シグナル伝達による特異的な応答に至るプロセスの主な段階を概説する: • 細胞からの特定の化学物質(リガンド)の分泌 • リガンドが標的細胞へ輸送される • 標的細胞の細胞表面受容体へのリガンド結合

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Every cell is wrapped in a cell surface membrane 细胞膜. We describe its structure with the fluid mosaic model 流动镶嵌模型.

    The phospholipid bilayer

    The membrane is built mainly from phospholipids 磷脂. Each phospholipid has a hydrophilic 亲水 ("water-loving") head and two hydrophobic 疏水 ("water-fearing") tails. There is water on both sides of the membrane, so the phospholipids line up in two layers — a bilayer 双层 — with the heads facing the water outside and inside, and the tails hidden in the middle, away from water. This arrangement forms by itself because of those hydrophilic and hydrophobic interactions.

    The model is called "fluid" because the phospholipids are not fixed: they slide past each other, so the membrane can move and bend. It is called a "mosaic" because many proteins 蛋白质 are dotted through it, like tiles in a picture.

    What floats in the membrane

    Part Where it sits Main roles
    phospholipids the two layers form the basic barrier
    proteins through the membrane or on its surface transport, support and signalling
    carrier proteins 载体蛋白 span the membrane carry specific molecules across
    channel proteins 通道蛋白 span the membrane form water-filled pores for ions to pass
    cholesterol 胆固醇 between the phospholipid tails controls fluidity 流动性 and adds strength
    glycolipids 糖脂 and glycoproteins 糖蛋白 carbohydrate chains on the outer surface cell recognition; some act as antigens 抗原

    So the membrane molecules together give the membrane its stability 稳定性, its fluidity, its permeability 通透性 (control over what gets through), its transport jobs, its signalling jobs, and its cell recognition.

    The membrane is partially permeable 半透膜: it lets some substances through easily but blocks others.

    日本語

    すべての細胞は細胞表面膜に包まれている。その構造は流動モザイクモデルによって説明される。

    走査型電子顕微鏡下での赤血球
    走査型電子顕微鏡下の赤血球 - 各々は細胞表面膜に包まれている

    ホスホリピッド二重層

    膜は主にホスホリピッドから構成されている。各ホスホリピッドには、親水性(「水を好む」)の頭部と、2本の疎水性(「水を嫌う」)の尾部がある。膜の両側には水があるため、ホスホリピッドは2層(二重層)を形成して並び、頭部は内外の水に向き、尾部は水から遠い中央に隠れる。この配置は、親水性と疎水性の相互作用により自発的に形成される。

    このモデルが「流動的」と呼ばれるのは、ホスホリピッドが固定されておらず、互いに滑り合うため、膜が動いたり曲がったりできるからである。「モザイク」と呼ばれるのは、多くのタンパク質がタイルのように散在しているからである。

    膜に浮かぶ成分

    成分 位置 主な役割
    ホスホリピッド 2つの層 基本的なバリアを形成
    タンパク質 膜を横切るか表面に存在する 輸送、支持、シグナル伝達
    キャリアタンパク質 膜を横切る 特定の分子を運搬する
    チャネルタンパク質 膜を横切る イオンが通る水-filledポアを形成する
    コレステロール ホスホリピッドの尾部の間 流動性を調節し、強度を加える
    グリコ脂質およびグリコタンパク質 外側の炭水化物鎖 細胞認識;一部は抗原として機能する
    流動モザイクモデル:チャネルタンパク質やキャリアタンパク質が散在するホスホリピッド二重層、尾部間のコレステロール、外側の炭水化物鎖を持つグリコタンパク質およびグリコ脂質
    流動モザイクモデル:タンパク質、コレステロール、炭水化物鎖が流動的なホスホリピッド二重層に存在する

    したがって、膜分子 collectively は膜に安定性、流動性、透過性(通過物質の制御)、輸送機能、シグナル伝達機能、細胞認識機能を与える。

    膜は半透性である:一部の物質は容易に通すが、 othersを遮断する。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Explore the cell membrane · ⁨細胞膜を探る⁩

    Tap each part of the fluid mosaic model — the bilayer plus the proteins and other molecules dotted through it. · ⁨流動モザイクモデルの各部分——二重層、およびそこに点在するタンパク質や他の分子——をタップしてください。⁩

    4.1

    Cell signalling · ⁨細胞シグナル伝達⁩

    English

    Cells talk to each other by cell signalling 细胞信号传递. The main stages are:

    1. a cell secretes a signal chemical called a ligand 配体 (for example a hormone 激素).
    2. the ligand is carried (often in the blood) to a target cell 靶细胞.
    3. the ligand binds to a specific receptor 受体 on the target cell's surface membrane. The shape of the receptor matches that ligand only. Binding then triggers a particular response inside the target cell.
    日本語

    細胞は細胞シグナル伝達によって相互にコミュニケーションを取る。主な段階は以下の通りである:

    1. 細胞はリガンドと呼ばれるシグナル化学物質(例:ホルモン)を分泌する。
    2. リガンドは(通常は血液中を介して)標的細胞へ運ばれる。
    3. リガンドは標的細胞の表面膜上の特定のレセプターに結合する。レセプターの形状はそのリガンドにのみ一致する。結合 subsequently 標的細胞内で特定の応答を引き起こす。
    シグナル送出細胞がリガンドを放出し、それが標的細胞へ運ばれ、形状が一致するレセプターに結合して内部に応答を引き起こす様子
    リガンドは1つのレセプターの形状にしか fitしないため、そのレセプターを持つ細胞のみがシグナルに応答する
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    cell surface membrane/sel ˈsɜːfɪs ˈmembreɪn/ 細胞表面膜
    fluid mosaic model/ˈfluːɪd məˈseɪɪk ˈmɒdl/ 流動モザイクモデル
    phospholipid/ˈfɒsfəlɪpɪd/ ホスホリピッド
    hydrophilic/ˌhaɪdrəˈfɪlɪk/ 親水性
    hydrophobic/ˌhaɪdrəˈfəʊbɪk/ 親水性
    bilayer/ˈbɪleɪə/ 脂質二重層
    protein/ˈprəʊtiːn/ タンパク質
    carrier protein/ˈkærɪə ˈprəʊtiːn/ キャリアタンパク質
    channel protein/ˈtʃænl ˈprəʊtiːn/ チャネルタンパク質
    cholesterol/kəˈlestərɒl/ コレステロール
    fluidity/fluːˈɪdɪti/ 流動性
    glycolipid/ˈɡlaɪkəlɪpɪd/ グリコリピッド
    glycoprotein/ˈɡlaɪkəprəʊtiːn/ グリコプロテイン
    antigen/ˈæntɪdʒen/ 抗原
    stability/stəˈbɪlɪti/ 安定性
    permeability/ˌpɜːməˈbɪlɪti/ 透磁率
    partially permeable membrane/ˈpɑːʃəli ˈpɜːməbl ˈmembreɪn/ 半透膜
    cell signalling/sel ˈsɪɡnəlɪŋ/ 細胞シグナル伝達
    ligand/ˈlɪɡænd/ 配位子
    hormone/ˈhɔːməʊn/ ホルモン
    target cell/ˈtɑːɡɪt sel/ 標的細胞
    receptor/rɪˈseptə/ レセプター
    passive/ˈpæsɪv/ 受動的免疫
    energy/ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー
    4.2

    Moving substances across the membrane · ⁨膜を越えた物質移動⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe and explain the processes of simple diffusion, facilitated diffusion, osmosis, active transport, endocytosis and exocytosis
    2. investigate simple diffusion and osmosis using plant tissue and non-living materials, including dialysis (Visking) tubing and agar
    3. illustrate the principle that surface area to volume ratios decrease with increasing size by calculating surface areas and volumes of simple 3-D shapes (as shown in the Mathematical requirements)
    4. investigate the effect of changing surface area to volume ratio on diffusion using agar blocks of different sizes
    5. investigate the effects of immersing plant tissues in solutions of different water potentials, using the results to estimate the water potential of the tissues
    6. explain the movement of water between cells and solutions in terms of water potential and explain the different effects of the movement of water on plant cells and animal cells (knowledge of solute potential and pressure potential is not expected)
    日本語
    1. 単純拡散、促進拡散、浸透、能動輸送、エンドサイトーシス、エキソサイトーシスのプロセスを説明し、その原理を解説する
    2. 植物組織および非生命材料を用いて単純拡散と浸透を調査する。これには透析管(ヴィスクン管)やアガーを含む
    3. 単純な3D形状(数学科要求に示されている通り)の表面積と体積を計算することにより、サイズが増加するにつれて表面積対体積比が減少するという原則を図示する
    4. 異なるサイズのブロック状アガーを用いて、表面積と体積の比の変化が拡散に与える効果を調査する
    5. 異なる水ポテンシャルを持つ溶液に植物組織を浸漬させ、その結果を用いて組織の水ポテンシャルを推定する
    6. 水ポテンシャルの観点から、細胞間および溶液間の水の移動を説明し、水の移動が植物細胞および動物細胞に与える異なる影響を解説する(溶質ポテンシャルおよび圧力ポテンシャルに関する知識は必須ではない)

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Active transport vs diffusion
    Osmosis: water crosses the membrane
    Diffusion: random motion, one-way flow

    There are six processes. Some are passive 被动 (they need no energy 能量), and some are active (they use energy from ATP).

    Simple diffusion

    Diffusion 扩散 is the net movement of particles from where they are at a high concentration 浓度 to where they are at a low concentration, until they are spread evenly. Simple diffusion 简单扩散 is when particles pass straight through the bilayer, down the concentration gradient 浓度梯度. Only small or non-polar molecules can do this — such as oxygen 氧气 and carbon dioxide 二氧化碳. It is passive.

    Facilitated diffusion

    Charged ions 离子 and large polar molecules (such as glucose 葡萄糖) cannot cross the oily bilayer by themselves. In facilitated diffusion 易化扩散 they cross through channel proteins or carrier proteins, still moving down the concentration gradient. It is also passive.

    Osmosis

    Osmosis 渗透 is the diffusion of water across a partially permeable membrane, from a higher water potential 水势 to a lower water potential. It is passive.

    Active transport

    Active transport 主动运输 moves a substance against its concentration gradient — from low to high concentration. This needs carrier proteins and energy from ATP.

    Endocytosis and exocytosis

    These move large amounts of material in bulk, using ATP.

    • in endocytosis 胞吞作用, the membrane folds inwards around material and pinches off a vesicle 囊泡 to bring it into the cell.
    • in exocytosis 胞吐作用, a vesicle fuses with the membrane and releases its contents outside the cell.
    日本語
    能動輸送 vs 拡散
    浸透:水が膜を越える
    拡散:ランダム運動、一方向の流動

    6つのプロセスがあります。その一部は受動的(エネルギーを必要としない)であり、他は能動的(ATPからのエネルギーを使用する)です。

    単純拡散

    拡散とは、粒子が濃度の高い場所から低い場所へ移動し、均等になるまで続く正味の移動です。単純拡散とは、粒子が直線状に二重脂質層を通過し、濃度勾配に沿って移動することです。これができるのは小さな分子や非極性分子のみで、例えば酸素や二酸化炭素などです。これは受動的なプロセスです。

    促進拡散

    帯電したイオンや大きな極性分子(例:グルコース)は、単独では油性の二重脂質層を通過できません。促進拡散では、それらはチャネルタンパク質やキャリアタンパク質を通じて通過しますが、依然として濃度勾配に沿って移動します。これも受動的なプロセスです。

    浸透

    浸透とは、水が半透過膜を介して、高い水ポテンシャルから低い水ポテンシャルへ拡散することです。これは受動的なプロセスです。

    芋の穴に糖溶液を入れ、管の中で液面が上がっている様子
    芋のオスモメーター:浸透によって水が芋に入り、糖溶液が管の上へ上昇する
    部分的透過膜で仕切られた容器:高水ポテンシャル側に溶質が少なく水が多く、低水ポテンシャル側に溶質が多い。水は低水ポテンシャル側へ移動する
    水は低い水ポテンシャル側へ移動する;溶質は半透過膜を通過するには大きすぎる

    能動的輸送

    能動的輸送は、物質を濃度勾配に逆らって、低い濃度から高い濃度へ移動させます。これにはキャリアタンパク質とATPからのエネルギーが必要です。

    3つのパネル:単純拡散による二重脂質層の直線的な通過、チャネルタンパク質を通じた促進拡散、ATPを用いて勾配に逆らう能動的輸送を比較
    拡散と促進拡散は受動的(勾配に沿う);能動的輸送は勾配に逆らい、ATPを必要とする

    エンドサイトーシスとエキソサイトーシス

    これらは大量の物質を一括で移動させ、ATPを使用します。

    • エンドサイトーシスでは、膜が物質の周囲に折りたたまれてベシクルを形成し、それを細胞内に取り込みます。
    • エキソサイトーシスでは、ベシクルが膜と融合し、内容物を細胞外へ放出します。
    2つの図:エンドサイトーシスでは膜が物質の周囲に折りたたまれてベシクルを形成し細胞内に取り込む、エキソサイトーシスではベシクルが膜と融合して内容物を細胞外へ放出する
    エンドサイトーシスはベシクルを形成して物質を取り込み、エキソサイトーシスはベシクルを膜と融合させて内容物を放出する
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Diffusion across a membrane · ⁨膜を伴う拡散⁩

    Set the concentration on each side. Particles spread from high to low concentration until both sides are equal. · ⁨両側の濃度を設定。粒子は高い方から低い方へ拡散し、両側が等しくなるまで続きます。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    diffusion/dɪˈfjuːʒn/ 拡散
    concentration/ˌkɒnsənˈtreɪʃn/ 濃度
    simple diffusion/ˈsɪmpl dɪˈfjuːʒn/ 単純拡散
    concentration gradient/ˌkɒnsənˈtreɪʃn ˈɡreɪdɪənt/ 濃度勾配
    oxygen/ˈɒksɪdʒn/ 酸素
    carbon dioxide/ˈkɑːbən daɪˈɒksaɪd/ 二酸化炭素
    ion/ˈaɪɒn/ イオン
    glucose/ˈɡluːkəʊs/ ブドウ糖
    facilitated diffusion/fəˈsɪlɪteɪtɪd dɪˈfjuːʒn/ 促進拡散
    osmosis/ɒzˈməʊsɪs/ 浸透圧
    water potential/ˈwɔːtə pəˈtenʃl/ 水ポテンシャル
    active transport/ˈæktɪv ˈtrænspɔːt/ 能動輸送
    endocytosis/ˌendəʊsɪˈtəʊsɪs/ 食胞作用
    vesicle/ˈvesɪkl/ 小胞体
    exocytosis/eɡˌzɒsɪˈtəʊsɪs/ 分泌作用
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    4.2

    Surface area to volume ratio · ⁨表面積と体積の比⁩

    English

    A cell takes in and removes substances across its surface. As an object gets bigger, its volume 体积 grows faster than its surface area 表面积. So the surface area to volume ratio gets smaller as size increases.

    For a cube of side $L$:

    $$\text{surface area} = 6L^2, \qquad \text{volume} = L^3, \qquad \text{ratio} = \frac{6}{L}.$$

    A large $L$ gives a small ratio. This is why small cells (and thin, flat shapes) exchange materials quickly, while large cells cannot rely on diffusion alone.

    Worked example. Compare the surface area : volume ratio of a cube-shaped cell of side $4$ with one of side $10$.

    For side $4$: surface area $= 6 \times 4^2 = 96$ and volume $= 4^3 = 64$, so the ratio is $96 : 64 = 1.5 : 1$. For side $10$: surface area $= 6 \times 10^2 = 600$ and volume $= 10^3 = 1000$, so the ratio is $600 : 1000 = 0.6 : 1$. The larger cell has the smaller ratio, so it exchanges materials across its surface more slowly for its size — which is why large organisms need specialised exchange surfaces such as lungs and gills.

    You can show this with agar 琼脂 blocks of different sizes soaked in dye or acid: the smallest block, with the largest surface area to volume ratio, changes colour all the way through fastest. Diffusion across non-living materials can also be studied with dialysis tubing 透析袋 (Visking tubing).

    日本語

    細胞は表面を介して物質を取り込み、排出します。物体が大きくなると、体積の増加率が表面積の増加率より速くなります。そのため、サイズが大きくなるにつれて表面積対体積の比は小さくなります。

    辺長$L$の立方体の場合:

    $$\text{surface area} = 6L^2, \qquad \text{volume} = L^3, \qquad \text{ratio} = \frac{6}{L}.$$

    大きな$L$は比が小さくなります。これが、小さい細胞(および薄くて平たい形状)が物質交換を迅速に行える一方で、大きい細胞は拡散だけでは対応できない理由です。

    辺長1, 2, 3の立方体及其表面積対体積比6:1, 3:1, 2:1を示す図。立方体が成長するにつれて比が減少していることを示す
    立方体(または細胞)が成長するにつれ、表面積 : 体積の比は小さくなる

    ** worked example.** 辺長$4$の立方体型細胞と、辺長$10$の立方体型細胞の表面積対体積比を比較せよ。

    辺長$4$の場合:表面積$= 6 \times 4^2 = 96$、体積$= 4^3 = 64$なので、比は$96 : 64 = 1.5 : 1$である。辺長$10$の場合:表面積$= 6 \times 10^2 = 600$、体積$= 10^3 = 1000$なので、比は$600 : 1000 = 0.6 : 1$である。大きい細胞の方が比が小さいため、サイズに対する物質交換の速度は遅い——これが、大きい生物が肺や鰓のような特殊な交換表面を持つ必要がある理由である。

    これを異なるサイズのアガーブロックを染料や酸に浸漬して確認できます。表面積対体積の比が最も大きい最も小さいブロックが、一番早く全体が色が変わります。非生命体の材料における拡散も、透析チューブ(ヴィスキンチューブ)を用いて研究できます。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Surface area : volume · ⁨表面面積 : 体積⁩

    Make the cube bigger: its volume grows faster than its surface, so the SA:V ratio falls — which is why exchange surfaces and cells stay small. · ⁨立方体を大きくすると、体積は表面積よりも速く増大するため、SA:V比は低下する——これが交換面や細胞が小さい理由である。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Diffusion across the surface · ⁨表面への拡散⁩

    Particles spread on their own from crowded to sparse. A small cell has a large surface-area-to-volume ratio, so substances diffuse in and out fast enough. · ⁨粒子は密な場所から希薄な場所へ自ら広がる。小さな細胞は表面積対体積比が大きいため、物質は十分に速く出入りする。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    volume/ˈvɒljuːm/ 体積
    surface area/ˈsɜːfɪs ˈeərɪə/ 表面積
    agar/ˈeɪɡɑː/ アガール
    dialysis tubing/daɪˈæləsɪs ˈtjuːbɪŋ/ 透析チューブ
    solute/ˈsɒljuːt/ 溶質
    distilled water/dɪˈstɪld ˈwɔːtə/ 蒸留水
    4.2

    Water potential and living cells · ⁨水ポテンシャルと生体細胞⁩

    English

    Water potential measures how likely water is to leave a solution. Pure water has the highest water potential. Adding a solute 溶质 (a dissolved substance) lowers it. Water always moves by osmosis from a higher to a lower water potential.

    To estimate the water potential of plant tissue, you place pieces in sucrose solutions of different water potentials. The solution that causes no change in mass or length has about the same water potential as the tissue.

    Effect on plant cells

    • in a solution of higher water potential (for example distilled water 蒸馏水), water enters the cell. The cell swells and becomes turgid 膨胀, but the strong cell wall stops it bursting.
    • in a solution of lower water potential, water leaves. The cell contents shrink and the membrane pulls away from the cell wall — this is plasmolysis 质壁分离.

    Effect on animal cells

    Animal cells have no cell wall to protect them.

    • in a solution of higher water potential, water enters and the cell may burst. In a red blood cell this bursting is called haemolysis 溶血.
    • in a solution of lower water potential, water leaves and the cell shrinks.
    日本語

    水ポテンシャルは、水が溶液から出るかどうかの程度を表します。純水が最も高い水ポテンシャルを持ちます。溶質(溶解した物質)を加えると低下します。水は常に浸透によって高い水ポテンシャルから低い水ポテンシャルへ移動します。

    植物組織の水ポテンシャルを推定するには、異なる水ポテンシャルのスクロース溶液に断片を入れます。質量や長さの変化がない溶液は、組織と同じ水ポテンシャルを持っています。

    植物細胞への影響

    • 高い水ポテンシャルの溶液中(例:蒸留水)、水は細胞内に入ります。細胞は膨張して硬直しますが、強い細胞壁により破裂は防がれます。
    • 低い水ポテンシャルの溶液中、水は細胞外へ出ます。細胞内容物が収縮し、膜が細胞壁から引き離される——これを質壁分離と呼びます。

    動物細胞への影響

    動物細胞には保護のための細胞壁がありません。

    • 高い水ポテンシャルの溶液中、水が入り細胞が破裂することがあります。赤血球での破裂は溶血と呼ばれます。
    • 低い水ポテンシャルの溶液中、水が出て細胞が萎縮します。
    格子図:高い水ポテンシャルと低い水ポテンシャルの溶液中における植物細胞と動物細胞。植物細胞は硬直するか質壁分離し、動物細胞は膨潤して破裂するか、あるいは萎縮する
    植物細胞は膨圧状態(turgid)または質壁分離(plasmolysed)を起こし、動物細胞は破裂(溶血:haemolysis)したり縮小したりする
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Water potential · ⁨水分ポテンシャル⁩

    water follows the gradient · ⁨水は勾配に従って動く⁩

    Drag the concentrations. A water-potential gradient drives net movement — it stops only when the two sides match. · ⁨濃度をドラッグしてください。水分ポテンシャル勾配は正味移動を駆動し、両側が等しくなるまで停止しない。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    turgid/ˈtɜːdʒɪd/ 膨圧状態(turgid)
    plasmolysis/plæzˈmɒləsɪs/ 質壁分離
    haemolysis/hiːˈmɒləsɪs/ 溶血
    4.2

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • Describe the membrane as a fluid mosaic: a phospholipid bilayer with proteins, cholesterol and glycoproteins.
    • Sort each process: diffusion, facilitated diffusion and osmosis are passive (down a gradient); active transport and endo/exocytosis need ATP and can go against it.
    • For osmosis always use water potential ($\Psi$): water moves from high (less negative) to low (more negative) $\Psi$; pure water is $0$, the highest.
    • State the outcome by cell type: plant cell turgid/plasmolysed; animal cell lyses/crenates — link it to the water-potential gradient.
    日本語
    • 膜を流動モザイクモデルとして記述する:タンパク質、コレステロール、糖タンパク質を含むホスファリジ二重層。
    • 各プロセスを分類する:拡散、促進拡散、浸透は受動輸送であり(勾配に沿って)、能動輸送やエンドサイトーシス・エキソサイトーシスはATPを必要とし、勾配に逆らうことができる。
    • 浸透については常に水分ポテンシャル($\Psi$)を用いる:水は**高い(負の値が小さい)方から低い(負の値が大きい)**方へ移動する $\Psi$;純水は $0$ で、最も高い。
    • 細胞の種類ごとの結果を記述する:植物細胞は膨圧状態/質壁分離、動物細胞は溶解/収縮 — これを水分ポテンシャルの勾配と結びつける。
  • 5

    The mitotic cell cycle · ⁨有糸分裂性細胞周期⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    5.1

    The structure of a chromosome

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the structure of a chromosome, limited to: • DNA • histone proteins • sister chromatids • centromere • telomeres
    2. explain the importance of mitosis in the production of genetically identical daughter cells during: • growth of multicellular organisms • replacement of damaged or dead cells • repair of tissues by cell replacement • asexual reproduction
    3. outline the mitotic cell cycle, including: • interphase (growth in G_1 and G_2 phases and DNA replication in S phase) • mitosis • cytokinesis
    4. outline the role of telomeres in preventing the loss of genes from the ends of chromosomes during DNA replication
    5. outline the role of stem cells in cell replacement and tissue repair by mitosis
    6. explain how uncontrolled cell division can result in the formation of a tumour
    日本語
    1. 染色体の構造を記述する。ただし以下の範囲に限定する: • DNA • ヒストンタンパク質 • 姉妹染色分体 • 中心粒 • テロメア
    2. 多細胞生物の成長、損傷または死んだ細胞の交換、細胞交換による組織修復、無性生殖において、遺伝的に同一の娘細胞を生産する際における有糸分裂の重要性を説明する
    3. 有糸分裂細胞周期を概説する。以下を含む: • 間期(G_1およびG_2期の増殖、S期のDNA複製) • 有糸分裂 • 細胞質分裂
    4. DNA複製中に染色体末端からの遺伝子喪失を防ぐためのテロメアの役割を概説する
    5. 有糸分裂による細胞交換および組織修復における幹細胞の役割を概説する
    6. 制御されない細胞分裂が腫瘍の形成につながる理由を説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Mitosis: one cell into two

    A chromosome 染色体 is one very long molecule of DNA wound tightly around special proteins 蛋白质 called histones 组蛋白. Winding the DNA like this lets a huge length fit inside the nucleus and keeps it tidy.

    Before a cell divides, its DNA is copied (this copying is called replication 复制). After copying, each chromosome is made of two identical copies joined together. These two copies are the sister chromatids 姐妹染色单体, and they are held together at a point called the centromere 着丝粒. The tips of each chromosome are capped by telomeres 端粒, which protect the ends.

    日本語
    Mitosis: one cell into two

    A chromosome 染色体 is one very long molecule of DNA wound tightly around special proteins 蛋白质 called histones 组蛋白. Winding the DNA like this lets a huge length fit inside the nucleus and keeps it tidy.

    Before a cell divides, its DNA is copied (this copying is called replication 复制). After copying, each chromosome is made of two identical copies joined together. These two copies are the sister chromatids 姐妹染色单体, and they are held together at a point called the centromere 着丝粒. The tips of each chromosome are capped by telomeres 端粒, which protect the ends.

    A replicated chromosome drawn as two sister chromatids joined at a central centromere, with telomeres capping the four tips
    After replication a chromosome is two sister chromatids joined at the centromere, with telomeres at the tips
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    chromosome/ˈkrəʊməsəʊm/ 染色体
    protein/ˈprəʊtiːn/ タンパク質
    histone/ˈhɪstəʊn/ ヒストン
    replication/ˌreplɪˈkeɪʃn/ 複製
    sister chromatids/ˈsɪstə ˈkrəʊmətɪdz/ 娘染色分体
    centromere/ˈsentrəʊmə/ 中心粒
    telomere/ˈteləʊmə/ テロメア
    5.1

    Why mitosis matters

    English

    Mitosis 有丝分裂 is a type of nuclear division that makes two daughter cells 子细胞 that are genetically identical — they carry exactly the same genes 基因 as the parent cell and as each other.

    This matters for:

    • growth of multicellular 多细胞 organisms 生物体 (making more cells).
    • replacement of damaged or dead cells.
    • repair of tissues 组织 by making new cells.
    • asexual reproduction 无性生殖 (one parent makes identical offspring).
    日本語

    Mitosis 有丝分裂 is a type of nuclear division that makes two daughter cells 子细胞 that are genetically identical — they carry exactly the same genes 基因 as the parent cell and as each other.

    This matters for:

    • growth of multicellular 多细胞 organisms 生物体 (making more cells).
    • replacement of damaged or dead cells.
    • repair of tissues 组织 by making new cells.
    • asexual reproduction 无性生殖 (one parent makes identical offspring).
    Onion root tip at metaphase: mitosis produces identical body cells for growth and repair
    Onion root tip at metaphase: mitosis produces identical body cells for growth and repair
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Why mitosis matters · ⁨有糸分裂が重要な理由⁩

    Classify real cases by the role mitosis is playing. · ⁨実際のケースを、有糸分裂が果たす役割に基づいて分類せよ。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    mitosis/maɪˈtəʊsɪs/ 有糸分裂
    daughter cell/ˈdɔːtə sel/ 娘細胞
    gene/dʒiːn/ 遺伝子
    multicellular/ˌmʌltɪˈseljʊlə/ 多細胞生物
    organism/ˈɔːɡənɪzəm/ 生物体
    tissue/ˈtɪʃuː/ 組織
    asexual reproduction/eɪˈsekʃuːəl rɪprəˈdʌkʃn/ 無性生殖
    5.1

    The mitotic cell cycle

    English

    The cell cycle 细胞周期 is the full life of a cell from one division to the next. It has three parts:

    1. interphase 间期 — the longest part. The cell grows in the G₁ phase, copies its DNA in the S phase (replication), and grows again and prepares to divide in the G₂ phase.
    2. mitosis — the nucleus divides into two identical nuclei.
    3. cytokinesis 胞质分裂 — the rest of the cell splits, giving two separate daughter cells.

    The mitotic index

    The mitotic index is the fraction of cells in a sample that are in mitosis. You find it by counting cells under a microscope:

    $$\text{mitotic index} = \frac{\text{number of cells in mitosis}}{\text{total number of cells}}.$$

    Worked example. In a root-tip sample, $8$ of the $50$ cells seen are in mitosis. Find the mitotic index.

    $$\text{mitotic index} = \frac{8}{50} = 0.16.$$

    A high mitotic index means many cells are dividing quickly — normal in a growing root tip, but in adult animal tissue it can be a warning sign of uncontrolled growth.

    日本語

    The cell cycle 细胞周期 is the full life of a cell from one division to the next. It has three parts:

    1. interphase 间期 — the longest part. The cell grows in the G₁ phase, copies its DNA in the S phase (replication), and grows again and prepares to divide in the G₂ phase.
    2. mitosis — the nucleus divides into two identical nuclei.
    3. cytokinesis 胞质分裂 — the rest of the cell splits, giving two separate daughter cells.
    A pie chart of the cell cycle: a large interphase made of G1, S and G2, plus a smaller M phase for mitosis and cytokinesis, with an arrow showing the direction
    Most of the cycle is interphase (G₁, S, G₂); mitosis (M) and cytokinesis are a short part

    The mitotic index

    The mitotic index is the fraction of cells in a sample that are in mitosis. You find it by counting cells under a microscope:

    $$\text{mitotic index} = \frac{\text{number of cells in mitosis}}{\text{total number of cells}}.$$

    Worked example. In a root-tip sample, $8$ of the $50$ cells seen are in mitosis. Find the mitotic index.

    $$\text{mitotic index} = \frac{8}{50} = 0.16.$$

    A high mitotic index means many cells are dividing quickly — normal in a growing root tip, but in adult animal tissue it can be a warning sign of uncontrolled growth.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The cell cycle · ⁨細胞周期⁩

    Step around the cycle. Most of it is interphase (grow, copy DNA, grow); mitosis and cytokinesis are short, then it repeats. · ⁨サイクルの各段階を踏む。大部分は間期(増大、DNA複製、増大)であり、有糸分裂と細胞質分裂は短く、その後繰り返される。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The cell cycle · ⁨細胞周期⁩

    Step through the cycle. Most of a cell's life is interphase (G1, S, G2); mitosis and cytokinesis are the short dividing phase. · ⁨サイクルをステップバイステップで確認。細胞生命の大部分は間期(G1, S, G2)であり、有糸分裂と細胞質分裂は短い分裂期です。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    cell cycle/sel ˈsaɪkl/ 細胞周期
    interphase/ˌɪntəˈfeɪz/ 間期
    cytokinesis/ˌsaɪtəkəˈniːsɪs/ 細胞質分裂
    5.1

    Telomeres and the ends of chromosomes

    When DNA is replicated, the copying cannot reach the very end of the molecule, so a little is lost each time. Telomeres are short, repeated lengths of DNA at the ends that carry no genes. Because the telomeres are shortened instead, no important genes are lost during replication.

    A chromosome shown three times: the red telomere caps at each end get shorter after each division, while the blue gene-carrying middle stays the same length
    The telomeres (which carry no genes) shorten a little at each division, so the genes in the middle are never lost
    5.1

    Stem cells

    English

    A stem cell 干细胞 is an unspecialised cell that can keep dividing by mitosis and can differentiate 分化 (change) into different specialised cell types. Stem cells are the source of new cells for replacing lost cells and repairing tissues.

    日本語

    A stem cell 干细胞 is an unspecialised cell that can keep dividing by mitosis and can differentiate 分化 (change) into different specialised cell types. Stem cells are the source of new cells for replacing lost cells and repairing tissues.

    An unspecialised stem cell with arrows to three specialised cells: a red blood cell, a muscle cell and a nerve cell
    One unspecialised stem cell can differentiate into many specialised cell types
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    stem cell/stem sel/ 幹細胞
    differentiate/ˌdɪfəˈrenʃɪeɪt/ 区別する
    5.1

    Uncontrolled division and tumours

    English

    The cell cycle is normally tightly controlled, so cells divide only when needed. If this control is lost, a cell may divide again and again without stopping. This uncontrolled division produces a lump of cells called a tumour 肿瘤.

    日本語

    The cell cycle is normally tightly controlled, so cells divide only when needed. If this control is lost, a cell may divide again and again without stopping. This uncontrolled division produces a lump of cells called a tumour 肿瘤.

    Controlled division shown as a few separate cells that stop; uncontrolled division shown as a growing clump of cells forming a tumour
    Normally cells stop dividing when they should; if that control is lost, they keep dividing into a tumour
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    tumour/ˈtjuːmə/ 腫瘍
    5.2

    The stages of mitosis

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the behaviour of chromosomes in plant and animal cells during the mitotic cell cycle and the associated behaviour of the nuclear envelope, the cell surface membrane and the spindle (names of the main stages of mitosis are expected: prophase, metaphase, anaphase and telophase)
    2. interpret photomicrographs, diagrams and microscope slides of cells in different stages of the mitotic cell cycle and identify the main stages of mitosis
    日本語
    1. 植物細胞および動物細胞における有糸分裂細胞周期中の染色体の挙動、ならびにそれに伴う核膜、細胞膜および紡錘体の挙動を記述する。また、有糸分裂の主要な各段階の名前も期待される:前期、中期、後期、末期
    2. 有糸分裂細胞周期の異なる段階にある細胞の顕微写真、図表および顕微鏡スライドを解釈し、有糸分裂の主要な各段階を同定する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Mitosis runs through four stages. You should be able to recognise them in photomicrographs and slides.

    Stage What happens
    prophase 前期 chromosomes coil up and become visible as two sister chromatids; the nuclear envelope 核膜 breaks down; a spindle 纺锤体 of fibres forms across the cell
    metaphase 中期 chromosomes line up along the middle (the equator 赤道); spindle fibres attach to each centromere
    anaphase 后期 the centromeres split; the sister chromatids are pulled to opposite ends (poles) of the cell
    telophase 末期 a set of chromosomes reaches each pole; a new nuclear envelope forms around each set, making two nuclei

    Cytokinesis then follows. In an animal cell the cell surface membrane pinches inwards to split the cell; in a plant cell a new wall forms across the middle. The result is two genetically identical daughter cells.

    日本語

    Mitosis runs through four stages. You should be able to recognise them in photomicrographs and slides.

    Stage What happens
    prophase 前期 chromosomes coil up and become visible as two sister chromatids; the nuclear envelope 核膜 breaks down; a spindle 纺锤体 of fibres forms across the cell
    metaphase 中期 chromosomes line up along the middle (the equator 赤道); spindle fibres attach to each centromere
    anaphase 后期 the centromeres split; the sister chromatids are pulled to opposite ends (poles) of the cell
    telophase 末期 a set of chromosomes reaches each pole; a new nuclear envelope forms around each set, making two nuclei
    Four cells showing prophase, metaphase, anaphase and telophase: chromosomes condense, line up at the equator, separate to the poles, then form two new nuclei
    The four stages: prophase, metaphase, anaphase, telophase
    A stained light micrograph of an onion root tip with many square cells, several caught in the act of dividing
    A real onion root tip: in a growing tip many cells are caught dividing

    Cytokinesis then follows. In an animal cell the cell surface membrane pinches inwards to split the cell; in a plant cell a new wall forms across the middle. The result is two genetically identical daughter cells.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The stages of mitosis · ⁨有糸分裂の段階⁩

    Drag through prophase, metaphase, anaphase and telophase to watch the chromosomes line up and then separate into two identical cells. · ⁨前期、中期、後期、末期を通じてドラッグ&ドロップを行い、染色体が整列してから2つの同一細胞に分かれる様子を見る。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The stages of mitosis · ⁨有糸分裂の段階⁩

    Step through PMAT. Watch the chromosomes condense, line up, split to the poles, then reform two nuclei. · ⁨PMATを順にステップアップし、染色体が凝縮し、整列し、極へ分裂し、2つの核が再形成される様子を見る。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    prophase/ˈprɒfeɪz/ 前期
    nuclear envelope/ˈnjuːklɪə ˈenvələʊp/ 核被膜
    spindle/ˈspɪndl/ 紡錘体
    metaphase/ˌmetəˈfeɪz/ 中期
    equator/ɪˈkweɪtə/ 赤道
    anaphase/ˈænəfeɪz/ 後期
    telophase/ˈteləfeɪz/ 末期
    5.2

    Exam tips

    • Learn the stages in order (prophase, metaphase, anaphase, telophase) with one key event each; interphase (G1, S, G2) is not part of mitosis.
    • Mitosis gives two genetically identical diploid cells — for growth, repair and asexual reproduction.
    • Mitotic index $=$ cells in mitosis $\div$ total cells; a high value means rapid division.
    • Link uncontrolled mitosis to tumours and telomere shortening to the limit on the number of divisions.
  • 6

    Nucleic acids and protein synthesis · ⁨核酸とタンパク質合成⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    6.1

    Nucleotides — the building blocks · ⁨ニュクレオチド — 構成要素⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the structure of nucleotides, including the phosphorylated nucleotide ATP (structural formulae are not expected)
    2. state that the bases adenine and guanine are purines with a double ring structure, and that the bases cytosine, thymine and uracil are pyrimidines with a single ring structure (structural formulae for bases are not expected)
    3. describe the structure of a DNA molecule as a double helix, including: • the importance of complementary base pairing between the 5′ to 3′ strand and the 3′ to 5′ strand (antiparallel strands) • differences in hydrogen bonding between C–G and A–T base pairs • linking of nucleotides by phosphodiester bonds
    4. describe the semi-conservative replication of DNA during the S phase of the cell cycle, including: • the roles of DNA polymerase and DNA ligase (knowledge of other enzymes in DNA replication in cells and different types of DNA polymerase is not expected) • the differences between leading strand and lagging strand replication as a consequence of DNA polymerase adding nucleotides only in a 5′ to 3′ direction
    5. describe the structure of an RNA molecule, using the example of messenger RNA (mRNA)
    日本語
    1. ヌクレオチドの構造を記述する。これにはリン酸化されたヌクレオチドであるATPも含む(構造式は必須ではない)
    2. 塩基アデニンおよびグアニンは二重環構造を持つプリンであり、塩基シトシン、チミンおよびウラシルは単一環構造を持つピリミジンであることを述べる(塩基の構造式は求められない)
    3. DNA分子の構造を二重らせんとして記述する。以下を含む: • 5′から3′方向の鎖と3′から5′方向の鎖との間の相補的塩基対合の重要性(反平行鎖) • C–G塩基対とA–T塩基対の間の水素結合の違い • ホスホジエステル結合によるヌクレオチドの連結
    4. 細胞周期のS期におけるDNAの半保存的複製を記述する。以下を含む: • DNAポリメラーゼおよびDNAライゲアーゼの役割(細胞内の他の酵素や、異なる種類のDNAポリメラーゼに関する知識は必須ではない) • DNAポリメラーゼが5′から3′方向へのみヌクレオチドを追加するため、リード鎖とラグging鎖の複製に生じる違い
    5. **mRNA(メッセンジャーRNA)**の例を用いて、RNA分子の構造を記述する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    DNA replication: unzip and copy

    Nucleic acids 核酸 (DNA and RNA) are polymers of small units called nucleotides 核苷酸. Each nucleotide is made of three parts joined together:

    • a phosphate 磷酸 group,
    • a sugar (a 5-carbon sugar),
    • a nitrogen-containing base 碱基.

    ATP is a special nucleotide. It has the base adenine 腺嘌呤, the sugar ribose 核糖, and three phosphate groups. Breaking off the last phosphate releases energy 能量 for the cell.

    There are five bases, in two groups:

    • purines 嘌呤 have a double ring (two rings): adenine and guanine 鸟嘌呤.
    • pyrimidines 嘧啶 have a single ring (one ring): cytosine 胞嘧啶, thymine 胸腺嘧啶 and uracil 尿嘧啶.
    日本語
    DNA複製:解きほぐしてコピーする

    核酸(DNAおよびRNA)は、ニュクレオチドと呼ばれる小さな単位からなるポリマーである。各ニュクレオチドは3つの部分で構成されている:

    • リン酸基、
    • 糖(5炭素糖)、
    • 窒素を含む塩基。

    ATP は特別なニュクレオチドである。塩基にアデニン、糖にリボース、そして3個のリン酸基を持つ。最後のリン酸基が切り離されることで、細胞にとってのエネルギーが放出される。

    リン酸、ペンタース糖、塩基が結合したニュクレオチドの描画;隣にはアデニン、リボース、3つのリン酸からなるATPが描かれ、最後の結合が高エネルギー結合として示されている
    ニュクレオチドはリン酸、糖、塩基からなる;ATPは3つのリン酸を持つニュクレオチド
    試験管内の淡く糸状のDNAの列
    細胞から抽出されたDNAは、これらのニュクレオチドポリマーの淡い糸状の構造として見える

    塩基には5種類あり、2つのグループに分かれる:

    • プリンは二重環(2つの環)を持つ:アデニンとグアニン。
    • ピリミジンは単一環(1つの環)を持つ:シトシン、チミン、およびウラシル。
    2つの環の形状:プリンは融合した2つの環で描かれ、ピリミジンは1つの環で描かれている
    2つのグループは形が異なる:プリンは二重環、ピリミジンは単一環であり、そのためプリン常にピリミジンと対になる
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    nucleic acid/njuːˈklɪɪk ˈæsɪd/ 核酸
    nucleotide/ˈnjuːklɪɒtaɪd/ ヌクレオチド
    phosphate/ˈfɒsfeɪt/ リン酸
    base/beɪs/ 底
    adenine/ˈædəniːn/ アデニン
    ribose/ˈrɪbəʊs/ リボース
    energy/ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー
    purine/ˈpjʊəriːn/ プリン
    guanine/ˈɡwɑːnaɪn/ グアニン
    pyrimidine/ˈpɪrɪmɪdiːn/ ピリミジン
    cytosine/ˈsaɪtəsaɪn/ シトシン
    thymine/ˈθaɪmaɪn/ チミン
    uracil/ˈjʊərəsɪl/ ウラシル
    double helix/ˈdʌbl ˈhiːlɪks/ 二重らせん
    strand/strænd/ 鎖
    deoxyribose/diːˈɒksɪrɪbəʊs/ デオキシリボース
    phosphodiester bond/ˈfɒsfəʊdɪstə bɒnd/ ホスホジエステル結合
    complementary base pairing/ˌkɒmplɪˈmentəri beɪs ˈpeərɪŋ/ 塩基対
    hydrogen bond/ˈhaɪdrədʒn bɒnd/ 水素結合
    replication/ˌreplɪˈkeɪʃn/ 複製
    semi-conservative replication/ˈsemi kənˈsɜːvətɪv ˌreplɪˈkeɪʃn/ 半保存的複製
    enzyme/ˈenzaɪm/ 酵素
    polymerase/ˌpɒlɪməˈreɪz/ ポリメラーゼ
    leading strand/ˈliːdɪŋ strænd/ リーディング strand(先行鎖)
    lagging strand/ˈlæɡɪŋ strænd/ ラグGING strand(遅延鎖)
    ligase/ˈlɪɡeɪs/ ライゲース
    gene/dʒiːn/ 遺伝子
    polypeptide/ˌpɒlɪˈpeptaɪd/ ポリペプチド
    triplet/ˈtrɪplɪt/ 三重線
    amino acid/əˈmiːnəʊ ˈæsɪd/ アミノ酸
    6.1

    The structure of DNA · ⁨DNAの構造⁩

    English

    A DNA molecule is two strands twisted together into a double helix 双螺旋.

    Each strand 链 has a backbone of alternating sugar (here the sugar is deoxyribose 脱氧核糖) and phosphate. The sugar of one nucleotide is joined to the phosphate of the next by a phosphodiester bond 磷酸二酯键.

    The two strands are held together by their bases, which meet in the middle. The pairing is exact — this is complementary base pairing 碱基互补配对:

    • A always pairs with T, held by two hydrogen bonds 氢键.
    • C always pairs with G, held by three hydrogen bonds (so a C–G base pair 碱基对 is harder to separate).

    The two strands run in opposite directions: one goes 5′ to 3′ while the other goes 3′ to 5′. We say they are antiparallel 反平行.

    The flat ladder above is twisted into a spiral. This space-filling model, where every atom is a ball, shows the real shape of the double helix:

    日本語

    DNA分子は、2本の鎖がねじれて二重らせんを形成している。

    各鎖は、糖(ここでは糖はデオキシリボース)とリン酸が交互に並んだ骨格を持つ。あるニュクレオチドの糖は、次のニュクレオチドのリン酸とホスホジエステル結合によって結合している。

    2本の鎖は塩基によって結びつけられ、中央で出会う。この対合は正確であり、これを相補的塩基対合という:

    • Aは常にTと対になり、2個の水素結合によって保持される。
    • Cは常にGと対になり、3個の水素結合によって保持される(したがってC–G塩基対は分断しにくい)。

    2本の鎖は逆向きに進む:片方は5′から3′へ、もう片方は3′から5′へ向かう。これらは逆平行であると述べる。

    DNAの梯子図:2本の逆平行な糖-リン酸骨格と、2個の水素結合で結ばれた塩基対A=T、および3個で結ばれた塩基対C=G
    相補的塩基対合:AはTと対になる(水素結合2個)、CはGと対になる(水素結合3個);鎖は逆平行

    上記の平らな梯子は螺旋にねじれている。すべての原子が球体であるこの空間充填モデルは、二重らせんの実際の形を示している:

    黒背景上の短いDNAのコンピュータによる空間充填モデル:多数の色付きの原子(赤、オレンジ、青、灰色、白)が2本の鎖に詰まり、互いにねじり合いながら二重らせんを形成している
    DNAの空間充填モデル:2本の鎖が互いにねじり合い二重らせんを形成している — 図の梯子が巻き上げられたもの
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Explore the DNA ladder · ⁨DNAの梯子を調べる⁩

    Tap each part of the double helix — two antiparallel backbones with complementary base pairs as the rungs. · ⁨二重らせんの各部分にタップする — 補合塩基対を横木とする2本の反平行骨格。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    base pair/beɪs peə/ 塩基対
    antiparallel/ˌæntɪˈpærəlel/ 反平行
    6.1

    DNA replication · ⁨DNA複製⁩

    English

    DNA replication 复制 (copying) happens during the S phase of the cell cycle. It is semi-conservative 半保留复制: each new molecule keeps one old strand and one new strand. The steps are:

    1. the double helix unwinds and the hydrogen bonds break, so the two strands separate.
    2. each old strand acts as a template. Free nucleotides pair with the exposed bases by complementary base pairing.
    3. the enzyme 酶 DNA polymerase 聚合酶 joins the new nucleotides into a strand. It can only add nucleotides in the 5′ to 3′ direction.

    Because of that 5′ to 3′ rule, the two new strands are made differently:

    • the leading strand 前导链 is built continuously, following the unwinding.
    • the lagging strand 后随链 is built in short pieces, working away from the unwinding point. The enzyme DNA ligase 连接酶 then joins these pieces together.
    日本語

    DNAの複製(コピー作成)は細胞周期のS期に行われる。半保存的であり、各新しい分子は古い鎖1本と新しい鎖1本を維持する。手順は以下の通り:

    1. 二重らせんが解け、水素結合が切断されて2本の鎖が分離する。
    2. 各古い鎖がテンプレートとなる。遊離ニュクレオチドが露出した塩基と相補的塩基対合によって対になる。
    3. 酵素 DNAポリメラーゼが新しいニュクレオチドを鎖に繋ぎ合わせる。これは5′から3′方向へのみニュクレオチドを追加できる。

    この5′から3′のルールのため、2本の新しい鎖は異なる方法で作成される:

    • リード鎖は、解きほぐしに続いて連続的に合成される。
    • ラグ鎖は、解きほぐし地点から遠ざかる方向に短い断片として合成される。その後、酵素DNAライガーゼがこれらの断片をつなぐ。
    複製フォーク:親の二重らせんが解け、各古い鎖が新しい鎖のテンプレートとなり、リード鎖は連続的に、ラグ鎖は断片として作られる
    複製は半保存的である:各新しい分子は古い鎖1本(青)と新しい鎖1本(オレンジ)を維持する
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Semi-conservative replication · ⁨半保存的複製⁩

    Step through copying DNA. The helix unwinds, each old strand templates a new one, and you end with two identical molecules. · ⁨DNAの複製工程を追う。らせんが解开され、古い鎖それぞれが新しい鎖の鋳型となり、2つの同一分子が完成する。⁩

    6.1

    RNA

    English

    RNA is also made of nucleotides, but it is a single strand, its sugar is ribose, and it uses uracil in place of thymine. The most important type here is messenger RNA (mRNA), which carries a copy of a gene's instructions out of the nucleus to be used.

    日本語

    RNAもヌクレオチドから構成されていますが、一本鎖であり、糖はリボースであり、チミンの代わりにウラシルを使用します。ここで最も重要なタイプは**メッセンジャーRNA (mRNA)**であり、遺伝子の指示のコピーを核の外へ運びます。

    DNA二重らせん: RNAは遺伝情報をタンパク質合成に運ぶ関連する核酸です
    DNA二重らせん: RNAは遺伝情報をタンパク質合成に運ぶ関連する核酸です
    6.2

    The genetic code · ⁨遺伝コード⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. state that a polypeptide is coded for by a gene and that a gene is a sequence of nucleotides that forms part of a DNA molecule
    2. describe the principle of the universal genetic code in which different triplets of DNA bases either code for specific amino acids or correspond to start and stop codons
    3. describe how the information in DNA is used during transcription and translation to construct polypeptides, including the roles of: • RNA polymerase • messenger RNA (mRNA) • codons • transfer RNA (tRNA) • anticodons • ribosomes
    4. state that the strand of a DNA molecule that is used in transcription is called the transcribed or template strand and that the other strand is called the non-transcribed strand
    5. explain that, in eukaryotes, the RNA molecule formed following transcription (primary transcript) is modified by the removal of non-coding sequences (introns) and the joining together of coding sequences (exons) to form mRNA
    6. state that a gene mutation is a change in the sequence of base pairs in a DNA molecule that may result in an altered polypeptide
    7. explain that a gene mutation is a result of substitution or deletion or insertion of nucleotides in DNA and outline how each of these types of mutation may affect the polypeptide produced
    日本語
    1. ポリピペプチドが遺伝子によってコードされ、遺伝子がDNA分子を構成するヌクレオチドの配列であることを示す
    2. 異なるトリプレットが特定のアミノ酸をコードするか、あるいはスタートコドンおよびストップコドンに対応するかという、普遍遺伝暗号の原則を示す
    3. DNA内の情報が転写および翻訳においてポリペプチドの構築にどのように使用されるかを記述し、以下の役割を含む: • RNAポリメラーゼ • メッセンジャーRNA (mRNA) • コドン • 転送RNA (tRNA) • アンチコドン • リボソーム
    4. 転写に使用されるDNA鎖は転写鎖(またはテンプレート鎖)と呼ばれ、もう一方の鎖は非転写鎖と呼ばれることを示す
    5. 真核生物において、転写後に形成されるRNA分子(一次転写産物)が、非コーディング配列(イントロン)の除去およびコーディング配列(エクソン)の連結によってmRNAに変換されることを説明する
    6. 遺伝子変異とは、DNA分子の塩基対配列の変化であり、これが変化したポリペプチドの生成につながる可能性があることを示す
    7. 遺伝子変異がDNAにおけるヌクレオチドの置換、欠失、または挿入の結果であることを説明し、これらの各タイプの変異が生産されるポリペプチドに与える影響を概説する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Protein synthesis: DNA to protein

    A gene 基因 is a sequence of DNA nucleotides that codes for one polypeptide 多肽.

    The code is read in triplets 三联体 — groups of three bases. Each triplet either codes for one specific amino acid 氨基酸, or acts as a start or stop signal. The code is universal: nearly all living things use the same triplets for the same amino acids.

    There are 64 possible triplets but only 20 common amino acids, so most amino acids are coded by more than one triplet.

    日本語
    タンパク質合成: DNAからタンパク質へ

    遺伝子とは、一つのポリペプチドをコードするDNAのヌクレオチド配列のことです。

    コードはトリプレット(塩基の3つ組)として読み取られます。各トリプレットは特定のアミノ酸の一つをコードするか、開始または停止シグナルとして機能します。このコードは普遍的であり、ほぼすべての生物が同じアミノ酸に対して同じトリプレットを使用しています。

    可能なトリプレットは64種類ありますが、一般的なアミノ酸は20種類のみであるため、多くのアミノ酸は複数のトリプレットによってコードされます。

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    6.2

    Protein synthesis: transcription and translation · ⁨タンパク質合成:転写と翻訳⁩

    English

    Transcription (in the nucleus)

    The DNA gene is copied into mRNA. This is transcription 转录.

    • the strand of DNA that is copied is the template strand 模板链; the partner strand is the non-transcribed strand 非转录链.
    • the enzyme RNA polymerase joins RNA nucleotides that pair with the template bases (with uracil pairing to adenine).
    • in eukaryotes the first RNA made (the primary transcript 初级转录本) contains coding parts called exons 外显子 and non-coding parts called introns 内含子. The introns are cut out and the exons joined together to form the finished mRNA.

    Translation (at the ribosome)

    The mRNA leaves the nucleus and attaches to a ribosome 核糖体. Building the polypeptide from the mRNA code is translation 翻译.

    • the mRNA is read in codons 密码子 (each codon is one triplet of mRNA bases).
    • molecules of transfer RNA (tRNA) bring amino acids to the ribosome. Each tRNA has an anticodon 反密码子 that pairs with a matching codon.
    • as the codons are read in order, the ribosome joins the amino acids with peptide bonds 肽键, building the polypeptide.

    Worked example. A DNA template strand reads TAC GGA CTT. Give the mRNA codons, and say how long the polypeptide is. Transcribe by complementary base pairing, remembering that RNA uses uracil in place of thymine: TAC gives AUG, GGA gives CCU, CTT gives GAA. So the mRNA reads AUG CCU GAA. AUG is the start codon (methionine), so the polypeptide is three amino acids long - two once the start methionine is removed. Two errors cost most of the marks here: pairing A with T instead of U when writing mRNA, and transcribing the coding strand instead of the template strand. The mRNA is complementary to the template, and identical to the coding strand apart from U replacing T.

    日本語

    転写(核内)

    DNAの遺伝子がmRNAにコピーされます。これを転写といいます。

    • コピーされるDNAの鎖はテンプレート鎖と呼ばれます。対となる鎖は非転写鎖です。
    • RNAポリメラーゼという酵素が、テンプレート塩基と相補的に結合するRNAヌクレオチドをつなぎます(ウラシルはアデニンと対になります)。
    • 真核生物では、最初に作られるRNA(一次転写産物)は、エクソンと呼ばれるコード部分と、イントロンと呼ばれる非コード部分を含んでいます。イントロンは切り出され、エクソンがつながって完成したmRNAとなります。
    交互に並ぶエクソンとイントロンを持つ一次転写産物;イントロンが除去され、エクソンがつながって短くなった成熟したmRNAとなります
    スプライシング:非コードのイントロンが切り出され、コードのエクソンがつながって完成したmRNAとなります

    翻訳(リボソーム上)

    mRNAは核を出てリボソームに結合します。mRNAのコードに基づいてポリペプチドを合成することを翻訳といいます。

    • mRNAはコドンとして読み取られます(各コドンはmRNA塩基の1つのトリプレットです)。
    • トランスファーRNA (tRNA) の分子がアミノ酸をリボソームに運びます。各tRNAには、対応するコドンと対になるアンチコドンがあります。
    • コドンの順に読み取られるにつれて、リボソームはアミノ酸同士をペプチド結合で結びつけ、ポリペプチドを合成していきます。
    タンパク質合成の全体像:核内でDNAがmRNAに転写され、核を出たmRNAがリボソームで翻訳され、tRNAがアミノ酸を運びポリペプチドを合成します
    転写は核内でDNAをmRNAにコピーし、翻訳はリボソーム上でポリペプチドを合成します

    ** worked example.** DNAのテンプレート鎖の配列が TAC GGA CTT です。mRNAのコドンを与え、ポリペプチドの長さを答えよ。相補的塩基対合により転写し、RNAはチミンの代わりにウラシルを使用することを忘れないでください:TAC は AUG に、GGA は CCU に、CTT は GAA に変換されます。したがってmRNAの配列は AUG CCU GAA です。AUG は開始コドン(メチオニン)なので、ポリペプチドは3個のアミノ酸から成ります - 開始メチオニンを除くと2個です。ここでの大部分の点数を失う2つの誤りは、mRNAを書く際にTとペアにするのではなくUとペアにするべきところをTとペアにしたこと、そしてテンプレート鎖ではなくコード鎖を転写してしまったことです。mRNAはテンプレート鎖に相補的であり、TがUに置き換わったものを除けばコード鎖と同じです。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    From gene to protein · ⁨遺伝子からタンパク質へ⁩

    Step through the central dogma: the DNA template is transcribed into mRNA by base pairing (A→U, T→A, G→C, C→G), then read in codons and translated into a chain of amino acids. · ⁨中央ドグマを順を追って確認する:DNA鋳型は塩基対形成(A→U, T→A, G→C, C→G)によりmRNAに転写され、コドン単位で読み取られ、アミノ酸鎖に翻訳される。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    From gene to protein · ⁨遺伝子からタンパク質へ⁩

    Step through how a gene becomes a protein. Transcription copies DNA into mRNA; translation reads the mRNA to build the polypeptide. · ⁨遺伝子がタンパク質になるプロセスをステップバイステップで確認。転写でDNAをmRNAにコピー、翻訳でmRNAを読み取ってポリアミノ酸鎖を合成します。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    transcription/trænˈskrɪpʃn/ 転写
    template strand/ˈtempleɪt strænd/ テンプレート鎖
    non-transcribed strand/nɒn trænˈskraɪbd strænd/ 非転写鎖
    primary transcript/ˈpraɪməri ˈtrænskrɪpt/ 一次転写産物
    exon/eɡˈzɒn/ エクソン
    intron/ɪnˈtrɒn/ イントロン
    ribosome/ˈriːbəʊsəʊm/ リボソーム
    translation/trænˈsleɪʃn/ 翻訳
    anticodon/ˌæntɪˈkəʊdɒn/ アンチコドン
    peptide bond/ˈpeptaɪd bɒnd/ ペプチド結合
    6.2

    Gene mutations · ⁨遺伝子変異⁩

    English

    A gene mutation 突变 is a change in the base sequence of a DNA molecule. It may change the polypeptide made. There are three types:

    • substitution 替换 — one base is swapped for a different base. This changes at most one amino acid, and sometimes none (because most amino acids have more than one triplet).
    • deletion 缺失 — a base is removed.
    • insertion 插入 — an extra base is added.

    A deletion or insertion shifts how every later triplet is read, so it usually changes many amino acids after that point and has a large effect on the polypeptide.

    日本語

    遺伝子変異とは、DNA分子の塩基配列の変化を指します。これにより生成されるポリペプチドが変わる可能性があります。3つのタイプがあります:

    • 置換 — 一つの塩基が異なる塩基に置き換わります。これにより最大で1つ、あるいは全くアミノ酸が変わらないことがあります(なぜなら、多くのアミノ酸は複数のトリプレットを持つから)。
    • 欠失 — 一つの塩基が失われます。
    • 挿入 — 余分な塩基が加わります。

    欠失や挿入はそれ以降のすべてのトリプレットの読み取り方をずらすため、通常その点以降の多くのアミノ酸を変化させ、ポリペプチドに大きな影響を与えます。

    三重 codon で読み取られた塩基配列が4回表示される:元の配列、1つの塩基を変異させた置換、そしてすべての後の三重codonをずらす欠失と挿入
    置換は1つのトリプレットを変化させ、欠失や挿入はすべての後のトリプレットをずらします(フレームシフト)
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Mutation type lab · ⁨変異タイプ実験室⁩

    Compare substitution, insertion and deletion using their effect on the code. · ⁨置換、挿入、欠失の影響を比較しなさい。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    codon/ˈkəʊdɒn/ コドン
    mutation/mjuːˈteɪʃn/ 突然変異
    substitution/ˌsʌbstɪˈtjuːʃn/ 置換反応
    deletion/dɪˈliːʃn/ 欠失
    insertion/ɪnˈsɜːʃn/ 挿入
    6.2

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • DNA is antiparallel, held by hydrogen bonds (A=T two, C≡G three); replication is semi-conservative (each product keeps one old strand).
    • State where and what: transcription (nucleus → mRNA), translation (ribosome, mRNA + tRNA → polypeptide).
    • Describe the code with all four terms: triplet, non-overlapping, degenerate, universal.
    • For a gene mutation (substitution, insertion, deletion) explain the effect on the protein — and why a substitution can be silent (degeneracy).
    日本語
    • DNAは逆平行であり、水素結合(A=Tが2つ、C≡Gが3つ)によって保持されています。複製は半保存的です(各生成物は古い鎖の1本を維持します)。
    • どこで何が行われるかを述べる:転写(核 → mRNA)、翻訳(リボソーム、mRNA + tRNA → ポリペプチド)。
    • 4つの用語を用いてコードを説明する:トリプレット、非重複、冗長性、普遍性。
    • 遺伝子変異(置換、挿入、欠失)について、タンパク質への影響を説明し、なぜ置換が沈黙的(無効)になり得るか(冗長性による)を説明する。
  • 7

    Transport in plants · ⁨植物における物質輸送⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    7.1

    The two transport tissues · ⁨2種類の輸送組織⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. draw plan diagrams of transverse sections of stems, roots and leaves of herbaceous dicotyledonous plants from microscope slides and photomicrographs
    2. describe the distribution of xylem and phloem in transverse sections of stems, roots and leaves of herbaceous dicotyledonous plants
    3. draw and label xylem vessel elements, phloem sieve tube elements and companion cells from microscope slides, photomicrographs and electron micrographs
    4. relate the structure of xylem vessel elements, phloem sieve tube elements and companion cells to their functions
    日本語
    1. 顕微鏡スライドおよび顕微写真から、双子葉草本植物の茎、根および葉の横断面の平面図を描く
    2. 草本双子葉植物の茎、根および葉の横断面における**木部(xylem)と篩部(phloem)**の分布を説明する
    3. 顕微鏡スライド、写真顕微鏡画像および電子顕微鏡画像から、木部導管要素(xylem vessel elements)、**篩部管要素(phloem sieve tube elements)および伴生細胞(companion cells)**を描き、名称を付記する
    4. 木部導管要素、篩部管要素および伴生細胞の構造がそれぞれの機能とどのように関連しているかを説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Plants move substances through two transport tissues 组织:

    • xylem 木质部 carries water and dissolved mineral ions 矿物离子 up from the roots.
    • phloem 韧皮部 carries dissolved foods (called assimilates 同化物, mainly sugars) to wherever they are needed.

    In a transverse section 横切面 (a cut straight across) of a dicotyledonous plant 双子叶植物:

    • in the stem, xylem and phloem sit together in bundles near the outside, with xylem on the inside of each bundle.
    • in the root, the xylem is in the centre, often in a star shape, with phloem between the arms.
    • in the leaf, both are found in the veins.

    When you draw a plan diagram, you draw only the outlines of the tissues, not the single cells.

    Xylem vessels

    Xylem water-carrying tubes are called vessels 导管. They are made of dead, empty cells joined end to end, with the end walls gone, so they form one long open pipe. Their walls are thickened and waterproofed with lignin 木质素. So the structure suits the job: the hollow, open tube with no contents lets water flow fast, and the lignin gives strength and support.

    Phloem sieve tubes and companion cells

    Phloem food-carrying tubes are called sieve tubes 筛管. They are living cells joined end to end, but their end walls are not gone — they become sieve plates 筛板 with many holes that sap flows through. To leave room for flow, a sieve tube cell loses most of its contents and has no nucleus.

    Beside each sieve tube is a companion cell 伴胞. It keeps its nucleus 细胞核 and has many mitochondria 线粒体. It does the living work for the sieve tube and loads sugars into it.

    This is what a real vascular bundle 维管束 looks like under the microscope, in a stained section of a young sunflower stem:

    日本語

    植物は2種類の輸送組織を通じて物質を移動させます:

    • 木部は、根から上部へ水と溶解した鉱物イオンを運ぶ。
    • 篩部は、必要とする場所に溶解した食物(同化物、主に糖)を運ぶ。

    双子葉植物の横断面(直交する切断面)において:

    • 茎では、木部と篩部が束になって外側近くにあり、各束の内側に木部がある。
    • 根では、木部が中央にあり、しばしば星型をしており、篩部はその腕の間に位置する。
    • 葉では、両方とも維管束(脈)に見られる。

    平面図を描く際は、単一細胞ではなく組織の輪郭のみを描く。

    2つの断面:外側近くに維管束が輪状に並び、各維管束の内部に木部がある茎と、中央に星形をなす木部と腕の間に篩部がある根
    組織の位置:茎の維管束は外側近くに輪状に並び(内部に木部)、根では木部が中央に星形となる
    樹木の幹を横切り、同心円状の成長年輪が見える
    樹木の幹の木材は木部であり、各年輪は1年の成長を表す

    木部の導管

    水を送る木部の管は導管と呼ばれる。死細胞で中空のものが頭と尾をつないだ構造をしており、端壁が消失して一本の長い開口したパイプとなっている。壁は太く、防水性のあるリグニンで強化されている。この構造は機能に適しており、中身のない開口した管は水を速く流し、リグニンは強度と支持力を提供する。

    篩部筛管と伴胞

    養分を送る篩部の管は篩管と呼ばれる。生細胞が頭と尾をつないだが、端壁は消失せず、多くの孔を持つ篩板となり、液が通る。流れのスペースを確保するため、篩管細胞は内容物のほとんどを失い、核を持たない。

    各篩管の隣には伴胞がある。伴胞は核を保ち、多くのミトコンドリアを持つ。篩管の生命活動の仕事を担い、糖を篩管内に積み込む。

    太いリグニン化された壁を持つ中空の導管として描かれた木部と、篩板を持つ篩部および接続された伴胞
    木部は死細胞の開口したパイプ、篩部は篩板と伴胞を持つ生細胞の篩管

    若いひまわりの茎の染色切片における、顕微鏡下での実際の維管束の外観:

    高倍率で観察した双子葉植物の茎の維管束の1つを含む染色横断面:下部に赤く染色された大きな丸型で厚い壁の木部導管の集団、その上に小さな薄壁の篩部細胞の塊、周囲に充填細胞
    切断面での実際の維管束:大きな赤い細胞は木部導管(厚いリグニン化された壁)、上の小さい細胞は篩部
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Xylem and phloem side by side · ⁨木質部と篩部が隣接する⁩

    Tap each part. Xylem is a dead, hollow pipe for water; phloem is a living tube for sugars, helped by its companion cell. · ⁨各部分をクリックしてください。木質部は水を運ぶ死んだ空洞の管であり、篩部は糖を運ぶ生きた管で、その補完細胞の助けを得ています。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    tissue/ˈtɪʃuː/ 組織
    xylem/ˈzaɪləm/ 木質部
    mineral ion/ˈmɪnərəl ˈaɪɒn/ 無機イオン
    phloem/ˈfləʊɪm/ 篩管
    assimilate/əˈsɪmɪleɪt/ 同化・取り込む
    transverse section/trænsˈvɜːs ˈsekʃn/ 横断面
    dicotyledonous plant/ˌdɪkətɪˈliːdənəs plænt/ 双子葉植物
    vessel/ˈvesl/ 管胞
    lignin/ˈlɪɡnɪn/ リグニン
    sieve tube/sɪv tjuːb/ 篩管
    sieve plate/sɪv pleɪt/ 篩板
    companion cell/kəmˈpænɪən sel/ 伴細胞
    nucleus/ˈnjuːklɪəs/ 核
    mitochondria/ˌmaɪtəˈkɒndrɪə/ ミトコンドリア
    vascular bundle/ˈvæskjʊlə ˈbʌndl/ 維管束
    root hair cell/ruːt heə sel/ 根毛細胞
    osmosis/ɒzˈməʊsɪs/ 浸透圧
    apoplast pathway/ˈæpəplæst ˈpæθweɪ/ アポプラスト経路
    cell wall/sel wɔːl/ 細胞壁
    cellulose/ˈseljuːləʊs/ セルロース
    symplast pathway/ˈsɪmplæst ˈpæθweɪ/ シンプラスト経路
    plasmodesmata/ˌplæzməʊdˈsmɑːtə/ 道管
    endodermis/ˈendəʊdəmɪs/ 内皮層
    Casparian strip/kæˈspeərɪən strɪp/ カスパリー帯
    suberin/ˈsʌbərɪn/ スベリン
    7.2

    Water from the soil to the xylem · ⁨土壌から木部への水⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. state that some mineral ions and organic compounds can be transported within plants dissolved in water
    2. describe the transport of water from the soil to the xylem through the: • apoplast pathway, including reference to lignin and cellulose • symplast pathway, including reference to the endodermis, Casparian strip and suberin
    3. explain that transpiration involves the evaporation of water from the internal surfaces of leaves followed by diffusion of water vapour to the atmosphere
    4. explain how hydrogen bonding of water molecules is involved with movement of water in the xylem by cohesion-tension in transpiration pull and by adhesion to cellulose in cell walls
    5. make annotated drawings of transverse sections of leaves from xerophytic plants to explain how they are adapted to reduce water loss by transpiration
    6. state that assimilates dissolved in water, such as sucrose and amino acids, move from sources to sinks in phloem sieve tubes
    7. explain how companion cells transfer assimilates to phloem sieve tubes, with reference to proton pumps and cotransporter proteins
    8. explain mass flow in phloem sieve tubes down a hydrostatic pressure gradient from source to sink
    日本語
    1. 一部の無機イオンおよび有機化合物が水中に溶解して植物内で輸送されることを述べる
    2. 土壌から木部への水の輸送について説明する: • アポプラスト経路、リグニンおよびセルロースへの言及を含む • シンプラスト経路、内皮層、カスパリー帯およびスベリンへの言及を含む
    3. 蒸散作用とは、葉の内部表面からの水の蒸発に続き、水蒸気が大気へ拡散することを指すことを説明する
    4. 水分子間の水素結合が、**蒸散引張力(transpiration pull)による木部内の水の移動における凝集-張力理論(cohesion-tension)によって、および細胞壁のセルロースへの吸着(adhesion)**によって関与することを説明する
    5. **乾燥環境植物(xerophytic plants)**の葉の横断面の注釈付き図を描き、蒸散作用による水分損失を減少させるための適応を説明する
    6. 同化産物であるスクロースやアミノ酸などが水中に溶解し、篩部管内で**源(sources)から収庫(sinks)**へ移動することを述べる
    7. プロトンポンプおよび**共有輸送タンパク質(cotransporter proteins)**への言及を含め、伴生細胞が篩部管へ同化産物を移動させる仕組みを説明する
    8. 質量流(mass flow)が、源から収庫へ向かう静水圧勾配に沿って篩部管内で起こることを説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Water enters a root hair cell 根毛细胞 by osmosis 渗透, because the root hair has a lower water potential than the soil water. Water then crosses the root to the xylem by two pathways:

    • the apoplast pathway 质外体途径 — water moves through the cell walls 细胞壁 (made of cellulose 纤维素) and the spaces between cells, without entering the cytoplasm. This is fast.
    • the symplast pathway 共质体途径 — water moves through the cytoplasm of cells, passing from cell to cell through the plasmodesmata 胞间连丝.

    At a ring of cells called the endodermis 内皮层, the apoplast pathway is blocked by the Casparian strip 凯氏带, a waterproof band of suberin 木栓质. This forces all the water through the cell membranes, which lets the plant control what enters the xylem.

    日本語

    水は根毛細胞へ浸透によって入り込み、根毛の水分ポテンシャルが土壌水より低いからである。その後、水は根を越えて木部へ2つの経路で移動する:

    • アポプラスト経路 — 水は細胞壁(セルロースで作られる)と細胞間の隙間を通り、原形質に入らない。これは速い。
    • シンプラスト経路 — 水は細胞の原形質を通り、胞間連絡を介して細胞から細胞へ移動する。

    内皮層と呼ばれる細胞の輪において、カスパーリー帯(スベリンの防水帯)によりアポプラスト経路は遮断される。これにより水はすべて細胞膜を通らされ、植物が木部に入るものを制御できる。

    アポプラスト経路による細胞壁を通る水と、シンプラスト経路による原形質を通る水;内皮層ではカスパーリー帯がアポプラストを遮断している
    アポプラストは壁を通り、シンプラストは原形質を通ります;カスパーリー帯は内皮層でアポプラストを遮断します
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Water from soil to xylem · ⁨土壌から木質部への水⁩

    Follow water in from the soil. It crosses the root two ways, is forced through a membrane at the endodermis, then enters the xylem. · ⁨土壌からの水を追跡する。根を2通りで横切り、内皮層の膜要通过され、その後木質部に入る。⁩

    7.2

    Transpiration and the movement of water up the xylem · ⁨蒸散と木部を登る水の移動⁩

    English

    Transpiration 蒸腾作用 is the loss of water vapour from a plant. Water evaporates (turns to vapour) from the wet cell surfaces inside the leaf — this is evaporation 蒸发. The water vapour 水蒸气 then diffuses 扩散 out through the stomata 气孔 into the atmosphere 大气.

    This loss at the top pulls water up the xylem in a continuous column. It works because of hydrogen bonding between water molecules:

    • water molecules attract each other through hydrogen bonds 氢键, so they stick together. This sticking is cohesion 内聚力, and it lets the whole column be pulled up under tension 张力 (the cohesion–tension idea).
    • water molecules also stick to the cellulose of the cell walls. This is adhesion 附着力, which helps hold the column in place.

    Worked example. A plant cell with a water potential of $-800\ \text{kPa}$ is placed in a solution of water potential $-400\ \text{kPa}$. Which way does water move, and what happens to the cell? Water always moves down a water potential gradient - from the less negative (higher) value to the more negative (lower) one. The solution at $-400$ is higher than the cell at $-800$, so water moves into the cell. The cell swells, the protoplast presses on the cell wall, the pressure potential rises, and the cell becomes turgid. Two traps: $-400$ is greater than $-800$, which is the sign error that reverses half of all answers; and pure water is the maximum at 0, so every solution is negative and a water potential can never rise above zero.

    日本語

    蒸散とは植物からの水蒸気の放出である。水は葉の内部の湿った細胞表面から蒸発(気体になる)する — これは蒸発である。水蒸気は次に気孔を通じて大気へ拡散する。

    上部でのこの損失が、連続した水柱として木部を水を引き上げる。これは水分子間の水素結合によるものである:

    • 水分子は水素結合によって互いに引き合い、结合在一起する。この引き合いは凝集力と呼ばれ、張力下で水柱全体を引き上げさせる(凝集力-張力説)。
    • 水分子はまた細胞壁のセルロースにも付着する。これは付着力と呼ばれ、水柱を固定するのに役立つ。
    浸透によって根に入り、上昇矢印の水柱として木部を登り、上部で葉から水蒸気が離れる植物
    葉での蒸散が水柱全体を木部で引き上げます;凝集力(水素結合)が水柱を維持しています

    ** worked example.** 水ポテンシャルが $-800\ \text{kPa}$ の植物細胞を、水ポテンシャルが $-400\ \text{kPa}$ の溶液に置いた。水はどの方向に移動するか、また細胞には何が起こるか。水は常に下流の水ポテンシャル勾配に従って移動する:負でない(高い)値からより負の(低い)値へ。$-400$ の溶液は $-800$ の細胞よりも高い水ポテンシャルを持っているため、水は細胞の中へ移動する。細胞は膨潤し、原生質が細胞壁を押すことで圧力ポテンシャルが上昇し、細胞は膨張状態(タージッド)となる。2つの注意点:$-400$ は $-800$ より大きいことが正解だが、これが反転させる全解答の半分に関わる符号誤りの原因となる;純水は最大値が 0 であるため、すべての溶液は負の値となり、水ポテンシャルがゼロを超えることは決してない。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The transpiration stream · ⁨蒸散流⁩

    Step through how water is pulled up a tree — evaporation at the top creates a tension that drags the whole cohesive column upward. · ⁨水が木に引き上げられる仕組みを段階的に説明してください — 上部での蒸発が張力を生み、全体 cohesion した水柱を上へ引っ張ります。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    transpiration/trænspəˈreɪʃn/ 蒸散作用
    evaporation/ɪˌvæpəˈreɪʃn/ 蒸発
    water vapour/ˈwɔːtə ˈveɪpə/ 水蒸気
    diffuse/dɪˈfjuːz/ 拡散する
    stomata/ˈstəʊmətə/ 気孔
    atmosphere/ˈætməsfɪə/ 大気中
    hydrogen bond/ˈhaɪdrədʒn bɒnd/ 水素結合
    cohesion/kəʊˈhiːʒn/ 凝集
    tension/ˈtenʃn/ 張力
    adhesion/ədˈhiːʒn/ 吸着
    7.2

    Xerophytes · ⁨乾燥地植物⁩

    English

    A xerophyte 旱生植物 is a plant adapted 适应 to live where water is scarce. Its leaves reduce water loss by transpiration in several ways: a thick waxy cuticle 角质层, stomata sunk in pits, hairs that trap moist air, and leaves that can roll up. You should be able to draw a labelled leaf section showing these features.

    日本語

    乾燥地植物とは、水が少ない場所での生活に適応した植物である。その葉は蒸散による水分損失を減少させるためにいくつかの方法をとる:厚い蝋質の角質層、窪みに沈んだ気孔、湿った空気を捕らえる毛、および巻き上がる葉。これらの特徴を示すラベル付きの葉の断面を描けるようにすべきである。

    上面に厚い蝋質の角質層、窪みに沈んだ気孔、湿った空気を捕らえる毛、および葉が巻き上がることが示された乾燥地植物の葉の横断面
    乾燥地植物の葉は水分損失を減らす:厚い角質層、沈んだ気孔、捕らえられた湿った空気、および巻き上がり
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    xerophyte/ˈzɪərəfaɪt/ 乾燥耐性植物(ケロファイト)
    adapted/əˈdæptɪd/ 適応
    cuticle/ˈkjuːtɪkl/ 角質層
    sucrose/ˈsuːkrəʊs/ スクロース
    amino acid/əˈmiːnəʊ ˈæsɪd/ アミノ酸
    source/sɔːs/ 源
    sink/sɪŋk/ シンク
    proton pump/ˈprəʊtɒn pʌmp/ プロトンポンプ
    cotransporter protein/ˈkɒtrənspɔːtə ˈprəʊtiːn/ 共輸送タンパク質
    active transport/ˈæktɪv ˈtrænspɔːt/ 能動輸送
    water potential/ˈwɔːtə pəˈtenʃl/ 水ポテンシャル
    hydrostatic pressure/ˌhaɪdrəˈstætɪk ˈpreʃə/ 静水圧
    7.2

    Translocation: moving assimilates in the phloem · ⁨輸送:篩部内の同化物の移動⁩

    English

    Assimilates such as sucrose 蔗糖 and amino acids 氨基酸 are carried in the phloem from a source 源 to a sink 库.

    • a source is where the assimilate is made or released (for example a photosynthesising leaf).
    • a sink is where it is used or stored (for example a growing root).

    Loading at the source

    Companion cells load sucrose into the sieve tubes against its concentration gradient. They use proton pumps 质子泵 to pump hydrogen ions out, then cotransporter proteins 协同运输蛋白 bring sucrose back in together with those ions. This is a form of active transport 主动运输.

    Loading sucrose lowers the water potential 水势 inside the sieve tube, so water follows by osmosis. This raises the hydrostatic pressure 静水压 there.

    Mass flow

    At the sink, sucrose is removed, so the water potential rises, water leaves, and the pressure falls. The result is a pressure difference between source (high) and sink (low). Sap flows from high to low pressure down this gradient. This pressure-driven flow is called mass flow 集流.

    日本語

    蔗糖などの同化物は、源から庫へ向かって篩管に輸送される。

    • 源とは、同化物が生成または放出される場所(例:光合成を行う葉)である。
    • 庫とは、同化物が消費または貯蔵される場所(例:成長中の根)である。

    源における Loading

    補助細胞は、濃度勾配に逆らって篩管へ蔗糖を Loading する。まずプロトンポンプを用いて水素イオンを外へ排出し、その後共輸送タンパク質によってそれらのイオンと一緒に蔗糖を取り込む。これは能動輸送の一種である。

    蔗糖の Loading により篩管内のポテンシャルが低下し、浸透圧によって水が入ってくる。これにより那里的な静水圧が上昇する。

    量流

    庫では蔗糖が除去されるためポテンシャルが上昇し、水が出て圧力が低下する。その結果、源(高圧)と庫(低圧)の間に圧力差が生じる。この勾配に沿って高圧から低圧へ sap が流れる。この圧力による流れを量流という。

    源で篩管へ蔗糖が Loading され水が引き込まれて圧力が上昇するため、sap は庫へと流れ、そこで蔗糖が除去されて水が出る
    源での蔗糖 Loading により圧力が上昇し、随后 sap は量流によって庫へ流れる
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Translocation by mass flow · ⁨質量流による移動⁩

    Step through how sugar moves. Loading at the source pulls water in and raises the pressure, pushing sap to the sink. · ⁨糖が動く仕組みを段階的に説明してください。源でのロードが水を引き込み圧力を高め、 sap をシンクへ押します。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    mass flow/mæs fləʊ/ 質量流
    7.2

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • State the tissue for each direction: xylem carries water up (dead, lignified), phloem carries assimilates both ways (living sieve tubes + companion cells).
    • Explain water movement by cohesion-tension: transpiration pulls a continuous water column held by cohesion (H-bonds) and adhesion.
    • List the factors affecting transpiration rate (light, temperature, humidity, air movement) and how a potometer measures uptake.
    • For xerophytes, link each adaptation (thick cuticle, sunken stomata, rolled leaves, hairs) to reduced water loss.
    日本語
    • 各方向の組織を記述する:木部は水を上へ運ぶ(死細胞・ lignified)、篩部は同化物を両方向に運ぶ(生細胞の篩管+補助細胞)。
    • 付着張力説を用いて水の移動を説明する:蒸散作用が付着結合(水素結合)および吸着によって保持される連続した水柱を引き上げる。
    • 蒸散速度に影響を与える要因(光、温度、湿度、空気の流れ)をリストアップし、ポトメーターによる吸水量の測定方法を説明する。
    • 乾燥植物について、各適応(厚い角質層、沈下気孔、巻いた葉、毛)が水分損失の減少にどのように寄与するかを結びつける。
  • 8

    Transport in mammals · ⁨哺乳類における物質輸送⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    8.1

    The circulatory system

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. state that the mammalian circulatory system is a closed double circulation consisting of a heart, blood and blood vessels including arteries, arterioles, capillaries, venules and veins
    2. describe the functions of the main blood vessels of the pulmonary and systemic circulations, limited to pulmonary artery, pulmonary vein, aorta and vena cava
    3. recognise arteries, veins and capillaries from microscope slides, photomicrographs and electron micrographs and make plan diagrams showing the structure of arteries and veins in transverse section (TS) and longitudinal section (LS)
    4. explain how the structure of muscular arteries, elastic arteries, veins and capillaries are each related to their functions
    5. recognise and draw red blood cells, monocytes, neutrophils and lymphocytes from microscope slides, photomicrographs and electron micrographs
    6. state that water is the main component of blood and tissue fluid and relate the properties of water to its role in transport in mammals, limited to solvent action and high specific heat capacity
    7. state the functions of tissue fluid and describe the formation of tissue fluid in a capillary network
    日本語
    1. 哺乳類の循環系は、心臓、血液、および動脈、小動脈、毛細血管、小静脈および静脈を含む血管で構成される閉じた**二重循環(double circulation)**であることを述べる
    2. 肺循環および体循環の主たる血管の機能について説明する。対象は肺動脈、肺静脈、大動脈および上下大静脈に限定する
    3. 顕微鏡スライド、写真顕微鏡画像および電子顕微鏡画像から動脈、静脈および毛細血管を識別し、横断面(TS)および縦断面(LS)における動脈および静脈の構造を示す平面図を描く
    4. 筋性動脈、弾性動脈、静脈および毛細血管の各構造がそれぞれの機能とどのように関連しているかを説明する
    5. 顕微鏡スライド、写真顕微鏡画像および電子顕微鏡画像から赤血球、単球(monocytes)、**好中球(neutrophils)およびリンパ球(lymphocytes)**を識別し描く
    6. 水が血液および組織液の主要な構成成分であることを述べ、溶媒としての作用および高い比熱容量という性質が哺乳類における輸送における役割と関連付けると述べる
    7. 組織液の機能を述べ、毛細血管網における組織液の形成について説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Mammals have a closed double circulation. "Closed" means the blood stays inside blood vessels 血管 the whole time. "Double" means the blood passes through the heart 心脏 twice for each full trip around the body. This gives two linked loops, so we call it a double circulation 双循环 and the whole thing a circulatory system 循环系统:

    • the pulmonary circulation 肺循环 carries blood from the heart to the lungs and back.
    • the systemic circulation 体循环 carries blood from the heart to the rest of the body and back.

    Blood travels in this order: arteries 动脉 → arterioles 小动脉 → capillaries 毛细血管 → venules 小静脉 → veins 静脉.

    The main vessels are:

    • the pulmonary artery 肺动脉 — carries blood low in oxygen 氧气 from the heart to the lungs.
    • the pulmonary vein 肺静脉 — carries oxygen-rich blood from the lungs back to the heart.
    • the aorta 主动脉 — the big artery that carries oxygen-rich blood from the heart to the body.
    • the vena cava 腔静脉 — the big vein that returns oxygen-poor blood from the body to the heart.

    How the vessels suit their jobs

    Vessel Structure Function
    artery thick wall of muscle 肌肉 and elastic 弹性 fibres; narrow lumen 管腔 (the space inside) carries blood at high pressure away from the heart; elastic walls stretch and recoil to smooth the flow; muscle controls the flow
    capillary wall just one cell thick; very narrow short distance for exchange of substances between blood and cells
    vein thin wall; wide lumen; has valves 瓣膜 returns blood at low pressure to the heart; valves stop blood flowing backwards

    Blood cells

    You should recognise: red blood cells 红细胞 (which carry oxygen), and three white blood cells — monocytes 单核细胞, neutrophils 中性粒细胞 and lymphocytes 淋巴细胞.

    Water, plasma and tissue fluid

    Water is the main part of blood. It is a good solvent 溶剂, so it carries dissolved substances, and it has a high specific heat capacity 比热容, so the blood's temperature stays steady.

    At the start of a capillary, the high blood pressure pushes liquid (but not the cells or large proteins) out of the plasma 血浆 and through the capillary wall. This liquid around the cells is tissue fluid 组织液. It supplies the cells with oxygen and glucose and carries waste away. Most of it returns to the capillary at the far end, where the pressure is lower.

    日本語

    Mammals have a closed double circulation. "Closed" means the blood stays inside blood vessels 血管 the whole time. "Double" means the blood passes through the heart 心脏 twice for each full trip around the body. This gives two linked loops, so we call it a double circulation 双循环 and the whole thing a circulatory system 循环系统:

    • the pulmonary circulation 肺循环 carries blood from the heart to the lungs and back.
    • the systemic circulation 体循环 carries blood from the heart to the rest of the body and back.

    Blood travels in this order: arteries 动脉 → arterioles 小动脉 → capillaries 毛细血管 → venules 小静脉 → veins 静脉.

    A loop diagram of double circulation: the right heart pumps deoxygenated blood to the lungs and back to the left heart, which pumps oxygenated blood to the body and back to the right heart
    Double circulation: the pulmonary loop goes to the lungs, the systemic loop to the body; blood passes through the heart twice

    The main vessels are:

    • the pulmonary artery 肺动脉 — carries blood low in oxygen 氧气 from the heart to the lungs.
    • the pulmonary vein 肺静脉 — carries oxygen-rich blood from the lungs back to the heart.
    • the aorta 主动脉 — the big artery that carries oxygen-rich blood from the heart to the body.
    • the vena cava 腔静脉 — the big vein that returns oxygen-poor blood from the body to the heart.

    How the vessels suit their jobs

    Vessel Structure Function
    artery thick wall of muscle 肌肉 and elastic 弹性 fibres; narrow lumen 管腔 (the space inside) carries blood at high pressure away from the heart; elastic walls stretch and recoil to smooth the flow; muscle controls the flow
    capillary wall just one cell thick; very narrow short distance for exchange of substances between blood and cells
    vein thin wall; wide lumen; has valves 瓣膜 returns blood at low pressure to the heart; valves stop blood flowing backwards
    Cross-sections of an artery with a thick wall and narrow lumen, a vein with a thin wall, wide lumen and a valve, and a tiny capillary one cell thick
    An artery has a thick wall and narrow lumen; a vein a thin wall, wide lumen and valves; a capillary is one cell thick

    Blood cells

    You should recognise: red blood cells 红细胞 (which carry oxygen), and three white blood cells — monocytes 单核细胞, neutrophils 中性粒细胞 and lymphocytes 淋巴细胞.

    A stained blood smear seen under a light microscope: very many small, round red blood cells with pale centres, one large lymphocyte with a deep purple nucleus near the centre, and two neutrophils with lobed nuclei below
    A stained blood smear: many small red cells, plus a lymphocyte (centre) and neutrophils (lobed nucleus) — the white cells are larger and have a nucleus

    Water, plasma and tissue fluid

    Water is the main part of blood. It is a good solvent 溶剂, so it carries dissolved substances, and it has a high specific heat capacity 比热容, so the blood's temperature stays steady.

    At the start of a capillary, the high blood pressure pushes liquid (but not the cells or large proteins) out of the plasma 血浆 and through the capillary wall. This liquid around the cells is tissue fluid 组织液. It supplies the cells with oxygen and glucose and carries waste away. Most of it returns to the capillary at the far end, where the pressure is lower.

    A capillary with fluid pushed out at the high-pressure arterial end to bathe the body cells, and most of it returning at the lower-pressure venous end
    High pressure at the arterial end pushes fluid out to form tissue fluid; most returns at the venous end
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Double circulation

    Follow one red blood cell around the loop. It passes through the heart twice each circuit — once to the lungs, once to the body.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    blood vessel/blʌd ˈvesl/ 血管
    heart/hɑːt/ 心臓
    double circulation/ˈdʌbl ˌsɜːkjʊˈleɪʃn/ 二重循環
    circulatory system/ˌsɜːkjʊˈleɪtəri ˈsɪstəm/ 循環器系
    pulmonary circulation/ˈpʌlmənəri ˌsɜːkjʊˈleɪʃn/ 肺循環
    systemic circulation/sɪˈstemɪk ˌsɜːkjʊˈleɪʃn/ 体循環
    artery/ˈɑːtəri/ 動脈
    arteriole/ɑːˈtɪəriəʊl/ 動脈細管
    capillary/kəˈpɪləri/ 毛細血管
    venule/ˈvenjuːl/ 静脈細管
    vein/veɪn/ 静脈
    pulmonary artery/ˈpʌlmənəri ˈɑːtəri/ 肺動脈
    oxygen/ˈɒksɪdʒn/ 酸素
    pulmonary vein/ˈpʌlmənəri veɪn/ 肺静脈
    aorta/eɪˈɔːtə/ 大動脈
    vena cava/ˈviːnə ˈkɑːvə/ 上大静脈・下大静脈
    muscle/ˈmʌsl/ 筋肉
    elastic/ɪˈlæstɪk/ 弾性
    lumen/ˈluːmen/ 腔
    valve/vælv/ 弁
    red blood cell/red blʌd sel/ 赤血球
    monocyte/ˈmɒnəʊsaɪt/ 単球細胞
    neutrophil/ˈnjuːtrəfɪl/ 好中球
    lymphocyte/ˈlɪmfəsaɪt/ リンパ球
    solvent/ˈsɒlvənt/ 溶媒
    specific heat capacity/spəˈsɪfɪk hiːt kəˈpæsɪti/ 比熱容
    plasma/ˈplæzmə/ 血浆
    tissue fluid/ˈtɪʃuː ˈfluːɪd/ 組織液
    8.2

    Transport of oxygen and carbon dioxide

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the role of red blood cells in transporting oxygen and carbon dioxide with reference to the roles of: • haemoglobin • carbonic anhydrase • the formation of haemoglobinic acid • the formation of carbaminohaemoglobin
    2. describe the chloride shift and explain the importance of the chloride shift
    3. describe the role of plasma in the transport of carbon dioxide
    4. describe and explain the oxygen dissociation curve of adult haemoglobin
    5. explain the importance of the oxygen dissociation curve at partial pressures of oxygen in the lungs and in respiring tissues
    6. describe the Bohr shift and explain the importance of the Bohr shift
    日本語
    1. ヘモグロビン、カルボアンヒドラゼ、ヘモグロービン酸の生成およびカルバミノヘモグロビンの生成の各役割に言及しつつ、赤血球が酸素および二酸化炭素を輸送する役割について説明する
    2. **塩化物シフト(chloride shift)**を説明し、その重要性について解説する
    3. 血漿が二酸化炭素の輸送において果たす役割について説明する
    4. 成人ヘモグロビンの酸素解離曲線について説明し、その理由を解説する
    5. 肺および呼吸組織における酸素分圧における酸素解離曲線の重要性を説明する
    6. **ボーアシフト(Bohr shift)**を説明し、その重要性について解説する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Carrying oxygen

    Oxygen is carried by haemoglobin 血红蛋白 in the red blood cells. We show how well haemoglobin holds oxygen with the oxygen dissociation curve 氧解离曲线. This S-shaped graph plots the saturation 饱和度 (how full of oxygen the haemoglobin is) against the partial pressure 分压 of oxygen:

    • where the partial pressure of oxygen is high (in the lungs), haemoglobin loads up and becomes almost fully saturated.
    • where it is low (in respiring tissues), haemoglobin unloads its oxygen for the cells to use.

    The Bohr shift

    When tissues are very active, they release more carbon dioxide 二氧化碳, which lowers the pH. This makes haemoglobin release oxygen more easily, so the curve moves to the right. This helpful change is the Bohr shift 波尔位移: oxygen is given up exactly where it is most needed.

    Carrying carbon dioxide

    A little carbon dioxide dissolves straight into the plasma, but most is carried after a reaction inside the red blood cells:

    1. the enzyme 酶 carbonic anhydrase 碳酸酐酶 speeds up the reaction of carbon dioxide with water to make carbonic acid.
    2. the carbonic acid splits into hydrogen ions and hydrogencarbonate ions 碳酸氢根离子.
    3. the hydrogencarbonate ions move out into the plasma. This is the main way carbon dioxide is carried.
    4. to keep the charge balanced, chloride ions 氯离子 move into the red blood cells. This movement is the chloride shift 氯转移.
    5. the hydrogen ions join haemoglobin to form haemoglobinic acid 血红蛋白酸; this mops up the hydrogen ions and keeps the pH steady.

    Some carbon dioxide also joins haemoglobin directly to form carbaminohaemoglobin 氨甲酰血红蛋白.

    Worked example. At the lungs the partial pressure of oxygen is about $12\ \text{kPa}$ and haemoglobin is about 98% saturated; in an exercising muscle it is about $3\ \text{kPa}$ and saturation falls to about 40%. How much oxygen is unloaded, and why is the curve S-shaped? Subtract the saturations: $98 - 40 =$ 58% of the haemoglobin's oxygen is released in the muscle. The S shape comes from cooperative binding - the first oxygen to bind changes haemoglobin's shape so the next ones bind more easily, which is why the middle of the curve is so steep. That steepness is the point: a small fall in partial pressure in a respiring tissue causes a large release of oxygen. The extra carbon dioxide in an exercising muscle lowers the pH and shifts the curve right, so even more is unloaded at the same partial pressure - that is the Bohr shift doing its job.

    日本語

    Carrying oxygen

    Oxygen is carried by haemoglobin 血红蛋白 in the red blood cells. We show how well haemoglobin holds oxygen with the oxygen dissociation curve 氧解离曲线. This S-shaped graph plots the saturation 饱和度 (how full of oxygen the haemoglobin is) against the partial pressure 分压 of oxygen:

    • where the partial pressure of oxygen is high (in the lungs), haemoglobin loads up and becomes almost fully saturated.
    • where it is low (in respiring tissues), haemoglobin unloads its oxygen for the cells to use.

    The Bohr shift

    When tissues are very active, they release more carbon dioxide 二氧化碳, which lowers the pH. This makes haemoglobin release oxygen more easily, so the curve moves to the right. This helpful change is the Bohr shift 波尔位移: oxygen is given up exactly where it is most needed.

    An S-shaped oxygen dissociation curve plotting percentage saturation against partial pressure of oxygen, with a second curve shifted to the right for higher carbon dioxide and lower pH
    Haemoglobin loads oxygen in the lungs and unloads it in the tissues; the Bohr shift moves the curve right so more is released

    Carrying carbon dioxide

    A little carbon dioxide dissolves straight into the plasma, but most is carried after a reaction inside the red blood cells:

    1. the enzyme 酶 carbonic anhydrase 碳酸酐酶 speeds up the reaction of carbon dioxide with water to make carbonic acid.
    2. the carbonic acid splits into hydrogen ions and hydrogencarbonate ions 碳酸氢根离子.
    3. the hydrogencarbonate ions move out into the plasma. This is the main way carbon dioxide is carried.
    4. to keep the charge balanced, chloride ions 氯离子 move into the red blood cells. This movement is the chloride shift 氯转移.
    5. the hydrogen ions join haemoglobin to form haemoglobinic acid 血红蛋白酸; this mops up the hydrogen ions and keeps the pH steady.

    Some carbon dioxide also joins haemoglobin directly to form carbaminohaemoglobin 氨甲酰血红蛋白.

    Inside a red blood cell: carbon dioxide and water become carbonic acid (by carbonic anhydrase), which splits into hydrogen ions and hydrogencarbonate; the hydrogencarbonate leaves as chloride enters, and the hydrogen ions bind haemoglobin
    Most CO₂ travels as hydrogencarbonate ions; the chloride shift keeps the charge balanced and haemoglobin mops up the H⁺

    Worked example. At the lungs the partial pressure of oxygen is about $12\ \text{kPa}$ and haemoglobin is about 98% saturated; in an exercising muscle it is about $3\ \text{kPa}$ and saturation falls to about 40%. How much oxygen is unloaded, and why is the curve S-shaped? Subtract the saturations: $98 - 40 =$ 58% of the haemoglobin's oxygen is released in the muscle. The S shape comes from cooperative binding - the first oxygen to bind changes haemoglobin's shape so the next ones bind more easily, which is why the middle of the curve is so steep. That steepness is the point: a small fall in partial pressure in a respiring tissue causes a large release of oxygen. The extra carbon dioxide in an exercising muscle lowers the pH and shifts the curve right, so even more is unloaded at the same partial pressure - that is the Bohr shift doing its job.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    How blood carries oxygen

    Haemoglobin picks up oxygen where there is lots of it (the lungs) and releases it where there is little (the tissues).

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    haemoglobin/ˌhiːməˈɡləʊbɪn/ ヘモグロビン
    oxygen dissociation curve/ˈɒksɪdʒn dɪˌsəʊsɪˈeɪʃn kɜːv/ 酸素解離曲線
    saturation/ˌsætʃəˈreɪʃn/ 彩度
    partial pressure/ˈpɑːʃl ˈpreʃə/ 分圧
    Bohr shift/ˈbəʊə ʃɪft/ ボーアシフト
    carbon dioxide/ˈkɑːbən daɪˈɒksaɪd/ 二酸化炭素
    enzyme/ˈenzaɪm/ 酵素
    carbonic anhydrase/kɑːˈbɒnɪk ˈænhaɪdreɪz/ 炭酸脱水酵素
    hydrogencarbonate ion/ˈhaɪdrəʊdʒeŋkɑːbɒneɪt ˈaɪɒn/ 炭酸水素イオン
    chloride ion/ˈklɔːraɪd ˈaɪɒn/ 塩化物イオン
    chloride shift/ˈklɔːraɪd ʃɪft/ 塩化物シフト
    haemoglobinic acid/ˌhiːməˌɡləʊˈbɪnɪk ˈæsɪd/ ヘモグロビン酸
    carbaminohaemoglobin/ˌkɑːbəˌmɪnəʊˌhiːməˈɡləʊbɪn/ カルバミノヘモグロビン
    8.3

    The heart

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the external and internal structure of the mammalian heart
    2. explain the differences in the thickness of the walls of the: • atria and ventricles • left ventricle and right ventricle
    3. describe the cardiac cycle, with reference to the relationship between blood pressure changes during systole and diastole and the opening and closing of valves
    4. explain the roles of the sinoatrial node, the atrioventricular node and the Purkyne tissue in the cardiac cycle (knowledge of nervous and hormonal control is not expected)
    日本語
    1. 哺乳類の心臓の外観および内部構造について説明する
    2. 以下の各部位の壁の厚みの違いについて説明する: • 心房および心室 • 左心室および右心室
    3. 収縮期(systole)および拡張期(diastole)中の血圧の変化と弁の開閉との関係に言及しつつ、**心拍周期(cardiac cycle)**について説明する
    4. 洞結節(sinoatrial node)、**房室結節(atrioventricular node)およびプルキンエ線維(Purkyne tissue)**が心拍周期において果たす役割について説明する(神経およびホルモンによる制御に関する知識は不要である)

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Structure

    The heart has four chambers. The two upper chambers are the atria 心房 (singular: atrium); they have thin walls because they only push blood down into the chambers below. The two lower chambers are the ventricles 心室; they have thick muscular walls because they pump blood out of the heart.

    The left ventricle wall is thicker than the right ventricle wall, because the left side must pump blood all the way round the body, while the right side only pumps to the nearby lungs.

    The cardiac cycle

    One heartbeat is the cardiac cycle 心动周期. It has two parts: systole 收缩期 (when heart muscle contracts) and diastole 舒张期 (when it relaxes and fills). When a chamber contracts, the pressure inside rises; this pressure change opens and closes the valves so that blood flows one way only.

    Controlling the heartbeat

    The heart sets its own rhythm:

    • the sinoatrial node 窦房结 in the right atrium is the pacemaker. It sends out a wave of electrical excitation that spreads across the atria and makes them contract.
    • the atrioventricular node 房室结 picks up the wave, holds it back for a moment (so the atria empty first), then passes it on.
    • the Purkyne tissue 浦肯野组织 carries the wave down and through the ventricle walls, so the ventricles contract from the bottom upwards and push blood out.
    日本語

    Structure

    The heart has four chambers. The two upper chambers are the atria 心房 (singular: atrium); they have thin walls because they only push blood down into the chambers below. The two lower chambers are the ventricles 心室; they have thick muscular walls because they pump blood out of the heart.

    The left ventricle wall is thicker than the right ventricle wall, because the left side must pump blood all the way round the body, while the right side only pumps to the nearby lungs.

    A labelled cut-away diagram of the human heart showing the four chambers, the valves, and the main vessels with arrows for the direction of blood flow
    The four chambers, the valves and the main vessels; the left ventricle wall is the thickest

    The cardiac cycle

    One heartbeat is the cardiac cycle 心动周期. It has two parts: systole 收缩期 (when heart muscle contracts) and diastole 舒张期 (when it relaxes and fills). When a chamber contracts, the pressure inside rises; this pressure change opens and closes the valves so that blood flows one way only.

    A graph of pressure against time for one heartbeat, with curves for the ventricle, the aorta and the atrium; the ventricle pressure spikes during systole and the semilunar valve opens where it rises above the aorta
    The ventricle pressure spikes in systole and pushes blood into the aorta; a valve opens or closes whenever two pressure curves cross

    Controlling the heartbeat

    The heart sets its own rhythm:

    • the sinoatrial node 窦房结 in the right atrium is the pacemaker. It sends out a wave of electrical excitation that spreads across the atria and makes them contract.
    • the atrioventricular node 房室结 picks up the wave, holds it back for a moment (so the atria empty first), then passes it on.
    • the Purkyne tissue 浦肯野组织 carries the wave down and through the ventricle walls, so the ventricles contract from the bottom upwards and push blood out.
    A heart outline showing the wave of excitation starting at the SAN in the right atrium, spreading to the AVN, then down and up the ventricle walls through the Purkyne tissue
    The SAN sets the rhythm; the wave passes to the AVN, then the Purkyne tissue makes the ventricles contract bottom-up
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Explore the heart

    Tap each part. The right side pumps blood to the lungs; the thicker-walled left side pumps it round the whole body.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The cardiac cycle

    Step through one heartbeat — atria contract, then ventricles contract, then everything relaxes and refills.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The cardiac cycle

    Step through one heartbeat. Pressure changes open and close the valves so blood always flows one way.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    atrium/ˈeɪtrɪəm/ 心房
    ventricle/ˈventrɪkl/ 左心室
    cardiac cycle/ˈkɑːdiæk ˈsaɪkl/ 心拍周期
    systole/ˈsɪstəʊl/ 収縮期
    diastole/ˈdaɪəstəʊl/ 拡張期
    sinoatrial node/sɪˈnəʊtrɪəl nəʊd/ 洞結節
    atrioventricular node/ˌeɪtrɪˌəʊvənˈtrɪkjʊlə nəʊd/ 房室結節
    Purkyne tissue/ˈpɜːkaɪn ˈtɪʃuː/ 浦肯野線維
    8.3

    Exam tips

    • Trace the double circulation and name the chambers, valves and vessels; the left ventricle wall is thicker (pumps further at higher pressure).
    • Read the cardiac-cycle pressure graph: a valve opens/closes when the pressures across it cross over.
    • Explain the oxygen dissociation curve (S-shaped) and the Bohr shift (more CO2 shifts it right, unloading more O2 to active tissue).
    • Most CO2 is carried as hydrogencarbonate (via the chloride shift).
  • 9

    Gas exchange · ⁨ガス交換⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    9.1

    The gas exchange system · ⁨気体交換系⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the structure of the human gas exchange system, limited to: • lungs • trachea • bronchi • bronchioles • alveoli • capillary network
    2. describe the distribution in the gas exchange system of cartilage, ciliated epithelium, goblet cells, squamous epithelium of alveoli, smooth muscle and capillaries
    3. recognise cartilage, ciliated epithelium, goblet cells, squamous epithelium of alveoli, smooth muscle and capillaries in microscope slides, photomicrographs and electron micrographs
    4. recognise trachea, bronchi, bronchioles and alveoli in microscope slides, photomicrographs and electron micrographs and make plan diagrams of transverse sections of the walls of the trachea and bronchus
    5. describe the functions of ciliated epithelial cells, goblet cells and mucous glands in maintaining the health of the gas exchange system
    6. describe the functions in the gas exchange system of cartilage, smooth muscle, elastic fibres and squamous epithelium
    7. describe gas exchange between air in the alveoli and blood in the capillaries
    日本語
    1. 人間のガス交換系の構造について説明する。対象は以下に限定する: • 肺 • 気管 • 主気管支 • 末梢気管支 • 肺胞 • 毛細血管網
    2. ガス交換系における軟骨、纤毛上皮、杯状細胞、肺胞の扁平上皮、平滑筋および毛細血管の分布について説明する
    3. 顕微鏡スライド、写真顕微鏡画像および電子顕微鏡画像から軟骨、纤毛上皮、杯状細胞、肺胞の扁平上皮、平滑筋および毛細血管を識別する
    4. 顕微鏡スライド、写真顕微鏡画像および電子顕微鏡画像から気管、主気管支、末梢気管支および肺胞を識別し、気管および主気管支の壁の横断面の平面図を描く
    5. 纤毛上皮細胞、杯状細胞および粘液腺がガス交換系の健康を維持する上で果たす役割について説明する
    6. ガス交換系における軟骨、平滑筋、弾性線維および扁平上皮の機能について説明する
    7. 肺胞内の空気と毛細血管内の血液との間のガス交換について説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Your body needs to take in oxygen and get rid of carbon dioxide. This swap happens in the gas exchange 气体交换 system. Air follows this path into the body:

    • down the trachea 气管 (the windpipe),
    • into two bronchi 支气管 (one to each lung),
    • into many smaller bronchioles 细支气管,
    • and finally into tiny air sacs called alveoli 肺泡, deep in the lungs 肺.

    Each alveolus is wrapped in a network of capillaries 毛细血管, so air and blood are brought very close together.

    日本語

    体は酸素を取り込み、二酸化炭素を排出する必要があります。この交換は気体交換系で行われます。空気は以下の経路で体内に入ります:

    • 気管(風管)を通って下り、
    • 左右の肺へ向かう2本の主気管支に入り、
    • さらに小さな細気管支へと分岐し、
    • 最終的に肺の奥にある微細な空気嚢である肺胞に到達します。

    各肺胞は毛細血管の網によって覆われており、空気と血液が非常に近接しています。

    ヒトの肺と気道の解剖学的図示
    数百万の肺胞にわたって気体交換が行われるヒトの肺
    気道の枝分かれ図:軟骨輪を持つ気管が2本の主気管支に分かれ、さらに小さな細気管支となり、肺胞の集まりで終わる様子
    空気は気管を通って主気管支や細気管支を経て肺胞へ至る
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Explore the airways · ⁨気道を探検する⁩

    Tap each part. Air branches from the trachea down to the tiny alveoli, where gas exchange happens. · ⁨各部分をクリックしてください。空気は気管から微小な肺胞まで枝分かれし、そこでガス交換が行われます。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    lungs/lʌŋz/ 肺
    capillary/kəˈpɪləri/ 毛細血管
    cartilage/ˈkɑːtɪlɪdʒ/ 軟骨
    9.1

    The tissues of the airways and what they do · ⁨気道组织及其功能⁩

    English
    Tissue Where it is Function
    cartilage 软骨 C-shaped rings in the trachea and bronchi holds the airway open so it cannot collapse when you breathe in
    ciliated epithelium 纤毛上皮 lining the trachea and bronchi tiny hairs called cilia 纤毛 beat to sweep mucus 黏液 up towards the throat, away from the lungs
    goblet cells 杯状细胞 and mucous glands 黏液腺 in the lining of the airways make the mucus, which traps dust and microbes 微生物 that you breathe in
    smooth muscle 平滑肌 in the walls of bronchi and bronchioles contracts to make the airway narrower
    elastic fibres 弹性纤维 in the airway and alveolus walls stretch when you breathe in, then spring back to help push air out
    squamous epithelium 扁平上皮 the very thin, flat lining of the alveoli gives a very short distance for gases to cross

    The cilia, goblet cells and mucous glands work together to keep the lungs clean and healthy: the mucus traps dirt and microbes, and the cilia carry it away to be swallowed.

    日本語
    組織 位置 機能
    軟骨 気管および主気管支内のC字型輪 吸気時に気道を閉塞させず、開いた状態を維持する
    纤毛上皮 気管および主気管支の内側 纤毛と呼ばれる微小な毛が拍動し、粘液を喉の方向へ押し上げ、肺から遠ざける
    杯細胞 および 粘液腺 気道内壁に存在 吸入した埃や微生物を捕らえる粘液を生成する
    平滑筋 主気管支および細気管支の壁内 収縮して気道を狭くする
    弾性線維 気道および肺胞の壁内 吸気時に伸び、呼気時には元に戻って空気を外へ押し出すのを助ける
    扁平上皮 肺胞の極めて薄い平坦な内壁 気体が通過するための距離を極めて短くする

    纤毛、杯細胞、粘液腺は連携して肺を清潔で健康的に保つ:粘液が埃や微生物を捕らえ、纤毛がそれを吸い上げて喉へ運び、飲み込まれる。

    気道壁の断面:管腔は纤毛上皮と杯細胞で覆われ、その奥に平滑筋の帯と軟骨層がある
    気道壁の断面:管腔には纤毛と杯細胞があり、その奥に平滑筋と支持用軟骨がある
    杯細胞を含む纤毛上皮;上部の粘液が埃や微生物を捕らえ、拍動する纤毛がそれを喉へ押し上げる
    杯細胞は埃や微生物を捕らえる粘液を生成し、纤毛がそれを喉へ押し上げる
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    ciliated epithelium/ˈsɪlɪeɪtɪd ˌepɪˈθiːlɪəm/ 毛様上皮
    cilia/ˈsɪlɪə/ 繊毛
    mucus/ˈmjuːkəs/ 粘液
    goblet cell/ˈɡɒblət sel/ 杯状細胞
    mucous gland/ˈmjuːkəs ɡlænd/ 粘液腺
    microbe/ˈmaɪkrəʊb/ 微生物
    smooth muscle/smuːð ˈmʌsl/ 平滑筋
    elastic fibre/ɪˈlæstɪk ˈfaɪbə/ 弾性線維
    squamous epithelium/ˈskwɒməs ˌepɪˈθiːlɪəm/ 扁平上皮
    diffuse/dɪˈfjuːz/ 拡散する
    concentration gradient/ˌkɒnsənˈtreɪʃn ˈɡreɪdɪənt/ 濃度勾配
    oxygen/ˈɒksɪdʒn/ 酸素
    carbon dioxide/ˈkɑːbən daɪˈɒksaɪd/ 二酸化炭素
    9.1

    Gas exchange in the alveoli · ⁨肺胞における気体交換⁩

    English

    The alveoli are excellent surfaces for exchanging gases, because they have:

    • a very large total surface area (millions of tiny sacs),
    • very thin walls — the squamous epithelium of the alveolus and the capillary wall are each only one cell thick, so the distance to cross is tiny,
    • a rich blood supply from the capillary network,
    • a moist lining, so gases dissolve before crossing.

    Gases move by diffusion 扩散 down their concentration gradients 浓度梯度:

    • oxygen 氧气 is at a high concentration in the alveolar air and a low concentration in the blood, so it diffuses from the air into the blood.
    • carbon dioxide 二氧化碳 is at a high concentration in the blood and a low concentration in the alveolar air, so it diffuses from the blood into the air to be breathed out.

    Under the microscope, real lung tissue looks like a fine pink lace. The many open spaces are the alveoli, and the thin pink lines between them are the walls where gas exchange happens:

    Breathing keeps fresh air in the alveoli, and the flowing blood keeps carrying gases away. Both of these keep the concentration gradients steep, so gas exchange stays fast.

    Worked example. Use Fick's law to explain why the alveoli allow such rapid gas exchange. Fick's law makes the rate of diffusion proportional to

    $$\frac{\text{surface area} \times \text{concentration difference}}{\text{diffusion distance}}$$

    so a fast rate needs all three terms working for it. Surface area: millions of alveoli give a huge total area, roughly $70\ \text{m}^2$. Diffusion distance: the alveolar epithelium and the capillary endothelium are each one flattened cell thick, so oxygen crosses in under $1\ \mu\text{m}$. Concentration difference: ventilation constantly refreshes the air while the circulation constantly carries oxygenated blood away, so a steep gradient is maintained. Tie each adaptation to the term of the equation it serves - listing "big surface area, thin walls, good blood supply" without linking them to Fick's law is the weaker answer.

    日本語

    肺胞は気体交換に適した卓越した表面であり、次の特徴を持っています:

    • 非常に大きな総表面積(数百万の微細嚢)、
    • 極めて薄い壁 — 肺胞の扁平上皮と毛細血管壁はそれぞれ細胞層1枚のみであるため、通過距離が極めて短い、
    • 毛細血管網からの豊富な血流、
    • 気体が通過する前に溶解できるよう、湿った内壁。

    気体は拡散により濃度勾配に沿って移動します:

    • 酸素は肺胞内に高濃度、血液中では低濃度であるため、空気から血液へ拡散する。
    • 二酸化炭素は血液中で高濃度、肺胞内では低濃度であるため、血液から空気へ拡散し、呼気として体外へ排出される。
    血行する毛細血管に隣接する肺胞:酸素は空気から血液へ、二酸化炭素は血液から空気へ拡散し、細胞層1枚だけの壁を越える
    薄く湿った壁を越えて、酸素は血液へ拡散し、二酸化炭素は外へ拡散する

    顕微鏡下での実際の肺組織は、細かいピンク色のレースのように見えます。多くの空洞が気嚢であり、その間の薄いピンクの線がガス交換が行われる壁です:

    正常な肺組織の染色明視写真:中央に小さな円形の気道があり、その周囲を繊細でレースのような薄くピンク色の壁が囲み、多くの空洞状の肺胞空間を含んでいる
    顕微鏡観察用の染色肺組織:開けた空間は肺胞であり、薄いピンクの壁はガスが通過する場所である;中央に小さな気道が存在する

    顕微鏡観察のための染色された実際の肺組織:空洞部は肺胞であり、薄いピンクの壁は気体の通過部位である;中央には小さな気道がある

    呼吸によって肺胞内に新鮮な空気が供給され、流れる血液によって気体が絶えず運ばれます。これにより濃度勾配が急激に保たれ、気体交換が速く持続されます。

    $$\frac{\text{surface area} \times \text{concentration difference}}{\text{diffusion distance}}$$

    したがって、高い拡散速度には3つの要因がすべて機能する必要があります。表面積: 数百万個の気嚢により総表面積は非常に大きく、おおよそ $70\ \text{m}^2$ です。拡散距離: 気嚢上皮と毛細血管内皮はいずれも扁平細胞1層のみであるため、酸素は $1\ \mu\text{m}$ 未満で通過します。濃度勾配: 換気が常に空気を更新し、血流が常に酸素化血液を運び去るため、急勾配が維持されています。それぞれの適応を、それが対応する方程式の項に結びつけて説明すること。単に「大きな表面積、薄い壁、豊富な血液供給」と列挙するだけでは、フィックの法則との関連付けが欠けているため、より弱い回答となります。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    At the alveolus · ⁨肺胞において⁩

    Tap each part. Oxygen and carbon dioxide swap across a wall just one cell thick, between the air and the blood. · ⁨各部分をクリックしてください。酸素と二酸化炭素は、空気と血液の間にある1層細胞だけの壁を介して交換されます。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    gas exchange/ɡæs eksˈtʃeɪndʒ/ ガス交換
    trachea/trəˈkɪə/ 気管
    bronchus/ˈbrɒŋkəs/ 気管
    bronchiole/ˈbrɒŋkɪəʊl/ 細気管支
    alveoli/ˈælvɪɒli/ 肺胞
    9.1

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • Link each alveolar feature to fast diffusion: large surface area, thin (one-cell) walls, moist surface, good blood supply — a "surface area, short distance, steep gradient" answer.
    • Match airway tissue to function: cartilage (holds airways open), ciliated + goblet cells (trap and sweep mucus), smooth muscle and elastic fibres.
    • Frame answers with Fick's law ideas: rate $\propto$ surface area $\times$ concentration difference $\div$ distance.
    日本語
    • 各肺胞の特徴を高速拡散に結びつける:大きな表面積、薄い(1細胞層)壁、湿った表面、良好な血流——「表面積、短い距離、急勾配」の回答。
    • 気道の組織と機能をマッチさせる:軟骨(気道を開放)、繊毛+杯細胞(粘液を捕らえて掃き取る)、平滑筋および弾性線維。
    • フィックの法則の考えで回答を構成する:速度 $\propto$ 表面積 $\times$ 濃度差 $\div$ 距離。
  • 10

    Infectious diseases · ⁨感染症⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    10.1

    What causes infectious disease · ⁨感染症の原因⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. state that infectious diseases are caused by pathogens and are transmissible
    2. state the name and type of pathogen that causes each of the following diseases: • cholera – caused by the bacterium Vibrio cholerae • malaria – caused by the protoctists Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium malariae, Plasmodium ovale and Plasmodium vivax • tuberculosis (TB) – caused by the bacteria Mycobacterium tuberculosis and Mycobacterium bovis • HIV/AIDS – caused by the human immunodeficiency virus (HIV)
    3. explain how cholera, malaria, TB and HIV are transmitted
    4. discuss the biological, social and economic factors that need to be considered in the prevention and control of cholera, malaria, TB and HIV (details of the life cycle of the malarial parasite are not expected)
    日本語
    1. 感染症が病原体によって引き起こされ、伝染性を有することを述べよ
    2. 以下の各疾患を引き起こす病原体の名前および種類を述べよ: • コレラ – 細菌Vibrio choleraeによって引き起こされる • マラリア – 原生生物Plasmodium falciparum, Plasmodium malariae, Plasmodium ovale および Plasmodium vivaxによって引き起こされる • 結核病 (TB) – 細菌Mycobacterium tuberculosis および Mycobacterium bovisによって引き起こされる • HIV/AIDS – **ヒト免疫欠損ウイルス (HIV)**によって引き起こされる
    3. コレラ、マラリア、結核病、HIVの伝播方法を説明せよ
    4. コレラ、マラリア、結核病、HIVの予防および管理において考慮すべき生物学的、社会的、経済的要因について論じよ(マラリア寄生虫の生活史の詳細は要求されない)

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    An infectious disease 传染病 is caused by a pathogen 病原体 — an organism that lives in or on a host and causes harm. Infectious diseases are transmissible: the pathogen can be transmitted 传播 (passed) from one person to another.

    You need to know four diseases, the pathogen that causes each, and how each spreads.

    Disease Pathogen and type How it spreads
    cholera 霍乱 the bacterium 细菌 Vibrio cholerae drinking water or food contaminated 污染 with faeces 粪便 (human waste)
    malaria 疟疾 the protoctist 原生生物 Plasmodium the bite of an infected mosquito 蚊子, which acts as a vector 媒介 (a carrier of the pathogen); also through infected blood
    tuberculosis (TB) 结核病 the bacterium Mycobacterium tiny airborne droplets 飞沫 from coughs and sneezes; spreads fast where people are crowded
    HIV/AIDS the virus 病毒 HIV (which leads to AIDS 艾滋病) unprotected sex, infected blood (for example shared needles), and from mother to baby

    HIV infects and destroys certain white blood cells, so it slowly weakens the body's immune system 免疫系统.

    日本語

    感染症は病原体によって引き起こされる。病原体とは、宿主の体内または体表に生息して害を及ぼす生物のことである。感染症は伝染性がある。すなわち、病原体は一人からもう一人へ伝播(受け継がれ)することが可能である。

    4つの疾患、それぞれの疾患を引き起こす病原体、およびその感染経路について知っておく必要がある。

    疾患 病原体と種類 感染経路
    チフス 細菌 Vibrio cholerae 排泄物(糞便)による汚染された水や食物の摂取
    マラリア 原生生物 Plasmodium 感染した蚊の刺咬(蚊はベクター(病原体の運搬者)として機能);また、感染血液の輸血などでも感染する
    結核病(TB) 細菌 Mycobacterium 咳やくしゃみによる微小な飛沫;人混みの多い場所では急速に拡大する
    HIV/AIDS ウイルス HIV(エイズを引き起こす) 無防備性交、感染血液(共有された針など)、母体から乳児への垂直感染

    HIVは特定の白血球に感染・破壊するため、体の免疫系が徐々に弱まる。

    喀痰標本の顕微鏡写真:青色染色された細胞の間にある赤い棒状の結核菌
    喀痰標本で染色された、結核を引き起こす桿菌(赤い棒状)
    血液塗布標本:淡い赤色の赤血球が多数あり、その中に小さな暗色染色のPlasmodium寄生虫が含まれているもの
    赤血球内に生息し、マラリアを引き起こす原生生物Plasmodium(小さな暗色の輪)
    蚊と人間のサイクル:蚊の刺咬によりPlasmodiumが人体に注入され、感染した人を刺した蚊が寄生虫を取り込む様子
    マラリアには蚊のベクターが必要である。刺咬ごとに寄生虫は「人間→蚊→人間」へと移動するため、対策は蚊の駆除に焦点を当てる
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Infectious disease route lab · ⁨感染症ルート実験室⁩

    Classify disease cases by pathogen and route of transmission. · ⁨病原体と感染経路に基づいて疾病ケースを分類する。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Disease control chain · ⁨疾病統制連鎖⁩

    Follow how prevention breaks the chain of infection. · ⁨予防が感染連鎖をどのように断ち切るかを確認する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    infectious disease/ɪnˈfekʃəs dɪˈziːz/ 感染症
    pathogen/ˈpæθədʒn/ 病原体
    transmit/trænˈsmɪt/ 伝達する
    cholera/ˈkɒlərə/ チフス
    bacterium/bækˈtɪərɪəm/ 細菌
    contaminated/kənˈtæmɪneɪtɪd/ 汚染された
    faeces/ˈfiːsiːz/ 便
    malaria/mæˈleərɪə/ マラリア
    protoctist/ˈprəʊtəʊktɪst/ 原生生物
    mosquito/məˈskiːtəʊ/ 蚊
    vector/ˈvektə/ ベクトル
    tuberculosis/ˌtjuːbəkjʊˈləʊsɪs/ 結核
    droplet/ˈdrɒplɪt/ 飛沫
    virus/ˈvaɪrəs/ ウイルス
    AIDS/eɪdz/ エイズ(AIDS)
    immune system/ɪˈmjuːn ˈsɪstəm/ 免疫系
    vaccine/vækˈsiːn/ ワクチン
    insecticide/ˌɪnˈsektɪsaɪd/ 殺虫剤
    10.1

    Preventing and controlling these diseases · ⁨これらの疾患の予防と管理⁩

    English

    Control has biological, social and economic sides — the science of the pathogen, people's behaviour and education, and the money and resources available. Examples:

    • cholera: provide clean water and proper sewage treatment; good hygiene; vaccines 疫苗 in some areas.
    • malaria: sleep under nets; remove pools of still water where mosquitoes breed; spray insecticides 杀虫剂; take anti-malarial drugs.
    • TB: find and treat infected people with a long course of antibiotics; give the BCG vaccine; reduce overcrowding; trace contacts of patients.
    • HIV: use condoms; use clean needles; test donated blood; educate people. There is no cure and no vaccine yet, but drugs can slow the virus down.

    In every case, cost (economic), people's willingness to change behaviour (social) and the supply of drugs or vaccines (biological) all affect how well a disease can be controlled.

    日本語

    管理には生物学的、社会的、経済的な側面がある。すなわち、病原体に関する科学、人々の行動と教育、利用可能な資金とリソースである。例:

    • チフス:安全な水道水の提供と適切な下水処理;良好な衛生管理;一部の地域でのワクチン接種。
    • マラリア:ネットの下での睡眠;蚊の繁殖地となる静止水溜まりの除去;殺虫剤散布;抗マラリア薬の服用。
    • 結核病:感染者の発見と長期の抗生物質投与による治療;BCGワクチンの接種;過密化の回避;患者との接触者の追跡。
    • HIV:コンドームの使用;清浄な針の使用;寄附血液の検査;啓発活動。現在、治癒法やワクチンは存在しないが、薬剤によりウイルスの進行を遅らせることはできる。

    どの場合も、コスト(経済的)、人々の行動変容への意欲(社会的)、薬剤やワクチンの供給量(生物学的)が、疾患の管理効果に影響を与える。

    10.2

    Antibiotics · ⁨抗生物質⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. outline how penicillin acts on bacteria and why antibiotics do not affect viruses
    2. discuss the consequences of antibiotic resistance and the steps that can be taken to reduce its impact
    日本語
    1. ペニシリンが細菌に対してどのように作用するかを概説し、なぜ抗生物質がウイルスに影響を与えないかを説明せよ
    2. 抗生物質耐性の結果について論じ、その影響を軽減するために取可以采取できる手順を述べよ

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    An antibiotic 抗生素 is a drug that kills bacteria or stops them growing. For example, penicillin 青霉素 stops bacteria from building their cell walls 细胞壁. As the bacterium grows, its weak wall cannot hold it, so the cell takes in water and bursts.

    Antibiotics do not work against viruses. A virus has no cell wall and no chemical reactions of its own to attack — it simply uses the machinery of the host cell. So there is no antibiotic target in a virus.

    日本語

    抗生物質とは、細菌を殺すか、増殖を阻止する薬剤のことである。例えば、ペニシリンは細菌の細胞壁の形成を阻害する。细菌が増殖する際、弱い細胞壁では維持できず、細胞は水分を取り込んで破裂する。

    強い細胞壁を持つ細菌と、ペニシリンによって壁が弱まり水分を吸収して破裂している細菌
    ペニシリンは新しい細胞壁の形成を阻止するため、細菌は水分を取り込んで破裂する

    細菌の lawn を覆う培養プレートに、小さな紙円盤が点在しており、いくつかの円盤周囲には細菌が生育していない透明な輪が見える *どの抗生物質が有効かをテストする方法。各紙円盤には異なる抗生物質が含まれる。透明な輪があることは、その抗生物質が周囲の細菌を殺したことを意味する。輪が大きいほど薬剤の有効性が高い。輪のない円盤は、細菌が耐性を示しているものである。

    抗生物質はウイルスに対しては機能しない。ウイルスには細胞壁がなく、独自の化学反応も持たないため攻撃対象がない。単に宿主細胞の機構を利用しているだけである。したがって、ウイルスには抗生物質の標的が存在しない。

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    antibiotic/ˌæntɪbaɪˈɒtɪk/ 抗生物質
    penicillin/ˌpenɪˈsɪlɪn/ ペニシリン
    cell wall/sel wɔːl/ 細胞壁
    mutation/mjuːˈteɪʃn/ 突然変異
    10.2

    Antibiotic resistance · ⁨抗生物質耐性⁩

    English

    Sometimes a mutation 突变 makes a bacterium resistant to an antibiotic, which means the antibiotic no longer kills it. This resistance 耐药性 is a serious problem:

    • when an antibiotic is used, the non-resistant bacteria die, but any resistant ones survive and multiply. Over time, more and more bacteria carry the resistance.
    • some infections then become very hard, or impossible, to treat.

    Steps to slow resistance down:

    • only use antibiotics when they are really needed (not for viral illnesses such as colds).
    • always finish the full course, so no bacteria are left alive.
    • use the correct antibiotic for the infection.
    • reduce the heavy use of antibiotics in farming.

    Worked example. A patient with influenza is prescribed an antibiotic. Explain why it will not help, and why it is actively harmful. Antibiotics work by attacking structures or processes that bacteria have and human cells do not - penicillin, for instance, blocks cell wall synthesis, so the growing bacterium bursts under osmotic pressure. A virus has no cell wall, no ribosomes of its own and no metabolism: it replicates inside the host's cells using the host's machinery, so there is simply no bacterial target for the drug to attack. Taking it anyway exposes the patient's harmless resident bacteria to the antibiotic, killing the susceptible ones and selecting for resistant ones - which is how resistance spreads through a population. Name the target that is missing: "viruses are not alive" is not the reason and earns nothing.

    日本語

    稀に突然変異により、ある細菌が抗生物質に耐性を持つようになることがある。これは抗生物質がその細菌を殺せなくなることを意味する。この耐性は深刻な問題である:

    • 抗生物質が使用されると、耐性のない細菌は死滅するが、耐性を持つ個体は生存して増殖する。時間が経つにつれて、より多くの細菌が耐性を保有するようになる。
    • その後、某些の感染症は非常に困難、あるいは不可能になるほど治療できなくなる。
    3段階の図:偶然に数匹の耐性菌を含む細菌集団、抗生物質による耐性菌以外の死滅、そして耐性残存個体の増殖
    抗生物質耐性は自然選択によって広まる。抗生物質が他の個体を殺すため、耐性残存個体が優占する

    耐性の拡大を遅らせるための手順:

    • 必要とされる場合にのみ抗生物質を使用する(風邪などのウイルス性疾患には使用しない)。
    • 必ず全疗程を完了させ、生存する細菌を残さないようにする。
    • 感染症に適した正しい抗生物質を使用する。
    • 農業における抗生物質の多用を減らす。

    ** worked example. インフルエンザ患者に抗生物質が処方された場合、なぜそれが効果を示さず、むしろ有害になるのかを説明せよ。抗生物質は、バクテリアにはあるがヒトの細胞にはない構造やプロセスを標的として作用する。例えばペニシリンは細胞壁**の合成を阻害するため、増殖中のバクテリアは浸透圧によって破裂する。一方、ウイルスには細胞壁も、独自のリボソームも、代謝機構もない。宿主細胞内で宿主のメカニズムを用いて増殖するため、薬が攻撃すべきバクテリアの標的は存在しない。にもかかわらず服用すると、患者体内的の無害な常在菌が抗生物質にさらされ、感受性のある菌は死滅し、耐性を獲得した菌だけが選択的に生存・繁殖する。これが集団内での耐性菌の拡散経路である。欠如している標的を答えよ。「ウイルスは生き物ではない」という記述は正解とみなされず、得点も与えられない。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    How resistance evolves · ⁨耐性が進化する過程⁩

    Step through natural selection in fast-forward. The antibiotic kills the rest, so only the resistant bacteria are left to breed. · ⁨自然選択を早送りで確認する。抗生物質が残りを殺すため、耐性のある細菌だけが繁殖する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    resistance/rɪˈzɪstəns/ 反対意见
    10.2

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • For each named disease give the pathogen and route (cholera – bacterium, water; malaria – Plasmodium, mosquito vector; also TB, HIV/AIDS).
    • Explain why antibiotics work on bacteria only (they target cell walls/enzymes, not viruses).
    • Explain antibiotic resistance as natural selection: a resistant mutant survives and reproduces; reduce it by finishing courses and avoiding overuse.
    日本語
    • 各疾患について、病原体および感染経路を答える(コレラ-バクテリア、水;マラリア-Plasmodium、蚊の媒介;また結核、HIV/AIDS)。
    • 抗生物質がバクテリアに対してのみ機能するのはなぜか説明せよ(細胞壁や酵素を標的とし、ウイルスには作用しないため)。
    • 抗生物質耐性を自然選択として説明せよ(耐性変異体が生存・増殖する)。耐性を減らすためには、投与期間を確実に完了させ、過剰使用を避けることが重要である。
  • 11

    Immunity · ⁨免疫⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    11.1

    Phagocytes — the first defence · ⁨食胞体 ― 最初の防御⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the mode of action of phagocytes (macrophages and neutrophils)
    2. explain what is meant by an antigen (see 4.1.3) and state the difference between self antigens and non-self antigens
    3. describe the sequence of events that occurs during a primary immune response with reference to the roles of: • macrophages • B-lymphocytes, including plasma cells • T-lymphocytes, limited to T-helper cells and T-killer cells
    4. explain the role of memory cells in the secondary immune response and in long-term immunity
    日本語
    1. 食胞性細胞(マクロファージおよび好中球)の作用様式を記述せよ
    2. 抗原(4.1.3を参照)の意味を説明し、自己抗原と非自己抗原の違いを述べよ
    3. 以下の役割に関する一次免疫応答中に起こる一連の出来事を記述せよ: • マクロファージ • Bリンパ球、形質細胞を含む • Tリンパ球、Tヘルパー細胞およびTキラー細胞に限定する
    4. 二次免疫応答および長期免疫における記憶細胞の役割を説明せよ

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Your immune system 免疫系统 is the set of cells that defends the body against pathogens 病原体. The first cells to act are phagocytes 吞噬细胞, a group of white blood cells that includes macrophages 巨噬细胞 and neutrophils 中性粒细胞.

    A phagocyte destroys a pathogen by phagocytosis 吞噬作用: it surrounds the pathogen, takes it inside in a vesicle, and digests it with enzymes. After this, a macrophage displays parts of the pathogen on its own surface, ready to alert other immune cells.

    This false-coloured electron micrograph captures the moment in real life: a phagocyte reaching out to grab and engulf rod-shaped bacteria.

    日本語

    あなたの免疫系とは、病原体から体を守る細胞群のことである。最初に活動するのは食胞体であり、マクロファージや好中球を含む白血球の一種である。

    赤血球と複数の大きな紫色の白血球を含む染色血液塗抹片
    血液塗抹片:大きな染色された細胞は白血球であり、多数の赤血球の間に散在している

    食胞体は食作用によって病原体を破壊する。すなわち、病原体を取り囲んで小胞に取り込み、酵素によって消化する。その後、マクロファージは病原体の一部を自身の表面に提示し、他の免疫細胞への警告準備を整える。

    3つの工程:食胞体が病原体を吞み込み、小胞内で酵素で消化した後、その抗原を表面に提示する様子
    食作用:食胞体が病原体を吞み込み、消化して、その抗原を提示する

    この偽彩色電子顕微鏡写真は、現実の瞬間を捉えたものである:棒状のバクテリアを掴んで吞み込もうとする食胞体の姿。

    暗い青色の背景に対する偽彩色走査型電子顕微鏡写真:波打つ表面を持つ黄色の好中球が、指のような突起を伸ばして、複数の長いオレンジ色の棒状の炭疽バクテリアを掴んでいる様子
    実際の好中球(黄色)― 食胞体の一種が、食作用によって棒状のバクテリア(オレンジ色)を吞み込もうとしている
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Phagocytosis · ⁨食胞作用⁩

    Step through how a phagocyte deals with a pathogen — engulf it, digest it, then display its antigen to call in the rest of the immune system. · ⁨食胞体が病原体を処理する手順を確認する——包み込み、消化し、その後免疫系を呼び出すためにその抗原を示す。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    immune system/ɪˈmjuːn ˈsɪstəm/ 免疫系
    pathogen/ˈpæθədʒn/ 病原体
    phagocyte/ˈfæɡəsaɪt/ 食胞作用細胞
    macrophage/ˈmækrəfɪdʒ/ マクロファージ
    neutrophil/ˈnjuːtrəfɪl/ 好中球
    phagocytosis/ˌfæɡəsɪˈtəʊsɪs/ 食胞作用
    11.1

    Antigens: self and non-self · ⁨抗原:自己と非自己⁩

    English

    An antigen 抗原 is a molecule (usually a protein) on a cell surface that the immune system can recognise.

    • self antigens 自身抗原 are the body's own markers. The immune system learns to ignore them.
    • non-self antigens 非自身抗原 are foreign, for example the antigens on a pathogen. These trigger an immune response.
    日本語

    抗原とは、細胞表面にある分子(通常はタンパク質)であり、免疫系が認識できるものである。

    • 自己抗原は体内の固有マーカーである。免疫系はこれらを無視することを学ぶ。
    • 非自己抗原は外来のものであり、例えば病原体上の抗原などがこれに該当する。これらは免疫反応を引き起こす。
    培地盤上の透明領域:免疫系が非自己抗原を認識し、外来細胞を攻撃する
    培地盤上の透明領域:免疫系が非自己抗原を認識し、外来細胞を攻撃する
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    antigen/ˈæntɪdʒen/ 抗原
    self antigen/self ˈæntɪdʒen/ 自己抗原
    non-self antigen/nɒn self ˈæntɪdʒen/ 非自己抗原
    11.1

    The primary immune response · ⁨一次免疫応答⁩

    English

    The first time a new pathogen enters, the body makes a slow immune response 免疫反应. The main steps are:

    1. a macrophage engulfs the pathogen and displays its antigen.
    2. T-helper cells 辅助性T细胞 recognise that antigen and become active. They release chemicals that switch on other cells.
    3. B-lymphocytes 淋巴细胞 with a matching shape are selected. They divide to form plasma cells 浆细胞, which pour out antibodies 抗体, and memory cells 记忆细胞.
    4. T-killer cells 杀伤性T细胞 destroy the body's own cells that have been infected.
    日本語

    新しい病原体が初めて侵入した場合、体はゆっくりとした免疫応答を起こす。主な手順は以下の通りである:

    1. マクロファージが病原体を吞み込み、その抗原を提示する。
    2. Tヘルパー細胞Tがその抗原を認識して活性化する。そして他の細胞をオンにする化学物質を放出する。
    3. 対応する形状を持つBリンパ球が選択される。これらの細胞は分裂して形質細胞となり、そこから抗体が大量に分泌される。同時に記憶細胞も形成される。
    4. Tキラー細胞Tは、体内で感染した自分の細胞を破壊する。
    マクロファージが抗原を提示し、活性化されたTヘルパー細胞へ、さらに選択されたBリンパ球へと続く流れ。Bリンパ球は形質細胞(抗体産生)と記憶細胞に分裂する
    抗原の形状に一致するBリンパ球のみが選択・増幅され―抗体産生用の形質細胞や長寿命の記憶細胞へと克隆される
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The primary immune response · ⁨一次免疫応答⁩

    Step through the first time the body meets a pathogen — slow at first, but it leaves memory cells behind. · ⁨病原体との初接触をステップバイステップで確認 — 最初は遅いですが、記憶細胞を残します。⁩

    11.1

    Memory cells and long-term immunity · ⁨記憶細胞と長期免疫⁩

    English

    Memory cells stay in the body for years after the infection is over. If the same pathogen enters again, the memory cells start a secondary immune response that is much faster and larger than the first. The pathogen is destroyed before it can make you ill. This is what we mean by long-term immunity.

    日本語

    記憶細胞は感染終息後も体内に数年間残留する。もし同じ病原体が再侵入すれば、記憶細胞は二次的な免疫応答を開始する。これは第一次応答よりもはるかに速く、強力である。病原体は病気を発症させる前に破壊される。これが私たちが意味する「長期免疫」である。

    時間経過に伴う抗体濃度の変化グラフ:初回曝露後に小さくゆっくり上昇し、同じ病原体への再曝露後にははるかに大きく速く上昇する
    二次応答は速く强大である。記憶細胞が既に備えているためである
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    immune response/ɪˈmjuːn rɪˈspɒns/ 免疫反応
    T-helper cell/tiː ˈhelpə sel/ Tヘルパー細胞
    lymphocyte/ˈlɪmfəsaɪt/ リンパ球
    plasma cell/ˈplæzmə sel/ 形質細胞
    11.2

    Antibodies · ⁨抗体⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. relate the molecular structure of antibodies to their functions
    2. outline the hybridoma method for the production of monoclonal antibodies
    3. outline the principles of using monoclonal antibodies in the diagnosis of disease and in the treatment of disease
    4. describe the differences between active immunity and passive immunity and between natural immunity and artificial immunity
    5. explain that vaccines contain antigens that stimulate immune responses to provide long-term immunity
    6. explain how vaccination programmes can help to control the spread of infectious diseases
    日本語
    1. 抗体の分子構造と機能の関係を述べよ
    2. クローン抗体の製造のためのハイブリドーマ法を概説せよ
    3. 疾病の診断および治療におけるクローン抗体の使用の原則を概説せよ
    4. 能動的免疫と受動的免疫の違い、および自然免疫と人工免疫の違いを記述せよ
    5. ワクチンには抗原が含まれており、免疫応答を刺激して長期免疫を提供することを説明せよ
    6. ワクチン接種プログラムが感染症の拡大を抑制するのにどう役立つかを説明せよ

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    An antibody is a Y-shaped protein made by plasma cells. The two tips of the Y are antigen-binding sites 抗原结合位点. Each site has a special shape, called the variable region 可变区, that fits one antigen only, like a lock and key.

    Antibodies help in several ways: they stick to antigens, clump pathogens together so they are easier to deal with, mark pathogens so phagocytes find them, and block harmful toxins.

    日本語

    抗体とは、形質細胞によって作られるY字型のタンパク質である。Y字の2つの先端部は抗原結合部位である。各部位には可変領域と呼ばれる特別な形状があり、鍵と鍵穴のように、特定の抗原1種類にのみ適合する。

    Y字型の抗体:抗原が2つの先端(可変領域であり、抗原結合部位を形成する部分)それぞれに結合している様子
    抗体はY字型である。2つの先端は可変領域であり、特定の抗原1種類に結合する

    抗体は多様な方法で機能を発揮する:抗原に付着したり、病原体同士を凝集させて処理しやすくしたり、病原体に目印をつけて食胞体が見つけやすくしたり、有害な毒素をブロックしたりする。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Inside an antibody · ⁨抗体の内部構造⁩

    Tap each part. The variable tips bind one specific antigen; the constant stem is the same in every antibody. · ⁨各部分をクリックせよ。可変端部は特定の抗原1つに結合し、一定領域はすべての抗体で同じである。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    antibody/ˈæntɪbɒdi/ 抗体
    memory cell/ˈmeməri sel/ 記憶細胞
    T-killer cell/tiː ˈkɪlə sel/ Tキラー細胞
    antigen-binding site/ˈæntɪdʒen ˈbaɪndɪŋ saɪt/ 抗原結合部位
    variable region/ˈveərɪəbl ˈriːdʒn/ 可変領域
    monoclonal antibody/ˈmɒnəʊklɒnl ˈæntɪbɒdi/ 単一克隆抗体(モノクローナル抗体)
    11.2

    Monoclonal antibodies · ⁨モノクローナル抗体⁩

    English

    A monoclonal antibody 单克隆抗体 is a single type of antibody, all identical. They are made by the hybridoma 杂交瘤 method:

    1. an animal is given an antigen, so it makes B-lymphocytes that produce the wanted antibody.
    2. these B-lymphocytes are fused with tumour cells, which divide endlessly.
    3. the fused cell (the hybridoma) both makes the antibody and divides without stopping, producing large amounts of one identical antibody.

    Monoclonal antibodies are used in the diagnosis 诊断 of disease (to detect a specific molecule, as in a pregnancy test) and in treatment (to carry drugs to specific target cells, such as cancer cells).

    日本語

    モノクローナル抗体とは、同一種類の抗体で、すべてが同一構造である。これらはハイブリドーマ法によって製造される:

    1. 動物に抗原を与え、目的の抗体を産生するBリンパ球を作らせる。
    2. これらのBリンパ球は、無限に分裂する腫瘍細胞と融合する。
    3. 融合した細胞(ハイブリドマ)は、抗体を作るとともに、停止することなく分裂し、同一の抗体を大量に産生する。
    Bリンパ球が腫瘍細胞と融合してハイブリドマとなり、目的の抗体を作るとともに無限に分裂して多くの同一抗体を生産する様子
    Bリンパ球と腫瘍細胞を融合させると、同一(単クローン)の抗体を多量に分泌するハイブリドマが得られる

    単クローン抗体は、疾患の診断(妊娠検査のような特定の分子を検出するため)や治療(がん細胞などの特定の標的細胞へ薬物を運ぶため)に用いられる。

    hCGとラベル付けされた妊娠検査カセットで、文字CとTの隣に赤い線が2本表示されている様子
    妊娠検査は単クローン抗体の働きである。抗体はTラインに固定され、妊娠ホルモンhCGという1種類の分子のみを結合する。尿中にhCGが存在する場合に限りTラインが赤くなり、Cラインは常に現れ、検査が正常に行われたことを示す
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    hybridoma/ˌhaɪbrɪˈdəʊmə/ ハイブリドーマ
    diagnosis/ˌdaɪəɡˈnəʊsɪs/ 診断
    active immunity/ˈæktɪv ɪˈmjuːnɪti/ 能動免疫
    passive immunity/ˈpæsɪv ɪˈmjuːnɪti/ 受動免疫
    natural immunity/ˈnætʃərəl ɪˈmjuːnɪti/ 自然免疫
    artificial immunity/ˌɑːtɪˈfɪʃl ɪˈmjuːnɪti/ 人工免疫
    vaccine/vækˈsiːn/ ワクチン
    vaccination/ˌvæksɪˈneɪʃn/ ワクチン接種
    11.2

    Types of immunity · ⁨免疫の種類⁩

    English

    Immunity can be active or passive, and natural or artificial.

    • active immunity 主动免疫 — your own body meets an antigen and makes its own antibodies and memory cells. It is slow to start but long-lasting.
    • passive immunity 被动免疫 — ready-made antibodies are given to you from outside. It works at once but does not last, because there are no memory cells.
    • natural immunity 天然免疫 — gained in a natural way (active: after an infection; passive: antibodies passed from mother to baby).
    • artificial immunity 人工免疫 — gained on purpose (active: your body is made to respond to a safe dose of antigen; passive: you are injected with ready-made antibodies).
    日本語

    免疫には、能動的または受動的、自然または人工のものがある。

    • 能動性免疫 — 自身の体が抗原に出会い、自身の抗体と記憶細胞を作る。発現は遅いが、持続する。
    • 受動性免疫 — 外部から既成の抗体を授与される。即効性はあるが、記憶細胞がないため持続しない。
    • 自然性免疫 — 自然な方法で獲得される(能動性:感染後;受動性:母親から胎児への抗体の移行)。
    • 人工性免疫 — 意図的に獲得される(能動性:安全量の抗原に対する応答を誘導する;受動性:既成の抗体を注射する)。
    免疫の2×2分類表:感染後の能動性自然免疫、ワクチンによる能動性人工免疫、母親からの受動性自然免疫、注射による受動性人工免疫
    能動性免疫(体の反応)は持続するが、受動性免疫(既成抗体)は速いものの短い
    11.2

    Vaccination · ⁨予防接種⁩

    English

    A vaccine 疫苗 contains antigens — often a dead or weakened pathogen, or part of one. The antigens trigger a primary immune response and make memory cells, so you gain long-term immunity without becoming ill.

    Vaccination 疫苗接种 programmes can control the spread of a disease across a population. If enough people are vaccinated, the pathogen cannot pass easily from person to person. This protects even the people who are not vaccinated, an effect called herd immunity 群体免疫.

    Worked example. Classify each as active or passive, natural or artificial: (a) a baby receives antibodies in breast milk; (b) a child is vaccinated against measles; (c) someone recovers from chickenpox; (d) a patient bitten by a snake is given antivenom. Ask two questions each time. Did the person make the antibodies themselves? If yes it is active; if they were handed ready-made ones, it is passive. Did it happen by chance or deliberately? Naturally, or artificially. So (a) is natural passive - ready-made antibodies by a natural route; (b) is artificial active - the vaccine's antigens make the child produce their own; (c) is natural active - the infection made them produce their own; (d) is artificial passive - ready-made antibodies given deliberately. Only active immunity makes memory cells, which is exactly why passive immunity acts immediately but is short-lived.

    日本語

    ワクチンには抗原が含まれる。一般的には死菌または弱毒化された病原体、あるいはその一部である。抗原は一次免疫応答を引き起こし、記憶細胞を形成するため、病気になることなく長期的な免疫を得られる。

    予防接種プログラムにより、集団内での疾病の拡大を抑制できる。十分な人が接種されれば、病原体は人から人へと簡単に伝播できなくなる。これにより、未接種者も保護されるが、これを群衆免疫という効果と呼ぶ。

    接種者が病原体の伝播を遮断し、周囲の未接種者を保護している様子
    群衆免疫:十分な人が接種されれば、病原体は少数の未接種者に到達できない

    ** worked example.** 次を能動/受動、自然/人工のいずれかに分類せよ:(a) 乳児が母乳から抗体を受ける;(b) 子供が麻疹ワクチンを受ける;(c) 某人が水疱瘡から回復する;(d) 蛇に噛まれた患者に抗血清を受ける。毎回2つの質問を行う。その人は自身で抗体を作ったか? はいなら能動性、既成のものを渡されたら受動性である。偶然か意図的か? 自然か人工か。したがって(a)は自然受動性—自然な経路での既成抗体;(b)は人工能動性—ワクチンの抗原が子供自身に抗体を作らせる;(c)は自然能動性—感染が自身での抗体生産を促した;(d)は人工受動性—意図的に渡された既成抗体。能動性免疫のみが記憶細胞を作り、これが受動性免疫が即効性はあるものの短命である理由そのものである。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    How a vaccine works · ⁨ワクチンの仕組み⁩

    Step through it. A vaccine triggers a primary response and memory cells, so the real pathogen meets a fast, strong defence. · ⁨順を追って確認しよう。ワクチンは一次応答と記憶細胞を誘導するため、実際の病原体は迅速かつ強力な防衛に遭遇する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    herd immunity/hɜːd ɪˈmjuːnɪti/ 集団免疫
    11.2

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • Distinguish phagocytes (engulf, non-specific) from lymphocytes: B cells → antibodies (humoral), T cells (helper/killer, cell-mediated).
    • Label an antibody (variable region, antigen-binding site) and explain agglutination and neutralisation.
    • Compare the primary and secondary response on a graph — memory cells make the secondary faster and larger.
    • Distinguish active vs passive and natural vs artificial immunity with an example of each; explain vaccination and herd immunity.
    日本語
    • 食胞性細胞(取り込み、非特異的)とリンパ球を区別する:B細胞→抗体(体液性)、T細胞(ヘルパー/キラー、細胞性)。
    • 抗体(可変領域、抗原結合部位)にラベルをつけ、凝集および中和を説明する。
    • グラフ上で一次応答と二次応答を比較する。記憶細胞により二次応答は速く大きくなる。
    • 各々の例を用いて能動性と受動性、自然性と人工性の免疫を区別し、ワクチンと群衆免疫を説明する。
  • 12

    Energy and respiration · ⁨エネルギーと呼吸⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    12.1

    Why living things need energy

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. outline the need for energy in living organisms, as illustrated by active transport, movement and anabolic reactions, such as those occurring in DNA replication and protein synthesis
    2. describe the features of ATP that make it suitable as the universal energy currency
    3. state that ATP is synthesised by: • transfer of phosphate in substrate-linked reactions • chemiosmosis in membranes of mitochondria and chloroplasts
    4. explain the relative energy values of carbohydrates, lipids and proteins as respiratory substrates
    5. state that the respiratory quotient (RQ) is the ratio of the number of molecules of carbon dioxide produced to the number of molecules of oxygen taken in, as a result of respiration
    6. calculate RQ values of different respiratory substrates from equations for respiration
    7. describe and carry out investigations, using simple respirometers, to determine the RQ of germinating seeds or small invertebrates (e.g. blowfly larvae)
    日本語
    1. 能動輸送、運動、およびDNA複製やタンパク質合成などの同化反応において、生体におけるエネルギー必要性の概要を例示して述べよ
    2. ATPが普遍的エネルギー通貨として適している特徴を記述せよ
    3. ATPが以下によって合成されることを述べよ: • 基質レベル反応におけるホスファートの移動 • ミトコンドリアおよび葉緑体の膜における化学浸透仮説(化学オsmosise)
    4. 呼吸基質としての炭水化物、脂質、タンパク質の相対的なエネルギー値を説明せよ
    5. 呼吸商 (RQ) が呼吸の結果として生成された二酸化炭素の分子数と取り込まれた酸素の分子数の比であることを述べよ
    6. 呼吸方程式から異なる呼吸基質のRQ値を計算せよ
    7. 簡易な呼吸計を使用して、発芽種子や小型無脊椎動物(例:ハエの幼虫)のRQを決定する調査を行い、記述せよ

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Cells need a steady supply of energy 能量, which they get from respiration 呼吸作用. Energy is needed for:

    • active transport 主动运输 (moving substances against a gradient),
    • movement (for example muscle contraction),
    • anabolic 合成代谢 reactions — the building of large molecules, such as in DNA replication and protein synthesis.
    日本語

    Cells need a steady supply of energy 能量, which they get from respiration 呼吸作用. Energy is needed for:

    • active transport 主动运输 (moving substances against a gradient),
    • movement (for example muscle contraction),
    • anabolic 合成代谢 reactions — the building of large molecules, such as in DNA replication and protein synthesis.
    Athletes running on a track
    During exercise, muscles need a constant supply of energy released by respiration
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    energy/ˈenədʒi/ エネルギー
    respiration/ˌrespɪˈreɪʃn/ 呼吸作用
    active transport/ˈæktɪv ˈtrænspɔːt/ 能動輸送
    anabolic/ˌænəˈbɒlɪk/ 同化反応
    12.1

    ATP — the energy currency

    English

    ATP is the molecule that carries energy to where it is needed. It is made from ADP and a phosphate group; when it loses that phosphate again, it releases a small, usable burst of energy. ATP suits this job well, so we call it the universal energy currency:

    • it releases energy quickly, in small amounts that match a cell's needs.
    • it is easily made and re-made, again and again.
    • it is small and soluble, so it moves easily around the cell.

    ATP is made in two ways: by direct transfer of a phosphate group in phosphorylation 磷酸化 reactions, and by chemiosmosis 化学渗透 across the membranes of mitochondria 线粒体 and chloroplasts.

    日本語

    ATP is the molecule that carries energy to where it is needed. It is made from ADP and a phosphate group; when it loses that phosphate again, it releases a small, usable burst of energy. ATP suits this job well, so we call it the universal energy currency:

    • it releases energy quickly, in small amounts that match a cell's needs.
    • it is easily made and re-made, again and again.
    • it is small and soluble, so it moves easily around the cell.
    A cycle showing ADP plus phosphate turning into ATP using energy from respiration, and ATP turning back into ADP plus phosphate when energy is released for the cell
    Respiration adds a phosphate to make ATP; the cell breaks it off again to release energy

    ATP is made in two ways: by direct transfer of a phosphate group in phosphorylation 磷酸化 reactions, and by chemiosmosis 化学渗透 across the membranes of mitochondria 线粒体 and chloroplasts.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The ATP cycle · ⁨ATPサイクル⁩

    Step around the loop. ATP is split to release a small burst of energy, then rebuilt by respiration — over and over. · ⁨ループの周りを回れ。ATPは分解されて少量のエネルギー放出 occurs、その後呼吸によって再合成され—繰り返される。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    phosphorylation/ˌfɒsfɔːrɪˈleɪʃn/ リン酸化
    chemiosmosis/ˌkemɪəzˈməʊsɪs/ 化学浸透
    mitochondria/ˌmaɪtəˈkɒndrɪə/ ミトコンドリア
    12.1

    Respiratory substrates and RQ

    English

    A respiratory substrate 呼吸底物 is a molecule that is broken down to release energy. Per gram, lipids release the most energy (they have the most hydrogen), proteins are next, and carbohydrates the least.

    The respiratory quotient 呼吸商 (RQ) compares the gases exchanged:

    $$\text{RQ} = \frac{\text{molecules of carbon dioxide produced}}{\text{molecules of oxygen taken in}}$$

    You can work out the RQ from a respiration equation. Carbohydrates give an RQ of about 1.0, lipids about 0.7 and proteins about 0.9.

    Worked example. Find the RQ for the aerobic respiration of glucose: $\text{C}_6\text{H}_{12}\text{O}_6 + 6\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 6\text{CO}_2 + 6\text{H}_2\text{O}$.

    $$\text{RQ} = \frac{\text{CO}_2 \text{ produced}}{\text{O}_2 \text{ taken in}} = \frac{6}{6} = 1.0.$$

    This is why an RQ near $1.0$ suggests the organism is respiring carbohydrate; a lower RQ (about $0.7$) suggests it is using lipid, which needs more oxygen per molecule of $\text{CO}_2$.

    A respirometer 呼吸计 measures the oxygen 氧气 taken in by living things, such as germinating 萌发 seeds or small invertebrates 无脊椎动物, and is used to find their RQ.

    日本語

    A respiratory substrate 呼吸底物 is a molecule that is broken down to release energy. Per gram, lipids release the most energy (they have the most hydrogen), proteins are next, and carbohydrates the least.

    A bar chart: lipids release the most energy per gram, then proteins, then carbohydrates
    Lipids release the most energy per gram, then proteins, then carbohydrates

    The respiratory quotient 呼吸商 (RQ) compares the gases exchanged:

    $$\text{RQ} = \frac{\text{molecules of carbon dioxide produced}}{\text{molecules of oxygen taken in}}$$

    You can work out the RQ from a respiration equation. Carbohydrates give an RQ of about 1.0, lipids about 0.7 and proteins about 0.9.

    Worked example. Find the RQ for the aerobic respiration of glucose: $\text{C}_6\text{H}_{12}\text{O}_6 + 6\text{O}_2 \rightarrow 6\text{CO}_2 + 6\text{H}_2\text{O}$.

    $$\text{RQ} = \frac{\text{CO}_2 \text{ produced}}{\text{O}_2 \text{ taken in}} = \frac{6}{6} = 1.0.$$

    This is why an RQ near $1.0$ suggests the organism is respiring carbohydrate; a lower RQ (about $0.7$) suggests it is using lipid, which needs more oxygen per molecule of $\text{CO}_2$.

    A respirometer 呼吸计 measures the oxygen 氧气 taken in by living things, such as germinating 萌发 seeds or small invertebrates 无脊椎动物, and is used to find their RQ.

    A respirometer: a flask of germinating seeds above soda lime, joined to a capillary tube with a coloured bead on a scale; the bead moves towards the flask as oxygen is used
    The soda lime absorbs the CO₂ given off, so the gas volume falls only by the oxygen used — and the bead moves in by that amount
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Respiratory quotient lab · ⁨呼吸係数の実験⁩

    RQ = CO2 produced / O2 used · ⁨RQ = 生成されたCO2 / 消費されたO2⁩

    Change oxygen use and see how RQ compares fuels. · ⁨酸素消費量を変えてRQが燃料をどう比較するかを見る。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    respiratory substrate/rɪˈspɪrətəri ˈsʌbstreɪt/ 呼吸基質
    respiratory quotient/rɪˈspɪrətəri ˈkwəʊʃənt/ 呼吸商
    respirometer/rɪspɪˈrɒmɪtə/ 呼吸計
    oxygen/ˈɒksɪdʒn/ 酸素
    germinate/ˈdʒɜːmɪneɪt/ 発芽する
    invertebrate/ɪnˈvɜːtɪbreɪt/ 無脊椎動物
    12.2

    Aerobic respiration: the four stages

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. State where each of the four stages in aerobic respiration occurs in eukaryotic cells: • glycolysis in the cytoplasm • link reaction in the mitochondrial matrix • Krebs cycle in the mitochondrial matrix • oxidative phosphorylation on the inner membrane of mitochondria
    2. outline glycolysis as phosphorylation of glucose and the subsequent splitting of fructose 1,6-bisphosphate (6C) into two triose phosphate molecules (3C), which are then further oxidised to pyruvate (3C), with the production of ATP and reduced NAD
    3. explain that, when oxygen is available, pyruvate enters mitochondria to take part in the link reaction
    4. describe the link reaction, including the role of coenzyme A in the transfer of acetyl (2C) groups
    5. outline the Krebs cycle, explaining that oxaloacetate (4C) acts as an acceptor of the 2C fragment from acetyl coenzyme A to form citrate (6C), which is converted back to oxaloacetate in a series of small steps
    6. explain that reactions in the Krebs cycle involve decarboxylation and dehydrogenation and the reduction of the coenzymes NAD and FAD
    7. describe the role of NAD and FAD in transferring hydrogen to carriers in the inner mitochondrial membrane
    8. explain that during oxidative phosphorylation: • hydrogen atoms split into protons and energetic electrons • energetic electrons release energy as they pass through the electron transport chain (details of carriers are not expected) • the released energy is used to transfer protons across the inner mitochondrial membrane • protons return to the mitochondrial matrix by facilitated diffusion through ATP synthase, providing energy for ATP synthesis (details of ATP synthase are not expected) • oxygen acts as the final electron acceptor to form water
    9. describe the relationship between the structure and function of mitochondria using diagrams and electron micrographs
    10. outline respiration in anaerobic conditions in mammals (lactate fermentation) and in yeast cells (ethanol fermentation)
    11. explain why the energy yield from respiration in aerobic conditions is much greater than the energy yield from respiration in anaerobic conditions (a detailed account of the total yield of ATP from the aerobic respiration of glucose is not expected)
    12. explain how rice is adapted to grow with its roots submerged in water, limited to the development of aerenchyma in roots, ethanol fermentation in roots and faster growth of stems
    13. describe and carry out investigations using redox indicators, including DCPIP and methylene blue, to determine the effects of temperature and substrate concentration on the rate of respiration of yeast
    14. describe and carry out investigations using simple respirometers to determine the effect of temperature on the rate of respiration
    日本語
    1. 真核細胞における好気的呼吸の4つの段階のそれぞれが行われる場所を述べよ: • 糖解系 – 細胞質内 • 結合反応 – ミトコンドリアマトリックス内 • クレブス回路 – ミトコンドリアマトリックス内 • 酸化燐酸化 – ミトコンドリア内膜上
    2. グルコースのリン酸化、その後のフルクトース1,6-ビスリン酸(6C)の2つのトリオスリン酸分子(3C)への分裂、さらにそれらがピルビン酸(3C)へ酸化される過程、およびATPおよび還元型NADの生成を含む糖解系を概説せよ
    3. 酸素が利用可能な場合、ピルビン酸がミトコンドリアに入り結合反応に関与することを説明せよ
    4. 結合反応を記述し、CoAがアセチル(2C)基の移動に果たす役割を含めよ
    5. クレブス回路を概説し、オキサロ酢酸(4C)がアセチルCoAからの2C断片の受容体として働きシトラート(6C)を形成し、それが一連の小さなステップを経て再びオキサロ酢酸に戻ることを説明せよ
    6. クレブス回路での反応には脱炭酸および脱水素が関与し、補因子であるNADおよびFADが還元されることを説明せよ
    7. NADおよびFADがミトコンドリア内膜上のキャリアへ水素を運搬する役割を記述せよ
    8. 酸化リン酸化中に以下が起こることを説明すること:• ハイドロゲン原子はプロトンと高エネルギー電子に分裂する • 高エネルギー電子は電子伝達系を通過する際にエネルギーを放出する(キャリアの詳細は不要) • 放出されたエネルギーは、プロトンをミトコンドリア内膜に渡すために使われる • プロトンはATP合成酵素を介した促進拡散によってミトコンドリアマトリックスに戻り、ATP合成に必要なエネルギーを提供する(ATP合成酵素の詳細は不要) • オキシgenは最終的な電子受容体として働き、水が生成される
    9. ミトコンドリアの構造と機能の関係について、図および走査型電子顕微鏡写真を用いて記述すること
    10. 哺乳類における無酸素条件下での呼吸(乳酸発酵)および酵母細胞における呼吸(エタノール発酵)の概要を述べること
    11. 好気的条件下での呼吸から得られるエネルギー産生が、無酸素条件下での呼吸よりも著しく大きい理由を説明すること(ブドウ糖の好気呼吸によるATP総収量の詳細な計算は不要)
    12. 根が水中に浸かっている状態で生育できるよう、根における通気組織の発達、根内のエタノール発酵、茎の成長の加速といった適応について説明すること
    13. 酸化還元指示薬であるDCPIPやメチレンブルーを用いた実験を記述・実施し、温度および基質濃度が酵母の呼吸速度に与える影響を決定すること
    14. 単純な呼吸計を用いた実験を記述・実施し、温度が呼吸速度に与える影響を決定すること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Aerobic 有氧 respiration (with oxygen) has four stages, each in a set place in the cell:

    Stage Where it happens
    glycolysis 糖酵解 the cytoplasm 细胞质
    link reaction 连接反应 the matrix 基质 of the mitochondria
    Krebs cycle 克雷布斯循环 the matrix of the mitochondria
    oxidative phosphorylation 氧化磷酸化 the inner membrane of the mitochondria

    Glycolysis

    Glucose 葡萄糖 (6 carbons) is first phosphorylated, using 2 ATP, to form fructose bisphosphate (6C). This 6C molecule is split into two triose phosphate molecules (3C each). These are then oxidised 氧化 to pyruvate 丙酮酸 (3C). Glycolysis makes a net gain of 2 ATP and some reduced 还原 NAD (NAD is a coenzyme 辅酶, a helper molecule).

    The link reaction

    When oxygen is available, pyruvate enters the mitochondria. There each pyruvate loses a carbon dioxide 二氧化碳 and is turned into a 2-carbon acetyl 乙酰基 group. This group is carried by coenzyme A 辅酶A to form acetyl coenzyme A. Some carbon dioxide is released and NAD is reduced.

    The Krebs cycle

    The 2C acetyl group joins a 4-carbon molecule, oxaloacetate 草酰乙酸, to make a 6-carbon molecule, citrate 柠檬酸. Citrate is then changed back to oxaloacetate in a series of small steps, ready to accept the next acetyl group. During these steps:

    • decarboxylation 脱羧 removes carbon as carbon dioxide.
    • dehydrogenation 脱氢 removes hydrogen, which reduces the coenzymes NAD and FAD.

    The reduced NAD and FAD then carry the hydrogen to the carriers in the inner mitochondrial membrane.

    Oxidative phosphorylation

    This stage makes most of the ATP:

    1. the hydrogen atoms split into protons 质子 and energetic electrons 电子.
    2. the electrons pass along the electron transport chain 电子传递链, releasing energy as they go.
    3. this energy is used to pump protons across the inner membrane.
    4. the protons flow back into the matrix through a channel called ATP synthase ATP合酶. This flow provides the energy to make ATP (this is chemiosmosis).
    5. oxygen is the final electron acceptor: it joins with electrons and protons to form water.

    The structure of mitochondria

    The inner membrane is folded into cristae 嵴, giving a large surface for the electron transport chain and ATP synthase. The matrix inside holds the substances and helpers for the link reaction and the Krebs cycle.

    日本語

    Aerobic 有氧 respiration (with oxygen) has four stages, each in a set place in the cell:

    Stage Where it happens
    glycolysis 糖酵解 the cytoplasm 细胞质
    link reaction 连接反应 the matrix 基质 of the mitochondria
    Krebs cycle 克雷布斯循环 the matrix of the mitochondria
    oxidative phosphorylation 氧化磷酸化 the inner membrane of the mitochondria
    A flow diagram of aerobic respiration: glucose through glycolysis in the cytoplasm to pyruvate, then the link reaction and Krebs cycle in the matrix, then oxidative phosphorylation on the inner membrane making most of the ATP
    The four stages and where each happens; reduced NAD and FAD carry hydrogen to the inner membrane where most ATP is made

    Glycolysis

    Glucose 葡萄糖 (6 carbons) is first phosphorylated, using 2 ATP, to form fructose bisphosphate (6C). This 6C molecule is split into two triose phosphate molecules (3C each). These are then oxidised 氧化 to pyruvate 丙酮酸 (3C). Glycolysis makes a net gain of 2 ATP and some reduced 还原 NAD (NAD is a coenzyme 辅酶, a helper molecule).

    Glucose is phosphorylated using 2 ATP to fructose bisphosphate, split into two triose phosphates, then oxidised to two pyruvates, with a net gain of 2 ATP and reduced NAD
    Glycolysis spends 2 ATP to start but makes 4, so the net gain is 2 ATP (plus reduced NAD) — and it needs no oxygen

    The link reaction

    When oxygen is available, pyruvate enters the mitochondria. There each pyruvate loses a carbon dioxide 二氧化碳 and is turned into a 2-carbon acetyl 乙酰基 group. This group is carried by coenzyme A 辅酶A to form acetyl coenzyme A. Some carbon dioxide is released and NAD is reduced.

    The Krebs cycle

    The 2C acetyl group joins a 4-carbon molecule, oxaloacetate 草酰乙酸, to make a 6-carbon molecule, citrate 柠檬酸. Citrate is then changed back to oxaloacetate in a series of small steps, ready to accept the next acetyl group. During these steps:

    • decarboxylation 脱羧 removes carbon as carbon dioxide.
    • dehydrogenation 脱氢 removes hydrogen, which reduces the coenzymes NAD and FAD.

    The reduced NAD and FAD then carry the hydrogen to the carriers in the inner mitochondrial membrane.

    The Krebs cycle drawn as a ring: acetyl CoA joins oxaloacetate to make citrate, which is changed back to oxaloacetate, releasing carbon dioxide and reduced coenzymes
    Each turn releases carbon dioxide (decarboxylation) and reduced NAD and FAD (dehydrogenation)

    Oxidative phosphorylation

    This stage makes most of the ATP:

    1. the hydrogen atoms split into protons 质子 and energetic electrons 电子.
    2. the electrons pass along the electron transport chain 电子传递链, releasing energy as they go.
    3. this energy is used to pump protons across the inner membrane.
    4. the protons flow back into the matrix through a channel called ATP synthase ATP合酶. This flow provides the energy to make ATP (this is chemiosmosis).
    5. oxygen is the final electron acceptor: it joins with electrons and protons to form water.
    A mitochondrion with its inner membrane folded into cristae, beside a close-up of the inner membrane where electron carriers pump protons out and ATP synthase makes ATP as they flow back
    Electrons pump protons (H⁺) into the intermembrane space; they flow back through ATP synthase to make ATP (chemiosmosis)

    The structure of mitochondria

    The inner membrane is folded into cristae 嵴, giving a large surface for the electron transport chain and ATP synthase. The matrix inside holds the substances and helpers for the link reaction and the Krebs cycle.

    An electron micrograph of two mitochondria, each with a smooth outer membrane and an inner membrane folded into dark stripes, with a 50 nm scale bar
    Two real mitochondria, photographed with an electron microscope. The dark stripes crossing the inside are the cristae — all that folding is what makes the surface for the electron transport chain so large
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Glycolysis · ⁨糖解系⁩

    Step through it. Glucose is split in the cytoplasm into two pyruvate, for a small net gain of ATP and reduced NAD. · ⁨手順を追って確認する。細胞質内でグルコースが2つのピルビンに分解され、少量の正味ATP産生および還元型NADが得られる。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The four stages of respiration · ⁨呼吸の4段階⁩

    Step through where ATP comes from. Glucose is broken down in stages; most ATP is made at the last stage. · ⁨ATPの産生場所を確認。グルコースは段階的に分解され、最終段階で最も多くのATPが生成されます。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    aerobic/eəˈrəʊbɪk/ 好気的
    glycolysis/ɡlaɪˈkɒləsɪs/ 糖解系
    cytoplasm/ˈsaɪtəplæzəm/ 細胞質
    link reaction/lɪŋk rɪˈækʃn/ リンク反応
    matrix/ˈmeɪtrɪks/ マトリックス
    Krebs cycle/krebz ˈsaɪkl/ クレブス回路
    oxidative phosphorylation/ˈɒksɪdətɪv ˌfɒsfɔːrɪˈleɪʃn/ 酸化的リン酸化
    glucose/ˈɡluːkəʊs/ ブドウ糖
    oxidise/ˈɒksɪdaɪz/ 酸化
    pyruvate/ˈpaɪruːveɪt/ ピルビン酸
    reduce/rɪˈdjuːs/ reduce
    coenzyme/ˌkəʊˈenzaɪm/ 補酵素
    carbon dioxide/ˈkɑːbən daɪˈɒksaɪd/ 二酸化炭素
    acetyl/ˈæsɪtaɪl/ アセチル
    coenzyme A/ˌkəʊˈenzaɪm eɪ/ コエンザイムA
    oxaloacetate/ˈɒksələʊsɪteɪt/ オキサロ酢酸
    citrate/ˈsɪtreɪt/ シトラート
    decarboxylation/dɪˌkɑːbəksɪˈleɪʃn/ 脱炭酸
    dehydrogenation/ˌdiːhaɪˈdrɒdʒəneɪʃn/ 脱水素
    electron/ɪˈlektrɒn/ 電子
    electron transport chain/ɪˈlektrɒn ˈtrænspɔːt tʃeɪn/ 電子伝達系
    proton/ˈprəʊtɒn/ 陽子
    ATP synthase/ˌeɪ tiː ˈpiː ˈsɪnθeɪs/ ATP合成酵素
    cristae/ˈkrɪstiː/ ミトコンドリアクリステ
    12.2

    Anaerobic respiration

    English

    When there is no oxygen, only glycolysis can run. To keep glycolysis going, the cell must use up the reduced NAD. This happens by fermentation 发酵:

    • in mammals, pyruvate is turned into lactate 乳酸 (lactate fermentation). The lactate is later broken down when oxygen returns.
    • in yeast 酵母, pyruvate is turned into ethanol 乙醇 and carbon dioxide (ethanol fermentation).

    Anaerobic 无氧 respiration gives far less energy than aerobic respiration. Aerobic respiration also runs the Krebs cycle and oxidative phosphorylation, which release a lot more ATP, while anaerobic respiration gains only the small amount from glycolysis.

    日本語

    When there is no oxygen, only glycolysis can run. To keep glycolysis going, the cell must use up the reduced NAD. This happens by fermentation 发酵:

    • in mammals, pyruvate is turned into lactate 乳酸 (lactate fermentation). The lactate is later broken down when oxygen returns.
    • in yeast 酵母, pyruvate is turned into ethanol 乙醇 and carbon dioxide (ethanol fermentation).
    Without oxygen, glycolysis makes pyruvate, which becomes lactate in mammals or ethanol and carbon dioxide in yeast
    Without oxygen, pyruvate becomes lactate (mammals) or ethanol (yeast); this regenerates NAD for glycolysis

    Anaerobic 无氧 respiration gives far less energy than aerobic respiration. Aerobic respiration also runs the Krebs cycle and oxidative phosphorylation, which release a lot more ATP, while anaerobic respiration gains only the small amount from glycolysis.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Why fermentation matters · ⁨発酵の重要性⁩

    Step through it. Without oxygen, fermentation regenerates NAD so glycolysis can keep making a little ATP. · ⁨手順を追って確認する。酸素がない場合、発酵はNADを再生することで、糖解系がわずかなATPの生成を続けられるようにする。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    fermentation/fɜːmənˈteɪʃn/ 発酵
    lactate/ˈlækteɪt/ 乳酸
    yeast/jiːst/ 酵母
    ethanol/ˈeθənɒl/ エタノール
    anaerobic/ˌæneəˈrəʊbɪk/ 嫌気的
    12.2

    Rice and waterlogged roots

    English

    Rice can grow with its roots under water, where there is little oxygen. It is adapted in three ways: it develops aerenchyma 通气组织 (air-filled spaces) in the roots to carry air down; the roots use ethanol fermentation to keep making some ATP; and the stems grow faster to reach the air above the water.

    日本語

    Rice can grow with its roots under water, where there is little oxygen. It is adapted in three ways: it develops aerenchyma 通气组织 (air-filled spaces) in the roots to carry air down; the roots use ethanol fermentation to keep making some ATP; and the stems grow faster to reach the air above the water.

    A microscope cross-section of a wetland root: a dark central core surrounded by rounded cells with large white air gaps between them
    A root of a plant that grows in water, seen in cross-section. The big white gaps are the aerenchyma — connected air channels that let oxygen diffuse all the way down to roots sitting in oxygen-poor mud
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    aerenchyma/ˈeərəntʃɪmə/ 通気組織
    12.2

    Investigating the rate of respiration

    English

    A redox indicator 指示剂 such as DCPIP or methylene blue loses its colour when it gains hydrogen from respiring cells. The faster the colour is lost, the faster the yeast is respiring, so you can test the effect of temperature or substrate concentration. A respirometer can also be used to measure how temperature changes the rate of oxygen uptake.

    日本語

    A redox indicator 指示剂 such as DCPIP or methylene blue loses its colour when it gains hydrogen from respiring cells. The faster the colour is lost, the faster the yeast is respiring, so you can test the effect of temperature or substrate concentration. A respirometer can also be used to measure how temperature changes the rate of oxygen uptake.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    indicator/ˈɪndɪkeɪtə/ 指示薬
    12.2

    Exam tips

    • State where each stage happens and its ATP yield: glycolysis (cytoplasm), link reaction + Krebs (matrix), oxidative phosphorylation (inner membrane, most ATP).
    • Explain the roles of NAD/FAD (carry hydrogen to the electron transport chain) and of oxygen (the final electron acceptor).
    • RQ $=$ CO2 produced $\div$ O2 used ($\approx 1.0$ carbohydrate, $0.7$ lipid); know how a respirometer measures it.
    • Anaerobic respiration gives lactate (animals) or ethanol + CO2 (yeast/plants) and far less ATP (glycolysis only).
  • 13

    Photosynthesis · ⁨光合成⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    13.1

    The chloroplast

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the relationship between the structure of chloroplasts, as shown in diagrams and electron micrographs, and their function
    2. explain that energy transferred as ATP and reduced NADP from the light-dependent stage is used during the light-independent stage (Calvin cycle) of photosynthesis to produce complex organic molecules
    3. state that within a chloroplast, the thylakoids (thylakoid membranes and thylakoid spaces), which occur in stacks called grana, are the site of the light-dependent stage and the stroma is the site of the light-independent stage
    4. describe the role of chloroplast pigments (chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b, carotene and xanthophyll) in light absorption in thylakoids
    5. interpret absorption spectra of chloroplast pigments and action spectra for photosynthesis
    6. describe and use chromatography to separate and identify chloroplast pigments (reference should be made to $R_f$ values in identification of chloroplast pigments)
    7. state that cyclic photophosphorylation and non-cyclic photophosphorylation occur during the light-dependent stage of photosynthesis
    8. explain that in cyclic photophosphorylation: • only photosystem I (PSI) is involved • photoactivation of chlorophyll occurs • ATP is synthesised
    9. explain that in non-cyclic photophosphorylation: • photosystem I (PSI) and photosystem II (PSII) are both involved • photoactivation of chlorophyll occurs • the oxygen-evolving complex catalyses the photolysis of water • ATP and reduced NADP are synthesised
    10. explain that during photophosphorylation: • energetic electrons release energy as they pass through the electron transport chain (details of carriers are not expected) • the released energy is used to transfer protons across the thylakoid membrane • protons return to the stroma from the thylakoid space by facilitated diffusion through ATP synthase, providing energy for ATP synthesis (details of ATP synthase are not expected)
    11. outline the three main stages of the Calvin cycle: • rubisco catalyses the fixation of carbon dioxide by combination with a molecule of ribulose bisphosphate (RuBP), a 5C compound, to yield two molecules of glycerate 3-phosphate (GP), a 3C compound • GP is reduced to triose phosphate (TP) in reactions involving reduced NADP and ATP • RuBP is regenerated from TP in reactions that use ATP
    12. state that Calvin cycle intermediates are used to produce other molecules, limited to GP to produce some amino acids and TP to produce carbohydrates, lipids and amino acids
    日本語
    1. クロロプラストの構造(図および走査型電子顕微鏡写真により示されるもの)と機能との関係について記述すること
    2. 光反応で生成され、ATPおよび還元NADPとして伝達されるエネルギーが、光合成の暗反応(カルビン回路)において複合有機分子の生成に使われることを説明すること
    3. クロロプラスト内において、スタキ(スタキ膜およびスタキ空間)が積み重なったグラナとして存在し、これが光反応の場であり、ストロマが暗反応の場であることを述べる
    4. クロロoplast色素(クロロフィルa、クロロフィルb、カロテン、キサンテル)がスタキにおける光吸収に果たす役割を記述すること
    5. クロロplast色素の吸収スペクトルおよび光合成の作用スペクトルを解釈すること
    6. クロマトグラフィーを用いてクロロplast色素を分離・同定し、その利用法を記述すること(クロロplast色素の同定には $R_f$ 値への言及が必要)
    7. 光反応中に循環型photophosphorylationおよび非循環型photophosphorylationが起こることを述べる
    8. 循環型photophosphorylationにおいて以下が行われることを説明すること:• プラントシステムI(PSI)のみが関与する • クロロフィルの光活性化が起こる • ATPが合成される
    9. 非循環型photophosphorylationにおいて以下が行われることを説明すること:• プラントシステムI(PSI)およびプラントシステムII(PSII)の両方が関与する • クロロフィルの光活性化が起こる • 酸素発生複合体が水の光分解を触媒する • ATPおよび還元NADPが合成される
    10. photophosphorylation中に以下が起こることを説明すること:• 高エネルギー電子は電子伝達系を通過する際にエネルギーを放出する(キャリアの詳細は不要) • 放出されたエネルギーは、プロトンをスタキ膜に渡すために使われる • プロトンはATP合成酵素を介した促進拡散によってスタキ空間からストロマに戻り、ATP合成に必要なエネルギーを提供する(ATP合成酵素の詳細は不要)
    11. カルビン回路の3つの主要段階の概要を述べること:• ルビスコは二酸化炭素をリブロースビスホスファート(RuBP)(5C化合物)と結合させることで固定し、グリセレート3-リン酸(GP)(3C化合物)2分子を生成する • GPは還元NADPおよびATPを含む反応によりトリアースリン酸(TP)に還元される • RuBPはATPを使用する反応によりTPから再生される
    12. カルビン回路の中間体が他の分子の生成に使われることを述べる。ただし、GPからのアミノ酸の生成、TPからの炭水化物、脂質、アミノ酸の生成に限定する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Photosynthesis 光合作用 happens inside the chloroplast 叶绿体. Its structure suits its two stages:

    • inside are stacks of flat sacs called thylakoids 类囊体. A stack of thylakoids is a granum (plural grana 基粒). The thylakoid membranes hold the light-trapping pigments and are the site of the first stage.
    • the fluid around the thylakoids is the stroma 基质, the site of the second stage.
    日本語

    Photosynthesis 光合作用 happens inside the chloroplast 叶绿体. Its structure suits its two stages:

    • inside are stacks of flat sacs called thylakoids 类囊体. A stack of thylakoids is a granum (plural grana 基粒). The thylakoid membranes hold the light-trapping pigments and are the site of the first stage.
    • the fluid around the thylakoids is the stroma 基质, the site of the second stage.
    Sunlight through green leaves
    Leaves are green because their chloroplasts are full of the pigment chlorophyll
    A chloroplast with its envelope, stacks of thylakoid discs forming grana joined by lamellae, all bathed in the stroma
    Thylakoids stack into grana (the first stage happens here); the stroma around them is where the second stage happens
    Many small green discs inside the cells of a pondweed leaf
    Chloroplasts (the small green discs) inside the cells of an Elodea (pondweed) leaf, seen under a microscope
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Explore the chloroplast · ⁨葉緑体を調べる⁩

    Tap each part. The light-dependent stage runs on the thylakoid membranes (grana); the Calvin cycle runs in the stroma around them. · ⁨各部分をクリックしなさい。光依存反応はチラコイド膜(粒状体)上で行われ、カルビン回路はその周囲のストロマで進行します。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    photosynthesis/ˌfəʊtəʊˈsɪnθəsɪs/ 光合成
    chloroplast/ˈklɔːrəʊplæst/ 葉緑体
    thylakoid/ˈθaɪləkɔɪd/ チラコイド
    grana/ˈɡrɑːnə/ グラナ
    stroma/ˈstrəʊmə/ ストロマ
    13.1

    The two stages of photosynthesis

    English

    Photosynthesis has two linked stages:

    1. the light-dependent stage 光反应阶段 happens in the thylakoids. It uses light energy to make ATP and reduced 还原 NADP.
    2. the light-independent stage 暗反应阶段, also called the Calvin cycle 卡尔文循环, happens in the stroma. It uses the ATP and reduced NADP from the first stage to build complex organic molecules from carbon dioxide 二氧化碳.
    日本語

    Photosynthesis has two linked stages:

    1. the light-dependent stage 光反应阶段 happens in the thylakoids. It uses light energy to make ATP and reduced 还原 NADP.
    2. the light-independent stage 暗反应阶段, also called the Calvin cycle 卡尔文循环, happens in the stroma. It uses the ATP and reduced NADP from the first stage to build complex organic molecules from carbon dioxide 二氧化碳.
    The light-dependent stage in the thylakoids passes ATP and reduced NADP to the Calvin cycle in the stroma, which returns ADP and NADP; water and light enter the first stage and release oxygen, while carbon dioxide enters the second and makes sugars
    The two stages are linked: the first makes the ATP and reduced NADP that the second spends to turn CO₂ into sugars
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    light-dependent stage/laɪt dɪˈpendənt steɪdʒ/ 光依存反応
    reduce/rɪˈdjuːs/ reduce
    light-independent stage/laɪt ˌɪndɪˈpendənt steɪdʒ/ 光化学反応に依存しない段階
    Calvin cycle/ˈkælvɪn ˈsaɪkl/ カルビン回路
    carbon dioxide/ˈkɑːbən daɪˈɒksaɪd/ 二酸化炭素
    13.1

    Chloroplast pigments

    English

    A pigment 色素 is a coloured substance that absorbs light. The thylakoids hold several pigments that work together to trap as much light as possible:

    • chlorophyll 叶绿素 a and chlorophyll b (which absorb mainly red and blue light),
    • carotene 胡萝卜素 and xanthophyll 叶黄素 (which absorb other colours and pass the energy on).

    We study them with two graphs. An absorption spectrum 吸收光谱 shows how much light each pigment absorbs at each wavelength. An action spectrum 作用光谱 shows how fast photosynthesis goes at each wavelength. The two graphs match closely, which shows the pigments drive photosynthesis.

    You can separate the pigments by chromatography 色谱法: the pigments travel different distances up the paper. Each pigment is identified by its Rf value 比移值 (the distance the pigment moved divided by the distance the solvent moved).

    日本語

    A pigment 色素 is a coloured substance that absorbs light. The thylakoids hold several pigments that work together to trap as much light as possible:

    • chlorophyll 叶绿素 a and chlorophyll b (which absorb mainly red and blue light),
    • carotene 胡萝卜素 and xanthophyll 叶黄素 (which absorb other colours and pass the energy on).

    We study them with two graphs. An absorption spectrum 吸收光谱 shows how much light each pigment absorbs at each wavelength. An action spectrum 作用光谱 shows how fast photosynthesis goes at each wavelength. The two graphs match closely, which shows the pigments drive photosynthesis.

    Two overlapping curves against wavelength: the absorption spectrum of the pigments and the action spectrum of photosynthesis, both high in blue and red light and low in green
    The absorption spectrum and action spectrum match: blue and red light are used most, green light least

    You can separate the pigments by chromatography 色谱法: the pigments travel different distances up the paper. Each pigment is identified by its Rf value 比移值 (the distance the pigment moved divided by the distance the solvent moved).

    A chromatography paper with the leaf pigments separated into spots at different heights — carotene highest, then chlorophyll a, chlorophyll b and xanthophyll — with the spot distance and solvent distance marked
    Each pigment travels its own distance up the paper; its Rf is the spot distance divided by the solvent distance
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    pigment/ˈpɪɡmənt/ 顔料
    chlorophyll/ˌklɔːrəʊˈfɪl/ クロロフィル
    carotene/ˈkærəʊtiːn/ カロテン
    xanthophyll/ˈzænθəfɪl/ キサンフィル
    absorption spectrum/əbˈsɔːpʃn ˈspektrəm/ 吸収スペクトル
    action spectrum/ˈækʃn ˈspektrəm/ 作用スペクトル
    chromatography/krəʊməˈtɒɡrəfi/ クロマトグラフィー
    Rf value/ˌɑːˈref ˈvæljuː/ Rf値
    13.1

    The light-dependent stage

    English

    In the thylakoids, light is used to make ATP. This is photophosphorylation 光合磷酸化, and it comes in two forms.

    In cyclic photophosphorylation 循环光合磷酸化:

    • only photosystem 光系统 I (PSI) is used.
    • photoactivation 光激活 of chlorophyll occurs (light boosts its electrons 电子 to a higher energy).
    • only ATP is made.

    In non-cyclic photophosphorylation 非循环光合磷酸化:

    • both photosystem I (PSI) and photosystem II (PSII) are used.
    • photoactivation of chlorophyll occurs.
    • the oxygen-evolving complex 放氧复合体 carries out the photolysis 光解 (splitting by light) of water, which releases oxygen 氧气.
    • both ATP and reduced NADP are made.

    In both forms, energy is released in the same way:

    1. energetic electrons pass along an electron transport chain 电子传递链, releasing energy as they go.
    2. this energy is used to pump protons 质子 across the thylakoid membrane.
    3. the protons flow back into the stroma through ATP synthase ATP合酶, and this flow provides the energy to make ATP.
    日本語

    In the thylakoids, light is used to make ATP. This is photophosphorylation 光合磷酸化, and it comes in two forms.

    In cyclic photophosphorylation 循环光合磷酸化:

    • only photosystem 光系统 I (PSI) is used.
    • photoactivation 光激活 of chlorophyll occurs (light boosts its electrons 电子 to a higher energy).
    • only ATP is made.

    In non-cyclic photophosphorylation 非循环光合磷酸化:

    • both photosystem I (PSI) and photosystem II (PSII) are used.
    • photoactivation of chlorophyll occurs.
    • the oxygen-evolving complex 放氧复合体 carries out the photolysis 光解 (splitting by light) of water, which releases oxygen 氧气.
    • both ATP and reduced NADP are made.
    Water is split by light to release oxygen; electrons pass from photosystem II along the electron transport chain (making ATP) to photosystem I and on to reduce NADP
    In non-cyclic photophosphorylation, photolysis splits water; electrons flow PSII → PSI, making ATP and reduced NADP

    In both forms, energy is released in the same way:

    1. energetic electrons pass along an electron transport chain 电子传递链, releasing energy as they go.
    2. this energy is used to pump protons 质子 across the thylakoid membrane.
    3. the protons flow back into the stroma through ATP synthase ATP合酶, and this flow provides the energy to make ATP.
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The light-dependent stage · ⁨光依存反応⁩

    Step through it. Light excites electrons and splits water; the result is ATP, reduced NADP and oxygen. · ⁨手順を追って確認します。光が電子を励起し、水を分解します;その結果、ATP、還元型NADP、および酸素が生成されます。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    photophosphorylation/ˌfəʊtəʊˌfɒsfɔːrɪˈleɪʃn/ 光リン酸化
    cyclic photophosphorylation/ˈsaɪklɪk ˌfəʊtəʊˌfɒsfɔːrɪˈleɪʃn/ 環状光リン酸化
    photosystem/ˌfəʊtəʊˈsɪstəm/ 光合成系
    photoactivation/ˌfəʊtəʊˌæktɪˈveɪʃn/ 光活性化
    electron/ɪˈlektrɒn/ 電子
    non-cyclic photophosphorylation/nɒn ˈsaɪklɪk ˌfəʊtəʊˌfɒsfɔːrɪˈleɪʃn/ 非環状光リン酸化
    oxygen-evolving complex/ˈɒksɪdʒn ɪˈvɒlvɪŋ ˈkɒmpleks/ 酸素発生複合体
    photolysis/fəʊˈtɒləsɪs/ 光分解
    oxygen/ˈɒksɪdʒn/ 酸素
    electron transport chain/ɪˈlektrɒn ˈtrænspɔːt tʃeɪn/ 電子伝達系
    proton/ˈprəʊtɒn/ 陽子
    ATP synthase/ˌeɪ tiː ˈpiː ˈsɪnθeɪs/ ATP合成酵素
    13.1

    The Calvin cycle

    English

    The light-independent stage builds sugars in three main steps:

    1. fixation 固定 — the enzyme 酶 rubisco joins carbon dioxide to a 5-carbon molecule, RuBP (ribulose bisphosphate). This makes two molecules of a 3-carbon compound, GP (glycerate 3-phosphate).
    2. reduction — GP is reduced to TP (triose phosphate) using reduced NADP and ATP from the light-dependent stage.
    3. regeneration — most of the TP is used to regenerate 再生 the RuBP (using more ATP), so the cycle can keep running.

    Some TP leaves the cycle to make useful molecules. GP can be used to make some amino acids 氨基酸, and TP can be used to make carbohydrates 碳水化合物, lipids 脂质 and amino acids.

    日本語

    The light-independent stage builds sugars in three main steps:

    1. fixation 固定 — the enzyme 酶 rubisco joins carbon dioxide to a 5-carbon molecule, RuBP (ribulose bisphosphate). This makes two molecules of a 3-carbon compound, GP (glycerate 3-phosphate).
    2. reduction — GP is reduced to TP (triose phosphate) using reduced NADP and ATP from the light-dependent stage.
    3. regeneration — most of the TP is used to regenerate 再生 the RuBP (using more ATP), so the cycle can keep running.
    The Calvin cycle as a ring of RuBP, GP and TP: carbon dioxide is fixed onto RuBP to make GP, GP is reduced to TP using ATP and reduced NADP, and TP regenerates RuBP, with some TP leaving to make sugars
    Fixation adds CO₂ to RuBP; reduction makes TP using ATP and reduced NADP; regeneration remakes RuBP; some TP becomes sugars

    Some TP leaves the cycle to make useful molecules. GP can be used to make some amino acids 氨基酸, and TP can be used to make carbohydrates 碳水化合物, lipids 脂质 and amino acids.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The Calvin cycle · ⁨カルビン回路⁩

    Step around the cycle. CO₂ is fixed onto RuBP, reduced to sugar using the light-stage's ATP and NADP, and RuBP is regenerated. · ⁨ループ内の行程。CO₂がRuBPに固定され、光反応で生成したATPとNADPを用いて糖に還元され、RuBPが再生される。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    fixation/fɪkˈseɪʃn/ 固定化
    enzyme/ˈenzaɪm/ 酵素
    regenerate/riːˈdʒenəreɪt/ 再生する
    amino acid/əˈmiːnəʊ ˈæsɪd/ アミノ酸
    carbohydrate/ˌkɑːbəʊˈhaɪdreɪt/ 炭水化物
    lipid/ˈlɪpɪd/ 脂質
    13.2

    Limiting factors

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. state that light intensity, carbon dioxide concentration and temperature are examples of limiting factors of photosynthesis
    2. explain the effects of changes in light intensity, carbon dioxide concentration and temperature on the rate of photosynthesis
    3. describe and carry out investigations using redox indicators, including DCPIP and methylene blue, and a suspension of chloroplasts to determine the effects of light intensity and light wavelength on the rate of photosynthesis
    4. describe and carry out investigations using whole plants, including aquatic plants, to determine the effects of light intensity, carbon dioxide concentration and temperature on the rate of photosynthesis
    日本語
    1. 光強度、二酸化炭素濃度、温度が光合成の制限因子の例であることを述べる
    2. 光強度、二酸化炭素濃度、温度の変化が光合成速度に与える影響について説明すること
    3. クロロplast懸濁液を用い、DCPIPやメチレンブルーなどの酸化還元指示薬を介して、光強度および光波長が光合成速度に与える影響を決定するための実験を記述・実施すること
    4. 水生植物を含む植物全体を用いて、光強度、二酸化炭素濃度、温度が光合成速度に与える影響を決定するための実験を記述・実施すること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    A limiting factor 限制因素 is the one in shortest supply that holds back the rate of photosynthesis. The three main ones are light intensity 光照强度, carbon dioxide concentration 浓度, and temperature 温度.

    • raising light intensity speeds up photosynthesis, until some other factor becomes limiting.
    • raising carbon dioxide concentration speeds it up, until some other factor becomes limiting.
    • raising temperature speeds it up, but only to an optimum; too high and the enzymes denature.

    You can measure the rate of the light-dependent stage with a redox indicator 指示剂 such as DCPIP or methylene blue and a suspension of chloroplasts: the dye loses its colour as the chloroplasts work, and you can test different light intensities or light wavelengths 波长. With a whole aquatic plant 水生植物 you can count the bubbles of oxygen given off to compare rates under different conditions.

    Worked example. A plant photosynthesising steadily is suddenly deprived of carbon dioxide. What happens to the levels of GP and RuBP? Follow the cycle one step at a time. Carbon dioxide is fixed when RuBP combines with it, catalysed by rubisco, to make GP. Remove the carbon dioxide and that reaction stops, so GP is no longer being made - yet GP continues to be used up, reduced to TP using ATP and reduced NADP. So GP falls. Meanwhile RuBP is still being regenerated from TP but is no longer being consumed, so RuBP rises. The method never changes: find the reaction that stops, then ask of each substance whether it is still being made and still being used. Removing the light instead gives the mirror image: with no ATP or reduced NADP, GP cannot be reduced, so GP rises and RuBP falls.

    日本語

    A limiting factor 限制因素 is the one in shortest supply that holds back the rate of photosynthesis. The three main ones are light intensity 光照强度, carbon dioxide concentration 浓度, and temperature 温度.

    • raising light intensity speeds up photosynthesis, until some other factor becomes limiting.
    • raising carbon dioxide concentration speeds it up, until some other factor becomes limiting.
    • raising temperature speeds it up, but only to an optimum; too high and the enzymes denature.
    Two curves of photosynthesis rate against light intensity that rise and then level off, the higher one with more carbon dioxide or a warmer temperature
    While the rate rises, light is the limiting factor; where it levels off, another factor (CO₂ or temperature) limits it

    You can measure the rate of the light-dependent stage with a redox indicator 指示剂 such as DCPIP or methylene blue and a suspension of chloroplasts: the dye loses its colour as the chloroplasts work, and you can test different light intensities or light wavelengths 波长. With a whole aquatic plant 水生植物 you can count the bubbles of oxygen given off to compare rates under different conditions.

    Worked example. A plant photosynthesising steadily is suddenly deprived of carbon dioxide. What happens to the levels of GP and RuBP? Follow the cycle one step at a time. Carbon dioxide is fixed when RuBP combines with it, catalysed by rubisco, to make GP. Remove the carbon dioxide and that reaction stops, so GP is no longer being made - yet GP continues to be used up, reduced to TP using ATP and reduced NADP. So GP falls. Meanwhile RuBP is still being regenerated from TP but is no longer being consumed, so RuBP rises. The method never changes: find the reaction that stops, then ask of each substance whether it is still being made and still being used. Removing the light instead gives the mirror image: with no ATP or reduced NADP, GP cannot be reduced, so GP rises and RuBP falls.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    What limits photosynthesis · ⁨光合成を制限する要因⁩

    Change light and CO₂. The rate is set by whichever factor is in shortest supply — raising the others won't help. · ⁨光量とCO₂を変化させます。速度は最も不足している因子によって決まり、他の要因を上げても役立ちません。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    limiting factor/ˈlɪmɪtɪŋ ˈfæktə/ 制限要因
    light intensity/laɪt ɪnˈtensɪti/ 光強度
    concentration/ˌkɒnsənˈtreɪʃn/ 濃度
    temperature/ˈtemprɪtʃə/ 温度
    indicator/ˈɪndɪkeɪtə/ 指示薬
    wavelength/ˈweɪvleŋθ/ 波長
    aquatic plant/əˈkwætɪk plænt/ 水生植物
    13.2

    Exam tips

    • Separate the two stages: light-dependent (thylakoid — photolysis, ATP, reduced NADP, O2) and the Calvin cycle (stroma — CO2 fixed by rubisco, GP → TP).
    • Read limiting-factor graphs: the plateau is where a different factor (light, CO2 or temperature) limits the rate.
    • Interpret chromatography with the $R_f$ value to identify pigments.
    • Link chloroplast structure to function (thylakoid stacks for the light reactions; stroma for the Calvin cycle).
  • 14

    Homeostasis · ⁨ホメオスタシス⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    14.1

    What homeostasis is

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    1. explain what is meant by homeostasis and the importance of homeostasis in mammals
    2. explain the principles of homeostasis in terms of internal and external stimuli, receptors, coordination systems (nervous system and endocrine system), effectors (muscles and glands) and negative feedback
    3. state that urea is produced in the liver from the deamination of excess amino acids
    4. describe the structure of the human kidney, limited to: • fibrous capsule • cortex • medulla • renal pelvis • ureter • branches of the renal artery and renal vein
    5. Identify, in diagrams, photomicrographs and electron micrographs, the parts of a nephron and its associated blood vessels and structures, limited to: • glomerulus • Bowman’s capsule • proximal convoluted tubule • loop of Henle • distal convoluted tubule • collecting duct
    6. describe and explain the formation of urine in the nephron, limited to: • the formation of glomerular filtrate by ultrafiltration in the Bowman’s capsule • selective reabsorption in the proximal convoluted tubule
    7. relate the detailed structure of the Bowman’s capsule and proximal convoluted tubule to their functions in the formation of urine
    8. describe the roles of the hypothalamus, posterior pituitary gland, antidiuretic hormone (ADH), aquaporins and collecting ducts in osmoregulation
    9. describe the principles of cell signalling using the example of the control of blood glucose concentration by glucagon, limited to: • binding of hormone to cell surface receptor causing conformational change • activation of G-protein leading to stimulation of adenylyl cyclase • formation of the second messenger, cyclic AMP (cAMP) • activation of protein kinase A by cAMP leading to initiation of an enzyme cascade • amplification of the signal through the enzyme cascade as a result of activation of more and more enzymes by phosphorylation • cellular response in which the final enzyme in the pathway is activated, catalysing the breakdown of glycogen
    10. explain how negative feedback control mechanisms regulate blood glucose concentration, with reference to the effects of insulin on muscle cells and liver cells and the effect of glucagon on liver cells
    11. explain the principles of operation of test strips and biosensors for measuring the concentration of glucose in blood and urine, with reference to glucose oxidase and peroxidase enzymes

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Negative feedback: blood glucose

    Homeostasis 稳态 means keeping the conditions inside the body steady, even when the outside changes. Keeping things like temperature, water and blood glucose steady lets enzymes and cells work properly all the time.

    The principles of homeostasis

    Most homeostasis follows the same plan:

    • a change (an internal or external stimulus 刺激) is detected by a receptor 受体.
    • a coordination system carries the message — either the nervous system 神经系统 (using nerve signals) or the endocrine system 内分泌系统 (using hormones 激素).
    • an effector 效应器 (a muscle or a gland 腺体) makes a response that corrects the change.

    This works by negative feedback 负反馈: a change away from the normal level triggers a response that pushes it back towards normal.

    日本語
    Negative feedback: blood glucose

    Homeostasis 稳态 means keeping the conditions inside the body steady, even when the outside changes. Keeping things like temperature, water and blood glucose steady lets enzymes and cells work properly all the time.

    A handheld blood glucose meter showing a reading
    A blood glucose meter: homeostasis keeps blood glucose within narrow limits

    The principles of homeostasis

    Most homeostasis follows the same plan:

    • a change (an internal or external stimulus 刺激) is detected by a receptor 受体.
    • a coordination system carries the message — either the nervous system 神经系统 (using nerve signals) or the endocrine system 内分泌系统 (using hormones 激素).
    • an effector 效应器 (a muscle or a gland 腺体) makes a response that corrects the change.
    A person sweating during exercise
    Sweating cools the body — part of temperature homeostasis, with the skin as the effector

    This works by negative feedback 负反馈: a change away from the normal level triggers a response that pushes it back towards normal.

    A loop: a change from the normal level is detected by a receptor, passed by a nerve or hormone to an effector, whose response pushes the level back to normal
    Negative feedback: a receptor detects a change and an effector corrects it, returning to normal
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Homeostasis · ⁨ホメオスタシス⁩

    negative feedback to a set point · ⁨設定値へのネガティブフィードバック⁩

    Drag the disturbance. A change is corrected back to the set point — the basis of all homeostasis. · ⁨攪乱をドラッグする。変化は設定値に戻される — これがすべてのホメオスタシスの基礎である。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    homeostasis/ˌhəʊmiːəˈstɑːsiz/ ホメオスタシー
    stimulus/ˈstɪmjʊləs/ 刺激
    receptor/rɪˈseptə/ レセプター
    nervous system/ˈnɜːvəs ˈsɪstəm/ 神経系
    endocrine system/ˈendəʊkraɪn ˈsɪstəm/ 内分泌系
    hormone/ˈhɔːməʊn/ ホルモン
    effector/ɪˈfektə/ 効果器
    gland/ɡlænd/ 腺
    negative feedback/ˈneɡətɪv ˈfiːdbæk/ ネガティブ・フィードバック
    14.1

    The liver and urea

    English

    The body cannot store extra amino acids. In the liver 肝脏, the process of deamination 脱氨基作用 removes the amino group from excess amino acids 氨基酸, and this is turned into urea 尿素. The urea is carried in the blood to the kidneys to be removed.

    日本語

    The body cannot store extra amino acids. In the liver 肝脏, the process of deamination 脱氨基作用 removes the amino group from excess amino acids 氨基酸, and this is turned into urea 尿素. The urea is carried in the blood to the kidneys to be removed.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    liver/ˈlɪvə/ 肝臓
    deamination/ˌdiːmɪˈneɪʃn/ 脱アミノ化
    amino acid/əˈmiːnəʊ ˈæsɪd/ アミノ酸
    urea/juːˈrɪə/ 尿素
    14.1

    The kidney

    English

    The kidney 肾脏 cleans the blood and controls its water content. Its parts are:

    • an outer fibrous capsule,
    • an outer region, the cortex 皮质,
    • an inner region, the medulla 髓质,
    • a central space, the renal pelvis 肾盂, which collects urine,
    • the ureter 输尿管, which carries urine to the bladder,
    • branches of the renal artery (bringing blood in) and renal vein (taking blood out).

    The nephron

    Each kidney holds about a million tiny tubes called nephrons 肾单位. Along a nephron are: the glomerulus 肾小球 (a knot of capillaries), the Bowman's capsule 鲍曼囊 around it, the proximal convoluted tubule 近曲小管, the loop of Henle 亨利环, the distal convoluted tubule 远曲小管, and the collecting duct 集合管.

    Making urine

    1. Ultrafiltration 超滤 happens in the Bowman's capsule. The blood in the glomerulus is under high pressure, so water and small molecules (glucose 葡萄糖, ions 离子, urea) are pushed out into the capsule, forming the filtrate 滤液. Blood cells and large proteins are too big to pass, so they stay in the blood.
    2. Selective reabsorption 选择性重吸收 happens in the proximal convoluted tubule. Useful substances are taken back into the blood. All the glucose and much of the water and ions are reabsorbed here. The tubule wall is well suited to this: its cells have microvilli 微绒毛 to give a large surface area, and many mitochondria 线粒体 to power active transport 主动运输.
    日本語

    The kidney 肾脏 cleans the blood and controls its water content. Its parts are:

    • an outer fibrous capsule,
    • an outer region, the cortex 皮质,
    • an inner region, the medulla 髓质,
    • a central space, the renal pelvis 肾盂, which collects urine,
    • the ureter 输尿管, which carries urine to the bladder,
    • branches of the renal artery (bringing blood in) and renal vein (taking blood out).
    A section through the kidney showing the outer cortex, the inner medulla, the central renal pelvis, the ureter leaving it, and the renal artery and vein at the hilum
    A section through the kidney: blood is cleaned in the cortex and medulla, and urine collects in the renal pelvis before leaving down the ureter

    The nephron

    Each kidney holds about a million tiny tubes called nephrons 肾单位. Along a nephron are: the glomerulus 肾小球 (a knot of capillaries), the Bowman's capsule 鲍曼囊 around it, the proximal convoluted tubule 近曲小管, the loop of Henle 亨利环, the distal convoluted tubule 远曲小管, and the collecting duct 集合管.

    A nephron showing the glomerulus in the Bowman's capsule, the proximal convoluted tubule, the loop of Henle, the distal convoluted tubule and the collecting duct, with ultrafiltration and selective reabsorption marked
    Ultrafiltration happens in the Bowman's capsule; selective reabsorption happens in the proximal convoluted tubule

    Making urine

    1. Ultrafiltration 超滤 happens in the Bowman's capsule. The blood in the glomerulus is under high pressure, so water and small molecules (glucose 葡萄糖, ions 离子, urea) are pushed out into the capsule, forming the filtrate 滤液. Blood cells and large proteins are too big to pass, so they stay in the blood.
    2. Selective reabsorption 选择性重吸收 happens in the proximal convoluted tubule. Useful substances are taken back into the blood. All the glucose and much of the water and ions are reabsorbed here. The tubule wall is well suited to this: its cells have microvilli 微绒毛 to give a large surface area, and many mitochondria 线粒体 to power active transport 主动运输.
    Ultrafiltration: small molecules pass into the filtrate while cells and proteins stay in the blood
    Ultrafiltration keeps blood cells and proteins in the blood
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Explore the nephron · ⁨腎単位を調べる⁩

    Tap each part. Filtration happens at the top; the long tubule then reabsorbs what the body needs, leaving urine. · ⁨各部分タップしてください。上部で濾過が行われ、長い管が身体が必要な物質を再吸収し、尿が残ります。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    kidney/ˈkɪdni/ 腎臓
    cortex/ˈkɔːteks/ 皮質
    medulla/ˈmedʌlə/ 髄質
    renal pelvis/ˈriːnl ˈpelvɪs/ 腎盂
    ureter/ˈjʊəretə/ 尿管
    nephron/ˈnefrɒn/ ネフロン
    glomerulus/ˈɡlɒmərjʊləs/ 糸球体
    Bowman's capsule/ˈbəʊmənz ˈkæpsjuːl/ ボウマン嚢
    proximal convoluted tubule/ˈprɒksɪml ˌkɒnvəˈluːtɪd ˈtjuːbjuːl/ 近位曲管
    loop of Henle/luːp ɒv ˈhenl/ ヘンレ袢
    distal convoluted tubule/dɪˈstæl ˌkɒnvəˈluːtɪd ˈtjuːbjuːl/ 遠位曲管
    collecting duct/kəˈlektɪŋ dʌkt/ 集合管
    ultrafiltration/ˌʊltrəfɪlˈtreɪʃn/ 超濾過
    glucose/ˈɡluːkəʊs/ ブドウ糖
    ion/ˈaɪɒn/ イオン
    filtrate/ˈfɪltreɪt/ 濾過液
    selective reabsorption/sɪˈlektɪv riːbˈsɔːpʃn/ 選択的再吸収
    microvilli/ˈmaɪkrəʊvɪlaɪ/ 微絨毛
    mitochondria/ˌmaɪtəˈkɒndrɪə/ ミトコンドリア
    active transport/ˈæktɪv ˈtrænspɔːt/ 能動輸送
    14.1

    Osmoregulation

    English

    Osmoregulation 渗透调节 controls the water content of the blood. It is run by the brain:

    • the hypothalamus 下丘脑 detects the water potential 水势 of the blood.
    • when the blood is too concentrated, the pituitary gland 垂体 releases antidiuretic hormone 抗利尿激素 (ADH).
    • ADH makes the collecting ducts more permeable to water by adding water channels called aquaporins 水通道蛋白.
    • more water is then reabsorbed back into the blood, so less, more concentrated urine is made. This is negative feedback.
    日本語

    Osmoregulation 渗透调节 controls the water content of the blood. It is run by the brain:

    • the hypothalamus 下丘脑 detects the water potential 水势 of the blood.
    • when the blood is too concentrated, the pituitary gland 垂体 releases antidiuretic hormone 抗利尿激素 (ADH).
    • ADH makes the collecting ducts more permeable to water by adding water channels called aquaporins 水通道蛋白.
    • more water is then reabsorbed back into the blood, so less, more concentrated urine is made. This is negative feedback.
    A negative-feedback loop: when the blood is too concentrated the hypothalamus triggers the pituitary to release ADH, the collecting ducts become more permeable, more water is reabsorbed and the blood water is restored
    ADH makes the collecting ducts reabsorb more water, restoring the blood's water content by negative feedback
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The ADH pathway · ⁨ADHの経路⁩

    Step through it. When the blood gets too concentrated, ADH makes the kidney save water — classic negative feedback. · ⁨経路を順を追って確認します。血液が濃すぎると、ADHが腎臓に水分を保持させる働きをして — これは典型的なネガティブ・フィードバックです。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    osmoregulation/ˌɒzmɔːɡjʊˈleɪʃn/ 浸透圧調節
    hypothalamus/ˌhaɪpəʊˈθælæməs/ 視床下部
    water potential/ˈwɔːtə pəˈtenʃl/ 水ポテンシャル
    pituitary gland/pɪˈtjuːɪtəri ɡlænd/ 下垂体
    antidiuretic hormone/ˌæntɪˌdɪjuːˈretɪk ˈhɔːməʊn/ 抗利尿ホルモン
    aquaporin/ˈækwəpɔːrɪn/ アクアポリン
    14.1

    Controlling blood glucose by cell signalling

    English

    When blood glucose falls, the hormone glucagon 胰高血糖素 is released. It shows how a hormone passes its message into a cell — cell signalling 细胞信号传递:

    1. glucagon binds to a receptor on the liver cell surface, causing a conformational change 构象变化 (a change in the receptor's shape).
    2. this activates a G-protein G蛋白, which switches on the enzyme adenylyl cyclase 腺苷酸环化酶.
    3. adenylyl cyclase makes a second messenger 第二信使 inside the cell, called cyclic AMP 环腺苷酸 (cAMP).
    4. cAMP activates protein kinase A 蛋白激酶A, which starts an enzyme cascade 酶级联反应 — one enzyme 酶 switches on the next, by phosphorylation 磷酸化.
    5. because each enzyme switches on many of the next, the signal is greatly amplified 放大.
    6. the final enzyme breaks down glycogen 糖原 into glucose, which raises the blood glucose level.

    Negative feedback and blood glucose

    Blood glucose is held steady by two hormones working against each other:

    • when glucose is high, insulin 胰岛素 makes muscle and liver cells take in glucose and store it as glycogen, lowering the level.
    • when glucose is low, glucagon makes liver cells break glycogen back into glucose, raising the level.

    Measuring glucose

    Test strips 试纸 and biosensors 生物传感器 measure glucose in blood or urine. They use the enzymes glucose oxidase 葡萄糖氧化酶 and peroxidase 过氧化物酶, which react with glucose to give a colour change (or an electric signal in a biosensor) that shows how much glucose is present.

    Worked example. A person drinks a large volume of water. Trace the homeostatic response. The blood's water potential rises (becomes less negative). Osmoreceptors in the hypothalamus detect this, so the posterior pituitary releases less ADH. With less ADH, fewer aquaporins are inserted into the collecting duct's membranes, so the duct becomes less permeable to water. Less water is reabsorbed, so a large volume of dilute urine is produced and the blood's water potential falls back towards normal. That return to the set point is what makes it negative feedback - the response reverses the original change. Name the receptor, the hormone, the effector and the correction: an answer that jumps from "drinks water" straight to "more urine" skips every marking point in between.

    日本語

    When blood glucose falls, the hormone glucagon 胰高血糖素 is released. It shows how a hormone passes its message into a cell — cell signalling 细胞信号传递:

    1. glucagon binds to a receptor on the liver cell surface, causing a conformational change 构象变化 (a change in the receptor's shape).
    2. this activates a G-protein G蛋白, which switches on the enzyme adenylyl cyclase 腺苷酸环化酶.
    3. adenylyl cyclase makes a second messenger 第二信使 inside the cell, called cyclic AMP 环腺苷酸 (cAMP).
    4. cAMP activates protein kinase A 蛋白激酶A, which starts an enzyme cascade 酶级联反应 — one enzyme 酶 switches on the next, by phosphorylation 磷酸化.
    5. because each enzyme switches on many of the next, the signal is greatly amplified 放大.
    6. the final enzyme breaks down glycogen 糖原 into glucose, which raises the blood glucose level.
    Glucagon binds a receptor and activates a G-protein, then adenylyl cyclase, then cAMP, then protein kinase A, then an enzyme cascade that breaks glycogen into glucose; each step activates many, amplifying the signal
    The signal passes through a second messenger (cAMP) and an enzyme cascade — each step activates many, so the signal is amplified

    Negative feedback and blood glucose

    Blood glucose is held steady by two hormones working against each other:

    • when glucose is high, insulin 胰岛素 makes muscle and liver cells take in glucose and store it as glycogen, lowering the level.
    • when glucose is low, glucagon makes liver cells break glycogen back into glucose, raising the level.
    Two loops around blood glucose: when high, insulin makes cells store glucose as glycogen so the level falls; when low, glucagon makes the liver break glycogen so the level rises
    Insulin and glucagon work against each other to keep blood glucose steady

    Measuring glucose

    Test strips 试纸 and biosensors 生物传感器 measure glucose in blood or urine. They use the enzymes glucose oxidase 葡萄糖氧化酶 and peroxidase 过氧化物酶, which react with glucose to give a colour change (or an electric signal in a biosensor) that shows how much glucose is present.

    Worked example. A person drinks a large volume of water. Trace the homeostatic response. The blood's water potential rises (becomes less negative). Osmoreceptors in the hypothalamus detect this, so the posterior pituitary releases less ADH. With less ADH, fewer aquaporins are inserted into the collecting duct's membranes, so the duct becomes less permeable to water. Less water is reabsorbed, so a large volume of dilute urine is produced and the blood's water potential falls back towards normal. That return to the set point is what makes it negative feedback - the response reverses the original change. Name the receptor, the hormone, the effector and the correction: an answer that jumps from "drinks water" straight to "more urine" skips every marking point in between.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Controlling blood glucose · ⁨血糖値の調節⁩

    Push blood glucose away from its set point, then watch negative feedback bring it back: insulin lowers a high level, glucagon raises a low one. · ⁨血糖値を基準点からずらし、負のフィードバックによって元に戻す様子を見ます:インスリンは高い値を下げ、グルカゴンは低い値を上げます。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    cell signalling/sel ˈsɪɡnəlɪŋ/ 細胞シグナル伝達
    glucagon/ˈɡluːkæɡən/ グルカゴン
    conformational change/kɒnfɔːˈmeɪʃənl tʃeɪndʒ/ 立体構造変化
    G-protein/dʒiː ˈprəʊtiːn/ Gタンパク質
    adenylyl cyclase/ˈædənɪlɪl ˈsaɪkleɪz/ アデニルシクラーゼ
    second messenger/ˈsekənd ˈmesɪndʒə/ セカンドメッセンジャー
    cyclic AMP/ˈsaɪklɪk ˌeɪ em ˈpiː/ 環状AMP
    protein kinase A/ˈprəʊtiːn ˈkɪneɪs eɪ/ タンパク質キナーゼA
    enzyme cascade/ˈenzaɪm kəˈskeɪd/ 酵素カスケード
    enzyme/ˈenzaɪm/ 酵素
    phosphorylation/ˌfɒsfɔːrɪˈleɪʃn/ リン酸化
    amplification/ˌæmplɪfɪˈkeɪʃn/ 増幅(アンプリフィケーション)
    glycogen/ˈɡlaɪkədʒn/ グリコーゲン
    insulin/ˈɪnsjuːlɪn/ インスリン
    test strip/test strɪp/ テストストリップ
    biosensor/ˌbaɪəʊˈsensə/ バイオセンサー
    glucose oxidase/ˈɡluːkəʊs ˈɒksɪdeɪs/ グルコース酸化酵素
    peroxidase/ˈperəksɪdeɪs/ ペルオキシダーゼ
    14.2

    Homeostasis in plants: the stomata

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    1. explain that stomata respond to changes in environmental conditions by opening and closing and that regulation of stomatal aperture balances the need for carbon dioxide uptake by diffusion with the need to minimise water loss by transpiration
    2. explain that stomata have daily rhythms of opening and closing
    3. describe the structure and function of guard cells and explain the mechanism by which they open and close stomata
    4. describe the role of abscisic acid in the closure of stomata during times of water stress, including the role of calcium ions as a second messenger

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Stomata 气孔 are pores in a leaf. The plant opens and closes them to balance two needs: letting in carbon dioxide 二氧化碳 for photosynthesis 光合作用, and limiting water loss by transpiration 蒸腾作用. Stomata usually open by day and close at night, following a daily rhythm.

    Each stoma is opened and closed by two guard cells 保卫细胞 around it:

    • to open: the guard cells pump in ions, so their water potential falls and water enters by osmosis 渗透. They swell and bend apart, opening the pore.
    • to close: ions leave, water follows out, the guard cells go floppy, and the pore closes.

    When the plant is short of water (water stress 水分胁迫), the hormone abscisic acid 脱落酸 is released. It makes the guard cells lose ions and water so the stomata close, saving water. In this signalling, calcium ions 钙离子 act as a second messenger inside the guard cells.

    日本語

    Stomata 气孔 are pores in a leaf. The plant opens and closes them to balance two needs: letting in carbon dioxide 二氧化碳 for photosynthesis 光合作用, and limiting water loss by transpiration 蒸腾作用. Stomata usually open by day and close at night, following a daily rhythm.

    Each stoma is opened and closed by two guard cells 保卫细胞 around it:

    • to open: the guard cells pump in ions, so their water potential falls and water enters by osmosis 渗透. They swell and bend apart, opening the pore.
    • to close: ions leave, water follows out, the guard cells go floppy, and the pore closes.
    Two stomata: an open one whose guard cells have swollen with water to leave a pore, and a closed one whose floppy guard cells have shut the pore
    Guard cells open the stoma by taking in water and turgid; they close it by losing water and going floppy

    When the plant is short of water (water stress 水分胁迫), the hormone abscisic acid 脱落酸 is released. It makes the guard cells lose ions and water so the stomata close, saving water. In this signalling, calcium ions 钙离子 act as a second messenger inside the guard cells.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    How a stoma opens · ⁨気孔が開く仕組み⁩

    Step through it. Guard cells pump in ions, draw in water by osmosis, swell turgid and bend apart — opening the pore. · ⁨手順を確認しましょう。保毛細胞がイオンを汲み上げ、浸透によって水分を取り込み、膨張して硬直し、開いて孔隙を開く。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    stomata/ˈstəʊmətə/ 気孔
    carbon dioxide/ˈkɑːbən daɪˈɒksaɪd/ 二酸化炭素
    photosynthesis/ˌfəʊtəʊˈsɪnθəsɪs/ 光合成
    transpiration/trænspəˈreɪʃn/ 蒸散作用
    guard cell/ɡɑːd sel/ 保衛細胞
    osmosis/ɒzˈməʊsɪs/ 浸透圧
    abscisic acid/əbˈsɪzɪk ˈæsɪd/ アブシシン酸
    water stress/ˈwɔːtə stres/ 水分ストレス
    calcium ion/ˈkælsɪəm ˈaɪɒn/ カルシウムイオン
    14.2

    Exam tips

    • Frame every answer as negative feedback: receptor → coordinator → effector → correction; name each part.
    • Blood glucose: insulin lowers it (uptake, glycogenesis), glucagon raises it (glycogenolysis) — explain through cell signalling.
    • Kidney: know ultrafiltration (Bowman's capsule), selective reabsorption (proximal tubule) and the role of ADH in osmoregulation.
    • Stomata open when guard cells become turgid (K+ enters, water follows).
  • 15

    Control and coordination · ⁨調節と調整⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    15.1

    Two systems for control

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the features of the endocrine system with reference to the hormones ADH, glucagon and insulin (see 14.1.8, 14.1.9 and 14.1.10)
    2. compare the features of the nervous system and the endocrine system
    3. describe the structure and function of a sensory neurone and a motor neurone and state that intermediate neurones connect sensory neurones and motor neurones
    4. outline the role of sensory receptor cells in detecting stimuli and stimulating the transmission of impulses in sensory neurones
    5. describe the sequence of events that results in an action potential in a sensory neurone, using a chemoreceptor cell in a human taste bud as an example
    6. describe and explain changes to the membrane potential of neurones, including: • how the resting potential is maintained • the events that occur during an action potential • how the resting potential is restored during the refractory period
    7. describe and explain the rapid transmission of an impulse in a myelinated neurone with reference to saltatory conduction
    8. explain the importance of the refractory period in determining the frequency of impulses
    9. describe the structure of a cholinergic synapse and explain how it functions, including the role of calcium ions
    10. describe the roles of neuromuscular junctions, the T-tubule system and sarcoplasmic reticulum in stimulating contraction in striated muscle
    11. describe the ultrastructure of striated muscle with reference to sarcomere structure using electron micrographs and diagrams
    12. explain the sliding filament model of muscular contraction including the roles of troponin, tropomyosin, calcium ions and ATP
    日本語
    1. ADH、グルカロン、インスリンのホルモンに言及して、内分泌系の特徴を記述すること(14.1.8, 14.1.9, 14.1.10 を参照)。
    2. 神経系と内分泌系の特徴を比較すること。
    3. 感覚ニューロン (sensory neurone) および運動ニューロン (motor neurone) の構造と機能を記述し、中間ニューロン (intermediate neurones) が感覚ニューロンと運動ニューロンをつなぐことを述べること。
    4. 刺激 (stimuli) の検知および感覚ニューロン内のインパルス伝達の刺激における感覚受容器細胞 (sensory receptor cells) の役割を概説すること。
    5. 人間の味蕾にある化学受容器細胞 (chemoreceptor cell) を例として用い、感覚ニューロンにおける活動電位 (action potential) が生じる一連の出来事を記述すること。
    6. ニューロンの膜電位 (membrane potential) の変化について記述・説明し、以下を含めること: • 静息電位 (resting potential) がどのように維持されるか • 活動電位の間に起こる出来事 • 不応期 (refractory period) 中に静息電位がどのように回復するか
    7. saltatory conduction に言及して、ミエリン被覆ニューロンにおけるインパルの急速な伝達について記述・説明すること。
    8. 不応期がインパル頻度の決定にどのような重要性を持つのかを説明すること。
    9. コリン性シナプス (cholinergic synapse) の構造を記述し、その機能について説明し、カルシウムイオンの役割を含めること。
    10. 神経筋肉接合部 (neuromuscular junctions)、T管系 (T-tubule system)、およびサコプラズム小体 (sarcoplasmic reticulum) が横紋筋 (striated muscle) の収縮を刺激する役割について記述すること。
    11. 電子顕微鏡像および図を用いて、** sărcomer (sarcomere)** 構造に言及した横紋筋の超微細構造を記述すること。
    12. トロポニン (troponin)、トロポミオシン (tropomyosin)、カルシウムイオン、およびATPの役割を含む、筋収縮の滑走細糸模型 (sliding filament model) を説明すること。

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    The body has two coordination systems. The endocrine system 内分泌系统 sends chemical hormones 激素 (such as ADH, glucagon and insulin) in the blood. The nervous system 神经系统 sends fast electrical signals along nerve cells.

    Feature Nervous system Endocrine system
    signal electrical impulse 冲动 chemical hormone
    transport along nerve cells in the blood
    speed very fast slower
    how long it lasts short longer
    日本語

    The body has two coordination systems. The endocrine system 内分泌系统 sends chemical hormones 激素 (such as ADH, glucagon and insulin) in the blood. The nervous system 神经系统 sends fast electrical signals along nerve cells.

    The nervous system uses fast electrical impulses; the endocrine system uses slow chemical hormones
    Nervous control is fast and electrical; hormonal control is slow and chemical
    Scan slices of a human brain
    A scan of the human brain, the control centre of the nervous system
    Feature Nervous system Endocrine system
    signal electrical impulse 冲动 chemical hormone
    transport along nerve cells in the blood
    speed very fast slower
    how long it lasts short longer
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    endocrine system/ˈendəʊkraɪn ˈsɪstəm/ 内分泌系
    hormone/ˈhɔːməʊn/ ホルモン
    nervous system/ˈnɜːvəs ˈsɪstəm/ 神経系
    impulse/ˈɪmpʌls/ lv ra
    15.1

    Neurones

    English

    A neurone 神经元 is a nerve cell. There are three kinds:

    • a sensory neurone 感觉神经元 carries impulses from a receptor towards the brain or spinal cord.
    • a motor neurone 运动神经元 carries impulses out to an effector, such as a muscle 肌肉.
    • intermediate neurones 中间神经元 connect sensory neurones to motor neurones.

    A neurone has a long fibre (the axon) along which the impulse travels.

    This is what real neurones look like in a stained slice of brain tissue:

    日本語

    A neurone 神经元 is a nerve cell. There are three kinds:

    • a sensory neurone 感觉神经元 carries impulses from a receptor towards the brain or spinal cord.
    • a motor neurone 运动神经元 carries impulses out to an effector, such as a muscle 肌肉.
    • intermediate neurones 中间神经元 connect sensory neurones to motor neurones.

    A neurone has a long fibre (the axon) along which the impulse travels.

    A motor neurone with a cell body holding the nucleus, dendrites, a long axon wrapped in a myelin sheath with nodes of Ranvier between segments, ending in terminals at a muscle
    A motor neurone: the impulse travels along the axon, jumping between the gaps (nodes of Ranvier) in the myelin sheath

    This is what real neurones look like in a stained slice of brain tissue:

    A light micrograph of brain tissue with a scale bar: several neurone cell bodies stained dark brown against a pale background, each with a roughly triangular shape and thin processes reaching out from it
    Real neurones stained brown: you can see the cell bodies and the thin processes that carry signals to and from each cell
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Explore a motor neurone · ⁨運動性ニューロンを探検する⁩

    Tap each part. The impulse travels from the cell body down the long axon to the terminals, jumping between the myelin gaps. · ⁨各部分をクリックすると、インパルスが細胞体から長い軸索を通って末端へ伝わり、ミエリンの隙間を跳躍しながら移動します。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    neurone/ˈnjuːrəʊn/ ニューロン
    sensory neurone/ˈsensəri ˈnjuːrəʊn/ 感覚性ニューロン
    motor neurone/ˈməʊtə ˈnjuːrəʊn/ 運動性ニューロン
    muscle/ˈmʌsl/ 筋肉
    intermediate neurone/ˌɪntəˈmiːdɪət ˈnjuːrəʊn/ 中間ニューロン
    15.1

    Detecting a stimulus

    English

    A sensory receptor 感受器 cell detects a stimulus 刺激 and starts an impulse in a sensory neurone. For example, a chemoreceptor 化学感受器 cell in a taste bud 味蕾 detects chemicals in food, and this triggers an action potential 动作电位 in the sensory neurone.

    日本語

    A sensory receptor 感受器 cell detects a stimulus 刺激 and starts an impulse in a sensory neurone. For example, a chemoreceptor 化学感受器 cell in a taste bud 味蕾 detects chemicals in food, and this triggers an action potential 动作电位 in the sensory neurone.

    A reflex arc: a stimulus is detected by a receptor, passed along a sensory neurone to a relay neurone in the spinal cord, then to a motor neurone and an effector muscle, producing a response
    A reflex arc: stimulus → receptor → sensory neurone → relay → motor neurone → effector → response
    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    sensory receptor/ˈsensəri rɪˈseptə/ 感覚受容体
    stimulus/ˈstɪmjʊləs/ 刺激
    chemoreceptor/ˌkiːməʊˈreseptə/ 化学受容体
    taste bud/teɪst bʌd/ 味覚小胞
    action potential/ˈækʃn pəˈtenʃl/ 活動電位
    15.1

    The nerve impulse

    English

    The impulse is a change in the voltage across the neurone's membrane.

    • resting potential 静息电位 — when no impulse passes, the inside is negative compared to the outside. This is maintained by a pump that moves sodium ions out and potassium ions in, and by the membrane being more permeable to potassium.
    • action potential — a stimulus makes sodium channels open, so sodium ions rush in and the inside briefly becomes positive (depolarisation). Then potassium channels open, potassium ions leave, and the membrane potential 膜电位 returns to negative (repolarisation).
    • refractory period 不应期 — just after an action potential, the sodium channels cannot open again for a short time. This restores the resting potential and sets a limit on how often impulses can be sent (their frequency).

    Faster impulses: myelin

    Some neurones are wrapped in a fatty myelin sheath 髓鞘. The impulse cannot cross the sheath, so it jumps from one gap to the next. This jumping, called saltatory conduction 跳跃式传导, makes the impulse travel much faster.

    日本語

    The impulse is a change in the voltage across the neurone's membrane.

    • resting potential 静息电位 — when no impulse passes, the inside is negative compared to the outside. This is maintained by a pump that moves sodium ions out and potassium ions in, and by the membrane being more permeable to potassium.
    • action potential — a stimulus makes sodium channels open, so sodium ions rush in and the inside briefly becomes positive (depolarisation). Then potassium channels open, potassium ions leave, and the membrane potential 膜电位 returns to negative (repolarisation).
    • refractory period 不应期 — just after an action potential, the sodium channels cannot open again for a short time. This restores the resting potential and sets a limit on how often impulses can be sent (their frequency).
    A graph of membrane potential over time: resting at -70 mV, a spike up to +40 mV as sodium enters (depolarisation), a fall as potassium leaves (repolarisation), then a refractory dip before returning to rest
    An action potential: sodium in causes depolarisation; potassium out causes repolarisation; then a refractory period

    Faster impulses: myelin

    Some neurones are wrapped in a fatty myelin sheath 髓鞘. The impulse cannot cross the sheath, so it jumps from one gap to the next. This jumping, called saltatory conduction 跳跃式传导, makes the impulse travel much faster.

    A myelinated axon where the impulse jumps in curved hops from one node of Ranvier to the next, skipping over the myelinated segments
    The impulse jumps node to node — saltatory conduction — so a myelinated neurone conducts much faster
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The action potential · ⁨作動電位⁩

    Step through one nerve impulse: a rapid depolarisation as Na⁺ enters, then repolarisation as K⁺ leaves, then recovery. · ⁨神経冲动の進行を追跡します:Na⁺の流入に伴う急激な脱分極、K⁺の流出に伴う再分極、そして回復の各段階です。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    resting potential/ˈrestɪŋ pəˈtenʃl/ 静息電位
    membrane potential/ˈmembreɪn pəˈtenʃl/ 膜電位
    refractory period/rɪˈfræktəri ˈpɪərɪəd/ 不応期
    myelin sheath/ˈmaɪɪlɪn ʃiːθ/ ミエリン鞘
    saltatory conduction/ˈsɒltətəri kənˈdʌkʃn/ 跳躍伝導
    15.1

    The synapse

    English

    A synapse 突触 is a tiny gap between two neurones. A cholinergic synapse 胆碱能突触 passes the signal like this:

    1. the impulse arrives and makes calcium ions 钙离子 enter the first neurone.
    2. this makes vesicles release a neurotransmitter 神经递质 called acetylcholine 乙酰胆碱.
    3. the acetylcholine diffuses across the gap and binds to receptors on the next neurone.
    4. this starts a new impulse in the next neurone.
    日本語

    A synapse 突触 is a tiny gap between two neurones. A cholinergic synapse 胆碱能突触 passes the signal like this:

    1. the impulse arrives and makes calcium ions 钙离子 enter the first neurone.
    2. this makes vesicles release a neurotransmitter 神经递质 called acetylcholine 乙酰胆碱.
    3. the acetylcholine diffuses across the gap and binds to receptors on the next neurone.
    4. this starts a new impulse in the next neurone.
    A synapse: the arriving impulse lets calcium ions in, vesicles release acetylcholine into the synaptic cleft, and it binds receptors on the next neurone to start a new impulse
    At a synapse, acetylcholine diffuses across the cleft and binds receptors to start a new impulse in the next neurone
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Across a synapse · ⁨シナプスを越えて⁩

    Step through it. The electrical impulse becomes a chemical one — neurotransmitter carries the signal across the gap. · ⁨通り抜けてみる。電気的インパルスは化学的インパルスに変化し、神経伝達物質が隙間を越えてシグナルを運ぶ。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    synapse/ˈsɪnæps/ シナプス
    cholinergic synapse/ˌkɒlɪˈnɜːdʒɪk ˈsɪnæps/ コリン作動性シナプス
    calcium ion/ˈkælsɪəm ˈaɪɒn/ カルシウムイオン
    neurotransmitter/ˈnjuːrətrænsmɪtə/ 神経伝達物質
    acetylcholine/ˈæsɪtɪlkəliːn/ アセチルコリン
    15.1

    Muscles and how they contract

    English

    A neuromuscular junction 神经肌肉接头 is like a synapse, but between a motor neurone and a muscle.

    Striated muscle 横纹肌 is made of long fibres. Each fibre is divided into repeating units called sarcomeres 肌节. Inside are two kinds of filament 肌丝: thick ones (myosin) and thin ones (actin). The T-tubule T小管 system carries the impulse deep into the fibre, and the sarcoplasmic reticulum 肌质网 stores and releases calcium ions.

    The sliding filament model 肌丝滑动模型 explains contraction:

    1. an impulse causes the sarcoplasmic reticulum to release calcium ions.
    2. the calcium ions bind to troponin 肌钙蛋白, which makes tropomyosin 原肌球蛋白 move and uncover the binding sites on the actin.
    3. the myosin heads attach to the actin and pull it inwards, using energy from ATP.
    4. the thin filaments slide over the thick ones, so each sarcomere gets shorter and the muscle contracts.
    日本語

    A neuromuscular junction 神经肌肉接头 is like a synapse, but between a motor neurone and a muscle.

    Striated muscle 横纹肌 is made of long fibres. Each fibre is divided into repeating units called sarcomeres 肌节. Inside are two kinds of filament 肌丝: thick ones (myosin) and thin ones (actin). The T-tubule T小管 system carries the impulse deep into the fibre, and the sarcoplasmic reticulum 肌质网 stores and releases calcium ions.

    An electron micrograph of muscle showing many parallel fibres crossed by a regular pattern of dark and light stripes
    This is where the name "striated" comes from. Each repeating dark-light block is one sarcomere; the bands are the thick and thin filaments overlapping by different amounts. When the muscle contracts, the filaments slide past each other and each sarcomere gets shorter

    The sliding filament model 肌丝滑动模型 explains contraction:

    1. an impulse causes the sarcoplasmic reticulum to release calcium ions.
    2. the calcium ions bind to troponin 肌钙蛋白, which makes tropomyosin 原肌球蛋白 move and uncover the binding sites on the actin.
    3. the myosin heads attach to the actin and pull it inwards, using energy from ATP.
    4. the thin filaments slide over the thick ones, so each sarcomere gets shorter and the muscle contracts.
    A relaxed sarcomere above a contracted one: the thin actin and thick myosin filaments overlap more in the contracted one, so its Z-lines are closer together
    Sliding filament model: thin actin slides over thick myosin, so the sarcomere shortens
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    How a muscle contracts · ⁨筋肉が収縮する仕組み⁩

    Step through the sliding filament model — calcium uncovers the binding sites, then myosin pulls the actin inwards. · ⁨滑走糸型モデルを段階的に確認せよ──カルシウムが結合部位を露出させ、ミオシンがアクチンを内側へ引く。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    neuromuscular junction/ˌnjuːrəˈmʌskjʊlə ˈdʒʌŋkʃn/ 神経筋接合部
    striated muscle/ˈstraɪeɪtɪd ˈmʌsl/ 横紋筋
    sarcomere/ˈsɑːkəmɪə/ săromere
    filament/ˈfɪləmənt/ フィラメント
    T-tubule/tiː ˈtjuːbjuːl/ T小管
    sarcoplasmic reticulum/ˌsɑːkəˈplæzmɪk reˈtɪkjʊləm/ sărcoplasmic reticulum(サルコプラズム小体)
    sliding filament model/ˈslaɪdɪŋ ˈfɪləmənt ˈmɒdl/ 滑走糸模型
    troponin/ˈtrɒpənɪn/ トロポニン
    tropomyosin/ˈtrɒpəmɪɒsɪn/ トロポミオシン
    15.2

    Control and coordination in plants

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the rapid response of the Venus fly trap to stimulation of hairs on the lobes of modified leaves and explain how the closure of the trap is achieved
    2. explain the role of auxin in elongation growth by stimulating proton pumping to acidify cell walls
    3. describe the role of gibberellin in the germination of barley (see 16.3.4)
    日本語
    1. 変形した葉の葉裂にある毛の刺激に対するバイセンフライトラップ (Venus fly trap) の迅速な反応を記述し、捕虫袋の閉鎖がどのように達成されるかを説明すること。
    2. オーキシン (auxin) が細胞壁の酸性化を促進するプロトンポンプ (proton pumping) を刺激することによる伸長成長における役割を説明すること。
    3. ジベレリン (gibberellin) が大麥の発芽における役割を記述すること(16.3.4 を参照)。

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    The Venus fly trap

    The Venus fly trap 捕蝇草 has tiny hairs on its trap-like leaves. When an insect touches the hairs, a fast electrical signal spreads, the cells quickly lose water and change shape, and the trap snaps shut to catch the insect.

    Auxin and growth

    Auxin 生长素 is a plant hormone that makes cells grow longer (elongation 伸长 growth). It does this by making the cell pump protons 质子 (hydrogen ions) into the cell wall 细胞壁. This acidifies 酸化 the wall, which loosens it, so the cell can stretch as water enters.

    Gibberellin and germination

    Gibberellin 赤霉素 controls the germination 萌发 of barley 大麦 seeds. It switches on the genes that make amylase, which then breaks down stored starch into sugars to feed the growing seedling.

    Worked example. Explain why a nerve impulse crosses a synapse in one direction only, and why myelination speeds it up along an axon. At a synapse the vesicles of neurotransmitter are found only in the presynaptic neurone, and the receptors only on the postsynaptic membrane - so transmitter can only ever cross one way, which makes the synapse a one-way valve. Along a myelinated axon the myelin sheath insulates the membrane, so ions can only cross at the nodes of Ranvier; the impulse therefore jumps from node to node (saltatory conduction) instead of depolarising every part of the membrane in turn, which is far faster and uses less ATP. Locate the structure responsible for each effect: vesicles and receptors give the direction, insulation and nodes give the speed.

    日本語

    The Venus fly trap

    The Venus fly trap 捕蝇草 has tiny hairs on its trap-like leaves. When an insect touches the hairs, a fast electrical signal spreads, the cells quickly lose water and change shape, and the trap snaps shut to catch the insect.

    An open Venus fly trap: two red lobes edged with long spikes, with several small stiff hairs standing up from the red surface
    An open trap. The long spikes around the edge only cage the insect — it is the few short, stiff trigger hairs standing on the red surface that must be touched to fire the signal

    Auxin and growth

    Auxin 生长素 is a plant hormone that makes cells grow longer (elongation 伸长 growth). It does this by making the cell pump protons 质子 (hydrogen ions) into the cell wall 细胞壁. This acidifies 酸化 the wall, which loosens it, so the cell can stretch as water enters.

    A short plant cell pumping hydrogen ions into its wall, then a longer cell after the loosened wall lets it stretch as water enters
    Auxin's "acid growth": H⁺ pumped into the wall loosens it, so the cell stretches longer as water enters

    Gibberellin and germination

    Gibberellin 赤霉素 controls the germination 萌发 of barley 大麦 seeds. It switches on the genes that make amylase, which then breaks down stored starch into sugars to feed the growing seedling.

    Worked example. Explain why a nerve impulse crosses a synapse in one direction only, and why myelination speeds it up along an axon. At a synapse the vesicles of neurotransmitter are found only in the presynaptic neurone, and the receptors only on the postsynaptic membrane - so transmitter can only ever cross one way, which makes the synapse a one-way valve. Along a myelinated axon the myelin sheath insulates the membrane, so ions can only cross at the nodes of Ranvier; the impulse therefore jumps from node to node (saltatory conduction) instead of depolarising every part of the membrane in turn, which is far faster and uses less ATP. Locate the structure responsible for each effect: vesicles and receptors give the direction, insulation and nodes give the speed.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Phototropism: bending to the light · ⁨光屈性:光に向かって曲がる⁩

    Step through it. Auxin gathers on the shaded side, makes those cells grow longer, and the shoot bends towards the light. · ⁨それを段階的に確認せよ。オーキシンは陰側の側に集まり、その細胞を長く成長させ、茎が光の方へ曲がる。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    Venus fly trap/ˈviːnəs flaɪ træp/ バイセンソウ
    auxin/ˈɔːksɪn/ オーキシン
    elongation/iːˌlɒnˈɡeɪʃn/ 伸長
    proton/ˈprəʊtɒn/ 陽子
    cell wall/sel wɔːl/ 細胞壁
    acidify/əˈsɪdɪfaɪ/ 酸性化する
    gibberellin/ˌdʒɪbəˈrelɪn/ gibberellin
    germination/ˌdʒɜːmɪˈneɪʃn/ 発芽
    barley/ˈbɑːli/ 大麦
    15.2

    Exam tips

    • Explain the resting potential (Na+/K+ pump; more negative inside) then the action potential (depolarisation → repolarisation) as all-or-nothing.
    • Saltatory conduction (myelin, nodes of Ranvier) speeds the impulse; the refractory period makes it one-way and discrete.
    • Describe the synapse in order: Ca2+ enters → vesicles fuse → neurotransmitter → receptors → new impulse.
    • Muscle contraction follows the sliding-filament model (actin, myosin, ATP, Ca2+).
  • 16

    Inheritance · ⁨継承⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    16.1

    Meiosis and how it creates variation

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. explain the meanings of the terms haploid (n) and diploid (2n)
    2. explain what is meant by homologous pairs of chromosomes
    3. explain the need for a reduction division during meiosis in the production of gametes
    4. describe the behaviour of chromosomes in plant and animal cells during meiosis and the associated behaviour of the nuclear envelope, the cell surface membrane and the spindle (names of the main stages of meiosis, but not the sub-divisions of prophase I, are expected: prophase I, metaphase I, anaphase I, telophase I, prophase II, metaphase II, anaphase II and telophase II)
    5. interpret photomicrographs and diagrams of cells in different stages of meiosis and identify the main stages of meiosis
    6. explain that crossing over and random orientation (independent assortment) of pairs of homologous chromosomes and sister chromatids during meiosis produces genetically different gametes
    7. explain that the random fusion of gametes at fertilisation produces genetically different individuals
    日本語
    1. ハプロイド (haploid, n) およびダイプロイド (diploid, 2n) という用語の意味を説明すること。
    2. 相同染色体対 (homologous pairs of chromosomes) の意味を説明すること。
    3. 遊離分裂 (reduction division) が減数分裂 (meiosis) 中に必要となる理由を、生殖細胞 (gametes) の形成の文脈で説明すること。
    4. 減数分裂中の植物および動物細胞における染色体の挙動、ならびに核膜、細胞膜、紡錘体の関連する挙動を記述すること。(減数分裂の主要な段階の名前は要求されるが、前期Iの亜分割は含まれない:前期I、中期I、後期I、末期I、前期II、中期II、後期II、末期II)
    5. 異なる減数分裂段階にある細胞の写真顕微鏡像および図を解釈し、減数分裂の主要な段階を特定すること。
    6. 相同染色体対および姉妹染色单体の減数分裂中の** crossover(交差)とランダム配列(独立分配)**が、遺伝的に異なる配偶子を生成することを説明する
    7. 受精における配偶子のランダムな融合が、遺伝的に異なる個体を生み出すことを説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    A diploid 二倍体 cell (2n) has two full sets of chromosomes 染色体 — one set from each parent. A haploid 单倍体 cell (n) has just one set.

    Chromosomes come in homologous chromosomes 同源染色体 pairs: the two chromosomes in a pair are the same length and carry the same genes 基因 (though they may carry different versions of them).

    Gametes 配子 (sex cells) must be haploid. If they were diploid, the chromosome number would double at every generation. So gametes are made by a special division, meiosis 减数分裂, which halves the chromosome number.

    Meiosis has two divisions, one after the other, so there are eight named stages: prophase I, metaphase I, anaphase I and telophase I, then prophase II, metaphase II, anaphase II and telophase II. As in mitosis, the nuclear envelope 核膜 breaks down, a spindle 纺锤体 forms, and the chromosomes are moved by the spindle.

    Meiosis makes the gametes genetically different from each other in two ways:

    • crossing over 交叉互换 — homologous chromosomes swap matching pieces, mixing the alleles.
    • independent assortment 自由组合 — the pairs line up in a random order, so each gamete gets a random mix of the parent's chromosomes.

    Then at fertilisation 受精, any gamete can fuse with any other. This random fusion makes every new individual genetically different.

    日本語

    A diploid 二倍体 cell (2n) has two full sets of chromosomes 染色体 — one set from each parent. A haploid 单倍体 cell (n) has just one set.

    A human egg cell under the microscope
    A human egg cell (ovum) — a haploid gamete produced by meiosis

    Chromosomes come in homologous chromosomes 同源染色体 pairs: the two chromosomes in a pair are the same length and carry the same genes 基因 (though they may carry different versions of them).

    A human karyotype: 46 chromosomes stained to show dark and light bands, sorted into 23 pairs numbered 1 to 22 plus the X and Y sex chromosomes
    A human karyotype: the 46 chromosomes sorted into 23 homologous pairs (the last pair, X and Y, shows this is a male)
    Two chromosomes of the same length side by side, carrying genes at the same positions; at one position the alleles differ (A and a)
    A homologous pair carries the same genes at the same loci, but the alleles (versions) may differ

    Gametes 配子 (sex cells) must be haploid. If they were diploid, the chromosome number would double at every generation. So gametes are made by a special division, meiosis 减数分裂, which halves the chromosome number.

    Meiosis has two divisions, one after the other, so there are eight named stages: prophase I, metaphase I, anaphase I and telophase I, then prophase II, metaphase II, anaphase II and telophase II. As in mitosis, the nuclear envelope 核膜 breaks down, a spindle 纺锤体 forms, and the chromosomes are moved by the spindle.

    A diploid cell with one chromosome pair divides by meiosis I into two cells, then by meiosis II into four haploid gametes
    Two divisions halve the chromosome number: meiosis I separates the homologous pair, meiosis II separates the chromatids — giving four haploid gametes

    Meiosis makes the gametes genetically different from each other in two ways:

    • crossing over 交叉互换 — homologous chromosomes swap matching pieces, mixing the alleles.
    Two paired chromosomes crossing at a chiasma, then pulling apart with their lower segments swapped to give new colour combinations
    Crossing over: paired chromosomes swap matching segments at a chiasma, making new allele combinations
    • independent assortment 自由组合 — the pairs line up in a random order, so each gamete gets a random mix of the parent's chromosomes.
    Four possible gametes, each with a tall and a short chromosome in a different mix of the two parental colours
    Independent assortment: chromosome pairs line up in a random order, so gametes get many different mixes

    Then at fertilisation 受精, any gamete can fuse with any other. This random fusion makes every new individual genetically different.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Meiosis

    Step through it. Two divisions halve the chromosome number and shuffle the alleles, giving four unique gametes.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    diploid/ˈdɪplɔɪd/ 二倍体
    chromosome/ˈkrəʊməsəʊm/ 染色体
    haploid/ˈhæplɔɪd/ 単倍体
    homologous chromosomes/həˈmɒləɡəs ˈkrəʊməsəʊmz/ 相同染色体
    gene/dʒiːn/ 遺伝子
    gamete/ˈɡæmiːt/ 生殖細胞
    meiosis/meɪˈəʊsɪs/ 減数分裂
    nuclear envelope/ˈnjuːklɪə ˈenvələʊp/ 核被膜
    spindle/ˈspɪndl/ 紡錘体
    crossing over/ˈkrɒsɪŋ ˈəʊvə/ 交差
    independent assortment/ˌɪndɪˈpendənt əˈsɔːtmənt/ 独立分配
    fertilisation/ˌfɜːtɪlaɪˈzeɪʃn/ 受精
    16.1

    The language of genetics

    English

    You must know these terms exactly:

    • a gene is a length of DNA that codes for a protein 蛋白质. Its position on a chromosome is its locus 基因座.
    • an allele 等位基因 is one version of a gene.
    • a dominant 显性 allele shows its effect even when only one copy is present; a recessive 隐性 allele only shows when two copies are present.
    • codominant 共显性 alleles both show their effect together.
    • the genotype 基因型 is the alleles an organism has; the phenotype 表现型 is the features you can see.
    • homozygous 纯合 means the two alleles are the same; heterozygous 杂合 means they are different.
    • a test cross 测交 crosses an organism with the recessive homozygote to find its unknown genotype.
    日本語

    You must know these terms exactly:

    • a gene is a length of DNA that codes for a protein 蛋白质. Its position on a chromosome is its locus 基因座.
    • an allele 等位基因 is one version of a gene.
    • a dominant 显性 allele shows its effect even when only one copy is present; a recessive 隐性 allele only shows when two copies are present.
    • codominant 共显性 alleles both show their effect together.
    • the genotype 基因型 is the alleles an organism has; the phenotype 表现型 is the features you can see.
    • homozygous 纯合 means the two alleles are the same; heterozygous 杂合 means they are different.
    • a test cross 测交 crosses an organism with the recessive homozygote to find its unknown genotype.
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Genetics vocabulary lab

    Link each genetics word to the real feature it names.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    protein/ˈprəʊtiːn/ タンパク質
    locus/ˈləʊkəs/ ロカス
    allele/əˈliːl/ アルレル
    dominant/ˈdɒmɪnənt/ 優位な
    recessive/rɪˈsesɪv/ 劣性
    codominant/ˈkəʊdəmɪnənt/ 共優性
    genotype/ˈdʒenətaɪp/ 遺伝子型
    phenotype/ˈfenətaɪp/ 表現型
    homozygous/ˌhɒməˈzɪɡəs/ 純合体
    heterozygous/ˌhetrəˈzɪɡəs/ 複合体
    test cross/test krɒs/ テスト交配
    16.1

    Genetic diagrams and crosses

    English

    You show a cross with a genetic diagram, often using a Punnett square 庞纳特方格 — a grid that shows all the ways the gametes can combine.

    • a monohybrid cross 单基因杂交 follows one gene; a dihybrid cross 双基因杂交 follows two genes at once.
    • some genes have multiple alleles 复等位基因 (more than two versions in the population), such as the alleles for human blood groups.
    • in sex linkage 伴性遗传, the gene is on the X chromosome, so the result is different for males and females.
    • in linkage 连锁, genes on the same autosome 常染色体 (a non-sex chromosome) tend to be inherited together.
    • in epistasis 上位性, one gene affects how another gene is shown.
    日本語

    You show a cross with a genetic diagram, often using a Punnett square 庞纳特方格 — a grid that shows all the ways the gametes can combine.

    A Punnett square for a Tt by Tt cross: the gametes T and t combine to give TT, Tt, Tt and tt, three of which are tall and one short
    A Punnett square for Tt × Tt: the offspring are 3 tall : 1 short (T is dominant)
    • a monohybrid cross 单基因杂交 follows one gene; a dihybrid cross 双基因杂交 follows two genes at once.
    • some genes have multiple alleles 复等位基因 (more than two versions in the population), such as the alleles for human blood groups.
    • in sex linkage 伴性遗传, the gene is on the X chromosome, so the result is different for males and females.
    • in linkage 连锁, genes on the same autosome 常染色体 (a non-sex chromosome) tend to be inherited together.
    • in epistasis 上位性, one gene affects how another gene is shown.
    A Punnett square for a carrier mother and a normal father: the offspring are a normal daughter, a normal son, a carrier daughter and a colour-blind son
    Because the gene is on the X chromosome, a carrier mother's sons may be colour-blind while her daughters are only carriers — a different result by sex
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    A monohybrid cross

    Set each parent's genotype and read off the offspring. Crossing two heterozygotes (Aa × Aa) gives the classic 3 : 1 ratio.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    Punnett square/ˈpʌnɪt skweə/ ペンネット表
    monohybrid cross/ˈmɒnəʊhaɪbrɪd krɒs/ 単一雑種交配
    dihybrid cross/daɪˈhaɪbrɪd krɒs/ 二重雑種交配
    multiple alleles/ˈmʌltɪpl əˈliːlz/ 多重対立遺伝子
    sex linkage/seks ˈlɪŋkɪdʒ/ 性染色体連鎖
    linkage/ˈlɪŋkɪdʒ/ 結合量
    autosome/ˈɔːtəʊsəʊm/ 常染色体
    epistasis/ɪpɪˈstɑːsiz/ エプイスタシー
    16.1

    The chi-squared test

    English

    The chi-squared test 卡方检验 compares the results you actually counted (the observed numbers, $O$) with the results you expected from the genetic diagram (the expected numbers, $E$). It tells you whether the difference is small enough to be due to chance, or large enough to mean something else is going on.

    You add up, for every group, the squared difference between observed and expected, divided by the expected:

    $$\chi^2 = \sum \frac{(O - E)^2}{E}$$

    Then you compare this $\chi^2$ value with a critical value from a table. The row you use is set by the degrees of freedom (the number of groups minus 1). If $\chi^2$ is less than the critical value, the difference is not significant — the results fit the expected ratio, and any difference is just chance. If $\chi^2$ is greater than the critical value, the difference is significant, so some other factor is involved.

    Worked example. A $\text{Tt} \times \text{Tt}$ cross gives $160$ offspring: $114$ tall and $46$ short. Test whether this fits the expected $3:1$ ratio.

    The expected numbers are $\tfrac{3}{4} \times 160 = 120$ tall and $\tfrac{1}{4} \times 160 = 40$ short. Then:

    $$\chi^2 = \frac{(114 - 120)^2}{120} + \frac{(46 - 40)^2}{40} = \frac{36}{120} + \frac{36}{40} = 0.30 + 0.90 = 1.20.$$

    There are $2$ groups, so degrees of freedom $= 2 - 1 = 1$. The critical value at $p = 0.05$ is $3.84$. Because $1.20 < 3.84$, the difference is not significant: the results fit a $3:1$ ratio, and the small difference is due to chance.

    日本語

    The chi-squared test 卡方检验 compares the results you actually counted (the observed numbers, $O$) with the results you expected from the genetic diagram (the expected numbers, $E$). It tells you whether the difference is small enough to be due to chance, or large enough to mean something else is going on.

    You add up, for every group, the squared difference between observed and expected, divided by the expected:

    $$\chi^2 = \sum \frac{(O - E)^2}{E}$$

    Then you compare this $\chi^2$ value with a critical value from a table. The row you use is set by the degrees of freedom (the number of groups minus 1). If $\chi^2$ is less than the critical value, the difference is not significant — the results fit the expected ratio, and any difference is just chance. If $\chi^2$ is greater than the critical value, the difference is significant, so some other factor is involved.

    Worked example. A $\text{Tt} \times \text{Tt}$ cross gives $160$ offspring: $114$ tall and $46$ short. Test whether this fits the expected $3:1$ ratio.

    The expected numbers are $\tfrac{3}{4} \times 160 = 120$ tall and $\tfrac{1}{4} \times 160 = 40$ short. Then:

    $$\chi^2 = \frac{(114 - 120)^2}{120} + \frac{(46 - 40)^2}{40} = \frac{36}{120} + \frac{36}{40} = 0.30 + 0.90 = 1.20.$$

    There are $2$ groups, so degrees of freedom $= 2 - 1 = 1$. The critical value at $p = 0.05$ is $3.84$. Because $1.20 < 3.84$, the difference is not significant: the results fit a $3:1$ ratio, and the small difference is due to chance.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Test a genetic ratio with chi-squared

    This is the worked example on the page. The cross gives $\chi^2 = 1.20$ with $1$ degree of freedom, and the widget shows the critical value $3.84$ — set the statistic to $1.20$ and it falls well short of the shaded region, so the results fit the $3:1$ ratio. Drag it past $3.84$ to see what a significant departure would look like.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    chi-squared test/kaɪ skweəd test/ 卡方検定(カイ二乗検定)
    16.2

    From genes to proteins to phenotype

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. explain the terms gene, locus, allele, dominant, recessive, codominant, linkage, test cross, F1, F2, phenotype, genotype, homozygous and heterozygous
    2. interpret and construct genetic diagrams, including Punnett squares, to explain and predict the results of monohybrid crosses and dihybrid crosses that involve dominance, codominance, multiple alleles and sex linkage
    3. interpret and construct genetic diagrams, including Punnett squares, to explain and predict the results of dihybrid crosses that involve autosomal linkage and epistasis (knowledge of the expected ratios for different types of epistasis is not expected)
    4. interpret and construct genetic diagrams, including Punnett squares, to explain and predict the results of test crosses
    5. use the chi-squared test to test the significance of differences between observed and expected results (the formula for the chi-squared test will be provided, as shown in the Mathematical requirements)
    6. explain the relationship between genes, proteins and phenotype with respect to the: • TYR gene, tyrosinase and albinism • HBB gene, haemoglobin and sickle cell anaemia • F8 gene, factor VIII and haemophilia • HTT gene, huntingtin and Huntington’s disease
    7. explain the role of gibberellin in stem elongation including the role of the dominant allele, Le, that codes for a functional enzyme in the gibberellin synthesis pathway, and the recessive allele, le, that codes for a non-functional enzyme
    日本語
    1. 遺伝子、座(ロカス)、アレル、優性、劣性、共役性、連鎖、検定交配、F1、F2、表現型、遺伝子型、ホモ接合、ヘテロ接合の用語を説明する
    2. 単一形質交配および二重形質交配の結果を説明・予測するための遺伝図式(ポンネット正方形を含む)を解釈し作成する。これらは優性、共役性、多様性、性连锁を含むものとする
    3. 常染色体連鎖およびエピスタシスを含む二重形質交配の結果を説明・予測するため、ポンネット正方形を含む遺伝図式を解釈し作成する(不同类型的エピスタシスの期待される比率に関する知識は必要ない)
    4. 検定交配の結果を説明・予測するため、ポンネット正方形を含む遺伝図式を解釈し作成する
    5. 観測結果と期待結果の間の有意性の差を検定するためにカイ二乗検定を使用する(カイ二乗検定の数式は数学的要項に示されている通り提供される)
    6. 以下の事例における遺伝子、タンパク質、表現型の関係を説明する:• TYR遺伝子、チロシナーゼおよびアルビニズム • HBB遺伝子、ヘモグロビンおよび鎌状赤血球貧血症 • F8遺伝子、第VIII因子および血友病 • HTT遺伝子、ハンティントン蛋白およびハンティントン病
    7. ジベレリンが茎の伸長に果たす役割を説明する。これにはジベレリン合成経路で機能的な酵素をコードする優性アレルLeと、非機能的な酵素をコードする劣性アレルleの役割が含まれる

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    A gene codes for a protein, and that protein affects the phenotype. If the gene is faulty, the protein is faulty, and the phenotype changes:

    Gene Protein Effect of a faulty allele
    TYR the enzyme 酶 tyrosinase albinism 白化病 (no pigment made)
    HBB haemoglobin 血红蛋白 sickle cell anaemia 镰状细胞贫血
    F8 factor VIII (helps blood clot) haemophilia 血友病
    HTT huntingtin Huntington's disease 亨廷顿病

    Gibberellin and stem height

    In pea plants, the dominant allele Le codes for a working enzyme that makes gibberellin 赤霉素, so the plant grows tall by stem elongation 伸长. The recessive allele le codes for a broken enzyme, so little gibberellin is made and the plant is short.

    日本語

    A gene codes for a protein, and that protein affects the phenotype. If the gene is faulty, the protein is faulty, and the phenotype changes:

    Gene Protein Effect of a faulty allele
    TYR the enzyme 酶 tyrosinase albinism 白化病 (no pigment made)
    HBB haemoglobin 血红蛋白 sickle cell anaemia 镰状细胞贫血
    F8 factor VIII (helps blood clot) haemophilia 血友病
    HTT huntingtin Huntington's disease 亨廷顿病

    Gibberellin and stem height

    In pea plants, the dominant allele Le codes for a working enzyme that makes gibberellin 赤霉素, so the plant grows tall by stem elongation 伸长. The recessive allele le codes for a broken enzyme, so little gibberellin is made and the plant is short.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    From gene to phenotype

    Step through it. A gene makes a protein that does a job — so a faulty allele makes a faulty protein and a changed feature.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    enzyme/ˈenzaɪm/ 酵素
    albinism/ˈælbɪnɪzəm/ 白化症
    haemoglobin/ˌhiːməˈɡləʊbɪn/ ヘモグロビン
    sickle cell anaemia/ˈsɪkl sel əˈniːmɪə/ 鎌状赤血球貧血
    haemophilia/ˌhiːməˈfɪlɪə/ 血友病
    Huntington's disease/ˈhʌntɪŋtnz dɪˈziːz/ ハンティントン病
    gibberellin/ˌdʒɪbəˈrelɪn/ gibberellin
    elongation/iːˌlɒnˈɡeɪʃn/ 伸長
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    16.3

    Gene control

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. describe the differences between structural genes and regulatory genes and the differences between repressible enzymes and inducible enzymes
    2. explain genetic control of protein production in a prokaryote using the lac operon (knowledge of the role of cAMP is not expected)
    3. state that transcription factors are proteins that bind to DNA and are involved in the control of gene expression in eukaryotes by decreasing or increasing the rate of transcription
    4. explain how gibberellin activates genes by causing the breakdown of DELLA protein repressors, which normally inhibit factors that promote transcription
    日本語
    1. 構造遺伝子と調節遺伝子の違い、および阻害性酵素と誘導性酵素の違いを説明する
    2. lacオペロンを用いて原核生物におけるタンパク質産生の遺伝的制御を説明する(cAMPの役割に関する知識は必要ない)
    3. 転写因子はDNAに結合するタンパク質であり、真核生物における遺伝子発現の制御に関与し、転写率を増減させることを述べる
    4. ジベレリンが通常転写を促進する因子を抑制するDELLAタンパク質阻害体を分解させることで遺伝子を活性化するメカニズムを説明する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Not all genes are switched on all the time. Cells control which proteins they make.

    • structural genes 结构基因 code for useful proteins such as enzymes; regulatory genes 调节基因 control whether other genes are switched on.
    • an inducible enzyme 可诱导酶 is made only when it is needed; a repressible enzyme 可抑制酶 is normally made but can be switched off.

    The lac operon

    In a prokaryote 原核生物 such as a bacterium, a group of genes called the lac operon 乳糖操纵子 controls the digestion of lactose:

    • when there is no lactose, a repressor 阻遏物 protein binds to the operator (a short control sequence within the operon) and blocks transcription 转录, so the lactose-digesting enzymes are not made.
    • when lactose is present, it binds to the repressor and pulls it off. Transcription can now happen, and the enzymes are made. The enzymes are therefore inducible.

    Control in eukaryotes

    In eukaryotes, transcription factors 转录因子 are proteins that bind to DNA and control gene expression 基因表达, by increasing or decreasing the rate of transcription.

    Gibberellin switches genes on in this way: it causes the breakdown of DELLA protein repressors. These DELLA proteins normally block the factors that turn on transcription, so removing them lets those genes be expressed.

    日本語

    Not all genes are switched on all the time. Cells control which proteins they make.

    • structural genes 结构基因 code for useful proteins such as enzymes; regulatory genes 调节基因 control whether other genes are switched on.
    • an inducible enzyme 可诱导酶 is made only when it is needed; a repressible enzyme 可抑制酶 is normally made but can be switched off.

    The lac operon

    In a prokaryote 原核生物 such as a bacterium, a group of genes called the lac operon 乳糖操纵子 controls the digestion of lactose:

    • when there is no lactose, a repressor 阻遏物 protein binds to the operator (a short control sequence within the operon) and blocks transcription 转录, so the lactose-digesting enzymes are not made.
    • when lactose is present, it binds to the repressor and pulls it off. Transcription can now happen, and the enzymes are made. The enzymes are therefore inducible.
    The lac operon in two states: with no lactose a repressor sits on the operator and blocks the genes; with lactose present the lactose pulls the repressor off so the genes are transcribed and enzymes are made
    The lac operon: a repressor blocks the genes until lactose pulls it off, so the enzymes are inducible

    Control in eukaryotes

    In eukaryotes, transcription factors 转录因子 are proteins that bind to DNA and control gene expression 基因表达, by increasing or decreasing the rate of transcription.

    Gibberellin switches genes on in this way: it causes the breakdown of DELLA protein repressors. These DELLA proteins normally block the factors that turn on transcription, so removing them lets those genes be expressed.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The lac operon

    Step through the switch. With no lactose the genes are blocked; lactose pulls the repressor off and switches them on.

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    structural gene/ˈstrʌktʃərəl dʒiːn/ 構造物遺伝子
    regulatory gene/ˌreɡjʊˈleɪtəri dʒiːn/ 調節遺伝子
    inducible enzyme/ɪnˈdjuːsɪbl ˈenzaɪm/ 誘導性酵素
    repressible enzyme/rɪˈpresɪbl ˈenzaɪm/ 抑制可能酵素
    prokaryote/ˈprɒkərɪəʊt/ 原核生物
    lac operon/læk ˈɒpərən/ ラックオペロン
    repressor/rɪˈpresə/ レプレッサー
    transcription/trænˈskrɪpʃn/ 転写
    transcription factor/trænˈskrɪpʃn ˈfæktə/ 転写因子
    gene expression/dʒiːn ekˈspreʃn/ 遺伝子発現
    16.3

    Exam tips

    • Set out a cross fully: parental genotypes → gametes (in circles) → Punnett square → offspring ratio and phenotypes.
    • Use the chi-squared test to compare observed with expected; degrees of freedom $=$ classes $- 1$, compare with $3.84$ at $p = 0.05$.
    • Recognise codominance, multiple alleles, sex linkage, epistasis and linkage — each alters the expected ratio.
    • Meiosis creates variation by crossing over and independent assortment — state both.
  • 17

    Selection and evolution · ⁨自然選択と進化⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    17.1

    Variation · ⁨変異⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. explain, with examples, that phenotypic variation is due to genetic factors or environmental factors or a combination of genetic and environmental factors
    2. explain what is meant by discontinuous variation and continuous variation
    3. explain the genetic basis of discontinuous variation and continuous variation
    4. use the t-test to compare the means of two different samples (the formula for the t-test will be provided, as shown in the Mathematical requirements)
    日本語
    1. 例を挙げて、表現型の変異が遺伝的要因または環境的要因、あるいはその両方の組み合わせによるものであることを説明する
    2. 不連続変異および連続変異の意味を説明する
    3. 不連続変異および連続変異の遺伝的基盤を説明する
    4. 2つの異なるサンプルの平均値を比較するためにt検定を使用する(t検定の数式は数学的要項に示されている通り提供される)

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Variation 变异 means the differences between individuals. It has three possible causes:

    • genetic factors only — set by the alleles 等位基因 you inherit (for example human blood group).
    • environmental factors 环境因素 only — set by your surroundings (for example a scar, or the language you speak).
    • a combination of both — most features, such as height and body mass, depend on genes and on diet and lifestyle.

    There are two patterns of variation:

    • discontinuous variation 不连续变异 — clear, separate groups with nothing in between (for example blood group A, B, AB or O). It is usually controlled by one or a few genes 基因, with little effect from the environment.
    • continuous variation 连续变异 — a smooth range from one extreme to the other (for example height). It is controlled by many genes together, plus the environment.

    To compare the means of two samples (for example the heights of plants in sun and in shade), you use the t-test, which tells you whether the difference is large enough to be real, or just due to chance.

    日本語

    変異とは個体間の違いを意味し、3つの原因があり得る:

    • 遺伝的要因のみ—— inherited するアルレルによって決定される(例:人間の血液型)。
    • 環境的要因のみ——周囲の環境によって決定される(例:傷跡や話す言語)。
    • 両者の組み合わせ——身長や体重など、ほとんどの形質は遺伝子および栄養やライフスタイルに依存する。
    異なる色と縞模様を持つ2匹の巻貝
    巻貝 (Cepaea nemoralis) は殻の色と縞模様に目立つ変異を示す

    変異には2つのパターンがある:

    • 不連続変異——間に什么都没有く明確に区別されるグループ(例:血液型A, B, AB, O)。通常は1つまたは少数の遺伝子によって制御され、環境の影響は小さい。
    • 連続変異——一方の極端から他方へ滑らかな範囲(例:身長)。多くの遺伝子が共同して作用し、さらに環境の影響を受ける。
    2つのグラフ:血液型の棒グラフ(不連続、個別の棒)、身長の滑らかな鐘型曲線(連続)
    不連続変異は別々のグループに分かれ、連続変異は滑らかな範囲である

    2つのサンプルの平均を比較する場合(例:日陰と日向での植物の身長)、t検定を使用する。これは差が実際に大きいのか、それとも偶然によるものかを知るために用いる。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The t-distribution behind the t-test · ⁨t検定におけるt分布⁩

    The t-test compares two sample means against a critical value you look up in a t-table. This is that table made live: the value depends on the degrees of freedom (here $n_1+n_2-2$). Drag df and watch the critical value change — small samples have heavier tails, so they need a larger difference to count as real. · ⁨t検定は、2つのサンプル平均を有意水準の閾値と比較します。この閾値はt表で探します。このインタラクティブな表では、閾値は自由度(ここでは$n_1+n_2-2$)によって決まります。dfをドラッグすると閾値が変わるのを観察してください。小標本は裾が厚いため、真の差として認められるにはより大きい差が必要です。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Variation type lab · ⁨変異型別実験⁩

    Classify examples by the source and pattern of variation. · ⁨変異の起源とパターンに基づいて例を分類せよ。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    variation/ˌveərɪˈeɪʃn/ 変異
    allele/əˈliːl/ アルレル
    environmental factor/enˌvaɪrənˈmentl ˈfæktə/ 環境要因
    discontinuous variation/dɪskənˈtɪnjuːəs ˌveərɪˈeɪʃn/ 不連続変異
    gene/dʒiːn/ 遺伝子
    continuous variation/kənˈtɪnjuːəs ˌveərɪˈeɪʃn/ 連続変異
    population/ˌpɒpjʊˈleɪʃn/ 人口
    offspring/ˈɒfsprɪŋ/ 子孫
    compete/kəmˈpiːt/ 競争する
    adapted/əˈdæptɪd/ 適応
    reproduce/rɪprəˈdjuːs/ 繁殖する
    17.2

    Natural selection · ⁨自然選択⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. explain that natural selection occurs because populations have the capacity to produce many offspring that compete for resources; in the ‘struggle for existence’, individuals that are best adapted are most likely to survive to reproduce and pass on their alleles to the next generation
    2. explain how environmental factors can act as stabilising, disruptive and directional forces of natural selection
    3. explain how selection, the founder effect and genetic drift, including the bottleneck effect, may affect allele frequencies in populations
    4. outline how bacteria become resistant to antibiotics as an example of natural selection
    5. use the Hardy–Weinberg principle to calculate allele and genotype frequencies in populations and state the conditions when this principle can be applied (the two equations for the Hardy–Weinberg principle will be provided, as shown in the Mathematical requirements)
    6. describe the principles of selective breeding (artificial selection)
    7. outline the following examples of selective breeding: • the introduction of disease resistance to varieties of wheat and rice • inbreeding and hybridisation to produce vigorous, uniform varieties of maize • improving the milk yield of dairy cattle
    日本語
    1. 自然選択が、資源を巡って競争する多数の子供を生み出す能力を持つ集団において生じることを説明する。「生存競争」において最も適応した個体が繁殖して次世代にアレルを伝える可能性が高いことを説明する
    2. 環境要因が自然選択の安定化、乱立、定向の力として機能する方法を説明する
    3. 選択、創始者効果、遺伝的浮動(ボトルネック効果を含む)が集団内のアレル頻度に与える影響を説明する
    4. 細菌が抗生物質に耐性を獲得する過程を、自然選択の一例として概要を述べる
    5. 集団内のアレル頻度および遺伝子型頻度を計算するためにハ rdイ-ワインバーグの原理を使用し、この原理を適用できる条件を述べる(ハ rdイ-ワインバーグの原理の2つの方程式は数学的要項に示されている通り提供される)
    6. **選抜育種(人工選択)**の原則を説明する
    7. 選抜育種の以下の事例を概要で述べる:• 小麦および米の品種への病害抵抗性の導入 • 強健で均質なトウモロコシ品種を生産するための近親交配および交雑 • 乳牛の乳量向上

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English
    Natural selection: the peppered moth

    A population 种群 produces far more offspring 后代 than can survive, so the offspring must compete 竞争 for resources such as food and space. This is the "struggle for existence". The individuals that are best adapted 适应 are most likely to survive, reproduce 繁殖, and pass on their alleles to the next generation. Over many generations, the helpful alleles become more common in the population. This is natural selection 自然选择.

    Environmental conditions can push selection in three ways:

    • stabilising selection 稳定选择 favours the average and removes the extremes (the population stays the same).
    • directional selection 定向选择 favours one extreme, so the mean shifts that way.
    • disruptive selection 分裂选择 favours both extremes and removes the average.

    Allele frequencies can also change in other ways:

    • the founder effect 奠基者效应 — a few individuals start a new population, so they carry only some of the alleles of the original group.
    • genetic drift 遗传漂变 — in a small population, allele frequencies change by chance from generation to generation.
    • the bottleneck effect 瓶颈效应 — a sudden fall in population size leaves few survivors, reducing the variety of alleles.

    Antibiotic resistance as natural selection

    A chance mutation 突变 makes a few bacteria resistant to an antibiotic 抗生素. When the antibiotic is used, the non-resistant bacteria die, but the resistant ones survive and reproduce. Over time the resistance 耐药性 spreads through the population. This is natural selection in action.

    日本語
    自然選択:ハダカガの蛾

    個体群は、生存できる数を遥かに超える子孫を生み出すため、子供たちは食料や空間などの資源を巡って競争せねばならない。これを「生存のための闘争」という。適応した最も有利な個体が生き残り、繁殖して次世代にアルレールを引き継ぐ可能性が高い。何世代もかけて、有益なアルレールは個体群内でより普遍的になる。これが自然選択である。

    樹幹に止まっている2匹のモス:左側には浅い地衣に覆われた樹皮の上にほぼ黒いモスが、右側には暗い樹皮の上に淡い斑点模様のモスが止まっている
    このカモスジガは自然選択を示す:黒色形は暗く煤けた樹皮に擬態し、淡い斑点形は淡い地衣に擬態する — 鳥は目立つ方を食べる

    環境条件は次の3つの方法で選択を推進する:

    • 安定化選択は平均的な形質を好むため極端な形質が除去され(個体群はそのまま)、
    • 方向性選択は片側の極端な形質を好むため平均値がその方向へシフトし、
    • 分裂選択は両方の極端な形質を好むため平均的な形質が除去される。
    選択前後の形質分布を比較する3つのグラフ:安定化選択は分布を狭くし、方向性選択は片側にシフトさせ、分裂選択は2つの山に分ける
    安定化選択は範囲を狭くし、方向性選択は平均値をシフトさせ、分裂選択は2つに分ける

    アルレール頻度は他の方法でも変化することがある:

    • 創始者効果 — 少数の個体が新しい個体群を形成するため、元の集団のアルレールの一部しか持たない。
    • 遺伝的浮動 — 小規模な個体群では、偶然によって世代を超えてアルレール頻度が変化する。
    • ボトルネック効果 — 個体数の急激な減少により少数の生存者しか残らず、アルレールの多様性が低下する。
    多様な色を持つ大規模な集団が災害を経験し、少数のみが生き残るため、再生した集団にはわずかな色のみの変異しか残っていない様子を描写
    ボトルネック:少数だけが災害を生き延びるため、回復した個体群は遺伝的多様性が低くなる

    抗生物質耐性における自然選択

    偶然の突然変異により少数の細菌がある抗生物質に対して耐性を持つようになる。抗生物質が使用されると耐性のない細菌は死滅するが、耐性菌は生き残り繁殖する。時間とともに耐性は個体群全体に広まる。これが実際に機能している自然選択である。

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Natural selection · ⁨自然選択⁩

    Step through Darwin's idea: variation + a selection pressure means the best-adapted survive and pass on their alleles. · ⁨ダーウィンの考えを段階的に確認せよ:変異+選択圧により、最も適応した個体が生存し、アルルを後世に伝える。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    natural selection/ˈnætʃərəl sɪˈlekʃn/ 自然選択
    stabilising selection/ˈsteɪbəlaɪzɪŋ sɪˈlekʃn/ 安定化選択
    directional selection/daɪˈrekʃənl sɪˈlekʃn/ 方向性選択
    disruptive selection/dɪsˈrʌptɪv sɪˈlekʃn/ 分断的選択
    founder effect/ˈfaʊndə ɪˈfekt/ 創始者効果
    genetic drift/dʒɪˈnetɪk drɪft/ 遺伝的浮動
    bottleneck effect/ˈbɒtəlnek ɪˈfekt/ ボトルネック効果
    mutation/mjuːˈteɪʃn/ 突然変異
    antibiotic/ˌæntɪbaɪˈɒtɪk/ 抗生物質
    resistance/rɪˈzɪstəns/ 反対意见
    Hardy–Weinberg principle/ˈhɑːdi ˈwaɪnbɜːɡ ˈprɪnsɪpl/ ハーディ=ワインバーグの法則
    allele frequency/əˈliːl ˈfriːkwənsi/ アレル頻度
    genotype/ˈdʒenətaɪp/ 遺伝子型
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    17.2

    The Hardy–Weinberg principle · ⁨ハーディ=ヴァインベルグの法則⁩

    English

    The Hardy–Weinberg principle 哈迪-温伯格原理 lets you calculate the allele frequencies 等位基因频率 and genotype 基因型 frequencies in a population. It only holds true when there is a large population, mating is random, and there is no mutation, no migration and no natural selection.

    Call the frequency of the dominant allele $p$ and the frequency of the recessive allele $q$. There are only two alleles, so:

    $$p + q = 1.$$

    The genotype frequencies then add up to 1, where $p^2$ is homozygous dominant, $2pq$ is heterozygous (the carriers), and $q^2$ is homozygous recessive:

    $$p^2 + 2pq + q^2 = 1.$$

    Worked example. A recessive condition affects $1$ in every $100$ people. Find the frequency of carriers.

    Only the homozygous recessive genotype ($q^2$) shows the condition, so $q^2 = \tfrac{1}{100} = 0.01$, giving $q = \sqrt{0.01} = 0.1$. Then $p = 1 - q = 0.9$. The carriers are the heterozygotes:

    $$2pq = 2 \times 0.9 \times 0.1 = 0.18.$$

    So about $18\%$ of the population are carriers — far more than the $1\%$ who show the condition.

    日本語

    ハーディ=ヴァインベルグの法則を用いると、個体群内のアルレール頻度と遺伝子型頻度を計算できる。これは個体群が大きく、交配がランダムであり、かつ突然変異、移入・移出、自然選択がない場合にのみ成立する。

    優性アルレールの頻度を $p$、劣性アルレールの頻度を $q$ とする。アルレールは2種類しかないので:

    $$p + q = 1.$$

    遺伝子型頻度の和は1となり、ここで $p^2$ はホモ接合優性、$2pq$ はヘテロ接合(キャリア)、$q^2$ はホモ接合劣性を表す:

    $$p^2 + 2pq + q^2 = 1.$$

    計算例。 遺伝的欠陥が$1$人に$100$人ずつ発症する場合、キャリア(保因者)の頻度を求めよ。

    ホモ接合劣性の遺伝子型($q^2$)のみがその形質を示すため、$q^2 = \tfrac{1}{100} = 0.01$ となり、$q = \sqrt{0.01} = 0.1$ が得られる。したがって $p = 1 - q = 0.9$ となる。キャリアはヘテロ接合体である:

    $$2pq = 2 \times 0.9 \times 0.1 = 0.18.$$

    つまり個体群の約 $18\%$ がキャリアであり、形質を示す $1\%$ よりも遥かに多い。

    ハーディ=ヴァインベルグ:アルレール頻度 p と q が、遺伝子型頻度 p², 2pq, q² を生む
    ハーディ=ヴァインベルグ:アルレール頻度 p と q が、遺伝子型頻度 p², 2pq, q² を生む
    17.2

    Selective breeding (artificial selection) · ⁨選抜育種(人工選択)⁩

    English

    In selective breeding 选择育种, also called artificial selection 人工选择, humans (not nature) choose which organisms breed, so that useful features are passed on. Examples:

    • breeding disease resistance 抗病性 into varieties of wheat and rice.
    • using inbreeding 近交 and hybridisation 杂交 (crossing different lines) to make vigorous, uniform maize.
    • breeding dairy cattle to improve their milk yield 产量.
    日本語

    選抜育種、または人工選択において、人間(自然界ではなく)がどの生物を繁殖させるかを選び、有用な特徴が引き継がれるようにする。例:

    • 小麦や米の品種に病害抵抗性を導入するための育種。
    • 近親交配および雑交(異なる系統の交配)を用いて、旺盛で均一なトウモロコシを作る。
    • 乳牛の育種による乳産出量の向上。
    3世代の個体:毎回望む特徴(緑色)を持つものだけを選抜して繁殖するため、緑色の割合が上昇し、最終的に全品种がその特徴を持つようになる
    選抜育種:各世代で最良のものだけを選んで繁殖させることで、目的の特徴が次第に普遍的になる
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Selective breeding · ⁨品種改良⁩

    Step through it. Humans take the role of the environment — choosing the breeders, generation after generation. · ⁨手順を追って確認せよ。人間が環境の役割を果たし、世代を超えて親の個体を選択する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    selective breeding/sɪˈlektɪv ˈbriːdɪŋ/ 選抜育種
    artificial selection/ˌɑːtɪˈfɪʃl sɪˈlekʃn/ 人工選択
    disease resistance/dɪˈziːz rɪˈzɪstəns/ 病気抵抗力
    inbreeding/ˈɪnbriːdɪŋ/ 近親交配
    hybridisation/ˌhaɪbrɪdaɪˈzeɪʃn/ 雑種交配
    yield/jiːld/ yield
    evolution/ɪvəˈluːʃn/ 進化
    species/ˈspiːsiːz/ 種
    gene pool/dʒiːn puːl/ 遺伝子プール
    sequence/ˈsiːkwəns/ 順序 (シーケンス)
    17.3

    Evolution · ⁨進化⁩

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. outline the theory of evolution as a process leading to the formation of new species from pre-existing species over time, as a result of changes to gene pools from generation to generation
    2. discuss how DNA sequence data can show evolutionary relationships between species
    3. explain how speciation may occur as a result of genetic isolation by: • geographical separation (allopatric speciation) • ecological and behavioural separation (sympatric speciation)
    日本語
    1. 世代ごとのゲノムポールの変化により、既存の種から新しい種が形成されるプロセスとしての進化理論を概要で述べる
    2. DNA塩基配列データが種間の進化的関係を示す方法を議論する
    3. 遺伝的隔離による種分化の起こり方を説明する:• 地理的分離(異所種分化) • 生態学的・行動的分離(同所種分化)

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Evolution 进化 is the slow formation of new species 物种 from earlier ones, as the gene pool 基因库 (all the alleles in a population) changes from generation to generation.

    DNA sequence 序列 data can show how closely related two species are: the more similar their DNA sequences, the more recently they shared a common ancestor.

    Speciation 物种形成 happens when two populations become genetically separated, so they can no longer breed together. This genetic isolation 隔离 can come about in two ways:

    • allopatric speciation 异域物种形成 — the populations are kept apart by a geographical separation 地理隔离, such as a sea or a mountain range.
    • sympatric speciation 同域物种形成 — the populations live in the same area but are separated by differences in behaviour or way of life.
    日本語

    進化とは、遺伝子プール(個体群に含まれるすべてのアルレール)が世代を超えて変化することで、古い種から新しい種がゆっくりと形成されることである。

    DNA配列データは2つの種の系統的近傍性を示すことができる:DNA配列が類似しているほど、共通祖先を共有した時期は最近的である。

    種分化は、2つの個体群が遺伝的に隔離され、互いに交尾できなくなることで起こる。この遺伝的隔離は次の2つの方法で生じることがある:

    • 地理的種分化 — 個体群が地理的分断(海や山脈など)によって離隔されている。
    • 同域種分化 — 個体群は同じ地域に住むが、行動や生活様式の違いによって隔離されている。
    新種への2つの経路:物理的障壁によって個体群が分かれる地理的種分化と、同じ地域内の個体群が行動によって分かれる同域種分化
    地理的種分化には物理的障壁が必要;同域種分化は同じ地域内で起こる
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Allopatric speciation · ⁨地理的分種⁩

    Step through it. A barrier splits one population; the two halves diverge until they can no longer interbreed. · ⁨手順を確認しよう。障壁によって一つの集団が二つに分かれ、両者は互いに交尾できなくなるまで分化していく。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    speciation/ˌspiːʃɪˈeɪʃn/ 新種の形成
    isolation/ˌaɪsəˈleɪʃn/ 孤立
    allopatric speciation/ˌæləˈpætrɪk ˌspiːʃɪˈeɪʃn/ 異地種形成
    geographical separation/ˌdʒɪəˈɡræfɪkl ˌsepəˈreɪʃn/ 地理的分離
    sympatric speciation/ˈsɪmpətrɪk ˌspiːʃɪˈeɪʃn/ 同地種形成
    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    17.3

    Exam tips · ⁨試験対策⁩

    English
    • Explain natural selection as a sequence: variation → selection pressure → the better-adapted survive and reproduce → allele frequency changes.
    • Use the Hardy–Weinberg equations ($p+q=1$, $p^2+2pq+q^2=1$); $q^2$ is the recessive-phenotype frequency — a common calculation.
    • Distinguish stabilising, directional and disruptive selection with an example of each.
    • Distinguish allopatric vs sympatric speciation (geographic vs reproductive isolation).
    日本語
    • 自然選択を、変異 → 選択圧 → 適応度の高い個体の生存と繁殖 → アルレール頻度の変化という流れとして説明すること。
    • ハーディ=ヴァインベルグの式($p+q=1$, $p^2+2pq+q^2=1$)を使用すること。$q^2$ は劣性形質の頻度であり、よく出題される計算である。
    • 安定化選択、定向選択、分裂選択の違いを、それぞれ具体例を挙げて説明せよ。
    • 異所的 vs 同所的種形成(地理的隔離と生殖的隔離の区別)。
  • 18

    Classification, biodiversity and conservation · ⁨分類、生物多様性と保全⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    18.1

    Classifying living things

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. discuss the meaning of the term species, limited to the biological species concept, morphological species concept and ecological species concept
    2. describe the classification of organisms into three domains: Archaea, Bacteria and Eukarya
    3. state that Archaea and Bacteria are prokaryotes and that there are differences between them, limited to differences in membrane lipids, ribosomal RNA and composition of cell walls
    4. describe the classification of organisms in the Eukarya domain into the taxonomic hierarchy of kingdom, phylum, class, order, family, genus and species
    5. outline the characteristic features of the kingdoms Protoctista, Fungi, Plantae and Animalia
    6. outline how viruses are classified, limited to the type of nucleic acid (RNA or DNA) and whether this is single stranded or double stranded
    日本語
    1. 種という用語の意味を論じる。これは生物学的種概念、形態学的種概念、および生態学的種概念に限定する
    2. 生物を3つのドメインであるArchaea、Bacteria、Eukaryaに分類する方法を説明する
    3. ArchaeaおよびBacteriaは原核生物であり、それらの違いは膜脂質、リボソームRNA、細胞壁組成に限られることを述べる
    4. Eukaryaドメインの生物を階層分类である界、門、綱、目、科、属、種に分類する方法を説明する
    5. 原生生物界、菌界、植物界および動物界の主な特徴を説明すること
    6. ウイルスを分類する方法を説明する。ただし、核酸の種類(RNAまたはDNA)と、それが一本鎖か二本鎖かという点に限定する

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    A species 物种 can be defined in more than one way:

    • the biological species concept — a group whose members can breed together to produce fertile offspring.
    • the morphological species concept — a group whose members look alike.
    • the ecological species concept — a group that fills the same role in its surroundings.

    The three domains

    The largest groups in classification 分类 are three domains 域:

    • Archaea 古菌 and Bacteria 细菌 — both are prokaryotes 原核生物 (no nucleus). They look similar but differ in their membrane lipids, their ribosomal RNA, and the make-up of their cell walls 细胞壁.
    • Eukarya 真核生物 — all organisms whose cells have a nucleus.

    The taxonomic hierarchy

    Inside the Eukarya domain, organisms are sorted into a taxonomic hierarchy 分类层级 — a set of smaller and smaller groups: kingdom 界, phylum 门, class 纲, order 目, family 科, genus 属 and species.

    The Eukarya are split into four kingdoms:

    • Protoctista 原生生物界 — mostly single-celled (such as Amoeba).
    • Fungi 真菌界 — feed by absorbing food; have cell walls of chitin.
    • Plantae 植物界 — make their own food by photosynthesis.
    • Animalia 动物界 — feed on other organisms.

    Viruses are not placed in these groups. They are classified by the type of nucleic acid 核酸 they contain (DNA or RNA) and whether it is single-stranded 单链 or double-stranded 双链.

    日本語

    A species 物种 can be defined in more than one way:

    • the biological species concept — a group whose members can breed together to produce fertile offspring.
    • the morphological species concept — a group whose members look alike.
    • the ecological species concept — a group that fills the same role in its surroundings.
    A museum drawer of neatly pinned, labelled insect specimens
    A museum insect collection: classification groups organisms by their shared features

    The three domains

    The largest groups in classification 分类 are three domains 域:

    • Archaea 古菌 and Bacteria 细菌 — both are prokaryotes 原核生物 (no nucleus). They look similar but differ in their membrane lipids, their ribosomal RNA, and the make-up of their cell walls 细胞壁.
    • Eukarya 真核生物 — all organisms whose cells have a nucleus.
    An aerial view of a hot spring: a deep blue centre ringed by bands of green, yellow and orange spreading out across the ground
    Each coloured ring around this scalding spring is a different community of microbes living at a different temperature. Archaea like these — thriving where almost nothing else can — were the clue that they form a domain of their own, separate from ordinary bacteria

    The taxonomic hierarchy

    Inside the Eukarya domain, organisms are sorted into a taxonomic hierarchy 分类层级 — a set of smaller and smaller groups: kingdom 界, phylum 门, class 纲, order 目, family 科, genus 属 and species.

    An inverted funnel of seven bands from a broad kingdom at the top down to a narrow species at the bottom, getting smaller and more alike at each level
    Each level of the taxonomic hierarchy is a smaller, more closely related group, ending at a single species

    The Eukarya are split into four kingdoms:

    • Protoctista 原生生物界 — mostly single-celled (such as Amoeba).
    • Fungi 真菌界 — feed by absorbing food; have cell walls of chitin.
    • Plantae 植物界 — make their own food by photosynthesis.
    • Animalia 动物界 — feed on other organisms.
    A tree showing all living things splitting into three domains — Archaea, Bacteria and Eukarya — with the Eukarya then splitting into the four kingdoms Protoctista, Fungi, Plantae and Animalia
    The three domains: Archaea and Bacteria are prokaryotes; the Eukarya split into four kingdoms

    Viruses are not placed in these groups. They are classified by the type of nucleic acid 核酸 they contain (DNA or RNA) and whether it is single-stranded 单链 or double-stranded 双链.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Species and domains lab · ⁨種と領域のラベル付け実験⁩

    Classify organisms and definitions by the level they describe. · ⁨生物を分類し、その記述レベルに応じた定義を行う。⁩

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The taxonomic hierarchy · ⁨分類階層⁩

    Step down the levels for one species — humans — from the broadest domain to the most specific species. · ⁨最も広いドメインから最も具体的な種まで、ヒトという一つの種の階層を順に示せ。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    species/ˈspiːsiːz/ 種
    classification/ˌklæsɪfɪˈkeɪʃn/ 分類
    domain/dəˈmeɪn/ 定義域
    Archaea/ɑːˈkɪə/ 古菌
    Bacteria/bækˈtɪərɪə/ 細菌
    prokaryote/ˈprɒkərɪəʊt/ 原核生物
    cell wall/sel wɔːl/ 細胞壁
    Eukarya/ˈjuːkərɪə/ 真核生物
    taxonomic hierarchy/ˌtæksəˈnɒmɪk ˈhaɪərɑːki/ 分類階級
    kingdom/ˈkɪŋdəm/ 界
    phylum/ˈfaɪləm/ 門
    class/klæs/ class
    order/ˈɔːdə/ 反応次数
    family/ˈfæmɪli/ 族
    genus/ˈdʒenəs/ 属
    Protoctista/ˈprəʊtəʊktɪstə/ 原生生物
    Fungi/ˈfʌŋɡi/ 菌界
    Plantae/ˈplæntiː/ 植物界
    Animalia/ˌænɪˈmeɪlɪə/ 動物界
    nucleic acid/njuːˈklɪɪk ˈæsɪd/ 核酸
    single-stranded/ˈsɪŋɡl ˈstrændɪd/ 一本鎖
    double-stranded/ˈdʌbl ˈstrændɪd/ 二本鎖
    18.2

    Biodiversity

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. define the terms ecosystem and niche
    2. explain that biodiversity can be assessed at different levels, including: the number and range of different ecosystems and habitats, the number of species and their relative abundance, the genetic variation within each species
    3. explain the importance of random sampling in determining the biodiversity of an area
    4. describe and use suitable methods to assess the distribution and abundance of organisms in an area, limited to frame quadrats, line transects, belt transects and mark-release-recapture using the Lincoln index (the formula for the Lincoln index will be provided, as shown in the Mathematical requirements)
    5. use Spearman’s rank correlation and Pearson’s linear correlation to analyse the relationships between two variables, including how biotic and abiotic factors affect the distribution and abundance of species (the formulae for these correlations will be provided, as shown in the Mathematical requirements)
    6. use Simpson’s index of diversity (D) to calculate the biodiversity of an area, and state the significance of different values of D (the formula for Simpson’s index of diversity will be provided, as shown in the Mathematical requirements)
    日本語
    1. 生態系およびニッチの用語を定義すること
    2. 生物多様性は以下のレベルで評価できることを説明すること:異なる生態系や生息地の数と範囲、種の数とその相対的な豊度、各種内の遺伝的変異
    3. ある地域の生物多様性を決定するために無作為サンプリングが重要な理由を説明すること
    4. ある地域における生物の分布と豊度を評価するための適切な方法を記述し使用すること。ただし、フレームクワドラット、ライントランセクト、ベルトトランセクト、そしてリンカーン指数を用いたマーク・リリース・リキャプチャ法に限定する(リンカーン指数の式は、数学的要項に記載されているように提供される)
    5. 2つの変数間の関係性を解析するためにスピアマンの順位相関およびピアソンの線形相関を使用すること。これには、生物要因および非生物要因が種の分布と豊度に与える影響を含む(これらの相関の式は、数学的要項に記載されているように提供される)
    6. 某地域の生物多様性を計算するためにシンプソンの多様性指数(D)を使用し、Dの異なる値の意義を述べること(シンプソンの多様性指数の式は、数学的要項に記載されているように提供される)

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    An ecosystem 生态系统 is all the living things in an area together with their non-living surroundings. A niche 生态位 is the particular role and place of a species within it.

    A coral reef is a good picture of high biodiversity — many different corals, fish and other species living together:

    Biodiversity 生物多样性 can be measured at three levels:

    • the number and range of different ecosystems and habitats 栖息地.
    • the number of species and their relative abundance 丰度 (how common each one is).
    • the genetic variation within each species.

    Sampling an area

    You cannot count every organism, so you take samples. Random sampling 随机取样 (choosing positions by chance) avoids bias and gives a fair picture. Useful methods are:

    • quadrats 样方 — square frames placed to count or estimate the species inside them.
    • transects 样带 — counting along a line across the area (a line transect records what touches the line; a belt transect counts within a strip).
    • mark-release-recapture 标志重捕法 — for moving animals: catch, mark and release some, then later see what fraction of a new catch is marked (the Lincoln index).

    To link the spread of a species to biotic factors 生物因素 (living) or abiotic factors 非生物因素 (non-living), you can use Spearman's rank or Pearson's correlation 相关性. To measure the diversity of an area as a single number, you use Simpson's index of diversity 辛普森多样性指数: a higher value means more diverse and usually more stable.

    Worked example. 60 snails are caught, marked and released. Later, 80 snails are caught, of which 15 are marked. Estimate the population. The Lincoln index assumes the marked animals have mixed back in evenly, so the fraction marked in the second sample equals the fraction marked in the whole population:

    $$N = \frac{\text{first sample} \times \text{second sample}}{\text{number marked in the second}} = \frac{60 \times 80}{15} = 320$$

    So there are about 320 snails. The estimate is only as good as its assumptions, so state them: no births, deaths or migration between the two catches; the marks neither rub off nor make the animal easier for a predator to spot; and enough time is allowed for mixing. Break one and the estimate breaks with it - a mark that attracts predators lowers the recapture count and therefore overestimates the population.

    日本語

    An ecosystem 生态系统 is all the living things in an area together with their non-living surroundings. A niche 生态位 is the particular role and place of a species within it.

    A coral reef is a good picture of high biodiversity — many different corals, fish and other species living together:

    A bright underwater photograph of a coral reef outcrop in clear blue water: many different kinds of coral — flat plate corals, branching staghorn coral and rounded brain coral in pink, purple and brown — packed together with small fish swimming around them
    A coral reef is one of the most biodiverse habitats on Earth: many species of coral and fish share one small area

    Biodiversity 生物多样性 can be measured at three levels:

    • the number and range of different ecosystems and habitats 栖息地.
    • the number of species and their relative abundance 丰度 (how common each one is).
    • the genetic variation within each species.
    Three levels of biodiversity shown left to right: different ecosystems, then different species within one, then genetic variation within one species
    Biodiversity is measured at three levels: the range of ecosystems, the number of species, and the genetic variation within a species

    Sampling an area

    You cannot count every organism, so you take samples. Random sampling 随机取样 (choosing positions by chance) avoids bias and gives a fair picture. Useful methods are:

    • quadrats 样方 — square frames placed to count or estimate the species inside them.
    • transects 样带 — counting along a line across the area (a line transect records what touches the line; a belt transect counts within a strip).
    • mark-release-recapture 标志重捕法 — for moving animals: catch, mark and release some, then later see what fraction of a new catch is marked (the Lincoln index).
    Three sampling methods: a quadrat counting species in a square, a transect recording along a line, and mark-recapture where some animals are marked, released and re-caught
    Quadrats and transects sample fixed plants; mark-release-recapture estimates numbers of moving animals

    To link the spread of a species to biotic factors 生物因素 (living) or abiotic factors 非生物因素 (non-living), you can use Spearman's rank or Pearson's correlation 相关性. To measure the diversity of an area as a single number, you use Simpson's index of diversity 辛普森多样性指数: a higher value means more diverse and usually more stable.

    Worked example. 60 snails are caught, marked and released. Later, 80 snails are caught, of which 15 are marked. Estimate the population. The Lincoln index assumes the marked animals have mixed back in evenly, so the fraction marked in the second sample equals the fraction marked in the whole population:

    $$N = \frac{\text{first sample} \times \text{second sample}}{\text{number marked in the second}} = \frac{60 \times 80}{15} = 320$$

    So there are about 320 snails. The estimate is only as good as its assumptions, so state them: no births, deaths or migration between the two catches; the marks neither rub off nor make the animal easier for a predator to spot; and enough time is allowed for mixing. Break one and the estimate breaks with it - a mark that attracts predators lowers the recapture count and therefore overestimates the population.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Biodiversity sampling lab · ⁨生物多様性サンプリング実験⁩

    Choose the sampling method or index that matches the field question. · ⁨フィールド質問に合うサンプリング法または指数を選びよ。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    ecosystem/ˈiːkəʊsɪstəm/ 生態系
    niche/niːʃ/ ニッチ
    biodiversity/ˌbaɪəʊdaɪˈvɜːsɪti/ 生物多様性
    habitat/ˈhæbɪtæt/ 生息地
    abundance/əˈbʌndəns/ 存在比
    random sampling/ˈrændəm ˈsæmplɪŋ/ 無作為サンプリング
    quadrat/ˈkwɒdræt/ 四角枠法
    transect/trænˈsekt/ トランセクト法
    mark-release-recapture/mɑːk rɪˈliːs rɪˈkæptʃə/ マーク・リリース・リキャプチャ
    biotic factor/baɪˈɒtɪk ˈfæktə/ 生物的要因
    abiotic factor/ˌæbɪˈɒtɪk ˈfæktə/ 非生物的要因
    correlation/ˌkɒrɪˈleɪʃn/ 相関
    Simpson's index of diversity/ˈsɪmpsnz ˈɪndeks ɒv daɪˈvɜːsɪti/ Simpsonの多様性指数
    18.3

    Conservation

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. explain why populations and species can become extinct as a result of: • climate change • competition • hunting by humans • degradation and loss of habitats
    2. outline reasons for the need to maintain biodiversity
    3. outline the roles of zoos, botanic gardens, conserved areas (including national parks and marine parks), ‘frozen zoos’ and seed banks, in the conservation of endangered species
    4. describe methods of assisted reproduction used in the conservation of endangered mammals, limited to IVF, embryo transfer and surrogacy
    5. explain reasons for controlling invasive alien species
    6. outline the role in conservation of the International Union for Conservation of Nature (IUCN) and the Convention on International Trade in Endangered Species of Wild Fauna and Flora (CITES)
    日本語
    1. 以下の要因によって個体群や種が絶滅する可能性がある理由を説明すること: • 気候変動 • 競合 • 人間による狩猟 • 生息地の劣化と喪失
    2. 生物多様性を維持する必要がある理由を説明すること
    3. 絶滅危惧種の保全における、動物園、植物園、保全区域(国立公園および海洋公園を含む)、『フローズン・ゾー(凍結動物園)』、および種子銀行の役割を説明すること
    4. 絶滅危惧種の哺乳類の保全に用いられる補助生殖方法について記述すること。ただし、体外受精(IVF)、胚移植、および代理妊娠に限定する
    5. 侵入種を管理する理由を説明すること
    6. 保全における**国際自然保護連盟(IUCN)および野生動植物の国際取引に関する条約(CITES)**の役割を説明すること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    A species can become extinct 灭绝 (die out completely) because of climate change 气候变化, competition (often from new species), hunting by humans, or the damage and loss of its habitats.

    We try to protect biodiversity because other species give us food, medicines and materials, help keep ecosystems stable, and have value in themselves.

    Ways to conserve species

    • zoos 动物园 and botanic gardens 植物园 keep and breed endangered species 濒危物种.
    • protected conservation 保护 areas, such as national parks and marine parks, keep habitats safe.
    • 'frozen zoos' store frozen cells, eggs and sperm, and seed banks 种子库 store seeds for the future.

    For rare mammals, assisted reproduction can boost numbers: in vitro fertilisation 体外受精 (IVF), embryo transfer 胚胎移植, and surrogacy 代孕 (another female carries the young).

    Conservationists also control invasive species 入侵物种, which are brought in from elsewhere and out-compete native species.

    Two organisations help worldwide: the IUCN, which lists how threatened each species is, and CITES, which controls the international trade in endangered animals and plants.

    日本語

    A species can become extinct 灭绝 (die out completely) because of climate change 气候变化, competition (often from new species), hunting by humans, or the damage and loss of its habitats.

    We try to protect biodiversity because other species give us food, medicines and materials, help keep ecosystems stable, and have value in themselves.

    Ways to conserve species

    • zoos 动物园 and botanic gardens 植物园 keep and breed endangered species 濒危物种.
    • protected conservation 保护 areas, such as national parks and marine parks, keep habitats safe.
    • 'frozen zoos' store frozen cells, eggs and sperm, and seed banks 种子库 store seeds for the future.
    Two boxes: in-situ conservation such as national parks and marine reserves, and ex-situ conservation such as zoos, botanic gardens, seed banks and frozen zoos
    Conservation is either in-situ (protecting species in their own habitat) or ex-situ (keeping and breeding them away from the wild)

    For rare mammals, assisted reproduction can boost numbers: in vitro fertilisation 体外受精 (IVF), embryo transfer 胚胎移植, and surrogacy 代孕 (another female carries the young).

    Conservationists also control invasive species 入侵物种, which are brought in from elsewhere and out-compete native species.

    Two organisations help worldwide: the IUCN, which lists how threatened each species is, and CITES, which controls the international trade in endangered animals and plants.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Conservation action lab · ⁨保全活動実験⁩

    Follow how conservation moves from threat to protected population. · ⁨脅威から保護された個体群へと保全活動が進む流れを追う。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    extinct/ekˈstɪŋkt/ 絶滅する
    climate change/ˈklaɪmət tʃeɪndʒ/ 気候変動
    zoo/zuː/ 動物園
    botanic garden/bəˈtænɪk ˈɡɑːdn/ 植物園
    endangered species/enˈdeɪndʒəd ˈspiːsiːz/ 絶滅危惧種
    conservation/ˌkɒnsəˈveɪʃn/ 保存
    seed bank/siːd bæŋk/ 種子バンク
    in vitro fertilisation/ɪn ˈvɪtrəʊ ˌfɜːtɪlaɪˈzeɪʃn/ 体外受精
    embryo transfer/ˈembrɪəʊ ˈtrænsfɜː/ 胚移植
    surrogacy/səˈrɒɡəsi/ 代孕
    invasive species/ɪnˈveɪsɪv ˈspiːsiːz/ 侵入種
    18.3

    Exam tips

    • Learn the taxonomic hierarchy (domain → kingdom → … → species) and the three domains; a species interbreeds to give fertile offspring.
    • Measure biodiversity with Simpson's index (a higher value = more diverse) and explain why high biodiversity aids stability.
    • Give in-situ vs ex-situ conservation methods with the advantage of each.
  • 19

    Genetic technology · ⁨遺伝子技術⁩

    Watch lesson · ⁨レッスンを視聴⁩
    19.1

    Principles of genetic technology

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. define the term recombinant DNA
    2. explain that genetic engineering is the deliberate manipulation of genetic material to modify specific characteristics of an organism and that this may involve transferring a gene into an organism so that the gene is expressed
    3. explain that genes to be transferred into an organism may be: • extracted from the DNA of a donor organism • synthesised from the mRNA of a donor organism • synthesised chemically from nucleotides
    4. explain the roles of restriction endonucleases, DNA ligase, plasmids, DNA polymerase and reverse transcriptase in the transfer of a gene into an organism
    5. explain why a promoter may have to be transferred into an organism as well as the desired gene
    6. explain how gene expression may be confirmed by the use of marker genes coding for fluorescent products
    7. explain that gene editing is a form of genetic engineering involving the insertion, deletion or replacement of DNA at specific sites in the genome
    8. describe and explain the steps involved in the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to clone and amplify DNA, including the role of Taq polymerase
    9. describe and explain how gel electrophoresis is used to separate DNA fragments of different lengths
    10. outline how microarrays are used in the analysis of genomes and in detecting mRNA in studies of gene expression
    11. outline the benefits of using databases that provide information about nucleotide sequences of genes and genomes, and amino acid sequences of proteins and protein structures
    日本語
    1. 組み換えDNAの用語を定義すること
    2. 遺伝子組換え技術とは、特定の特性を変更するために意図的に遺伝物質を操作するものであり、これが遺伝子を組織へ導入して発現させることを含むことを説明すること
    3. 組織へ導入される遺伝子が以下のいずれかである可能性を説明すること: • ドナー組織のDNAから抽出される • ドナー組織のmRNAから合成される • 塩基から化学的に合成される
    4. 制限酵素、DNAライガーゼ、プラスミド、DNAポリメラーゼ、および逆転写酵素が、遺伝子の組織への転送において果たす役割を説明すること
    5. 目的の遺伝子とともにプロモーターも組織へ転送しなければならない理由を説明すること
    6. マーカー遺伝子(蛍光産物をコードするもの)を用いて遺伝子発現を確認する方法を説明すること
    7. 遺伝子編集が、ゲノムの特定の部位でのDNAの挿入、欠失、または置換を伴う一種の遺伝子組換え技術であることを説明すること
    8. DNAをクローン化および増幅するための**ポリメラーゼ鎖反応(PCR)**に関わる手順を記述・説明すること。これには、Taqポリメラーゼの役割も含む
    9. ゲル電気泳動がどのようにして長さが異なるDNA断片を分離するために用いられるかを記述・説明すること
    10. マイクロアレイがゲノム解析および遺伝子発現研究におけるmRNAの検出にどのように用いられるかを説明すること
    11. ゲノムおよび遺伝子の塩基配列、タンパク質およびタンパク質構造のアミノ酸配列に関する情報を提供するデータベースを使用する利点を説明すること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Recombinant 重组 DNA is DNA that has been made by joining together DNA from two different sources. Genetic engineering 基因工程 is the deliberate changing of an organism's genetic material — often by transferring a gene 基因 into an organism so that the gene is expressed (switched on to make its protein 蛋白质).

    The gene to be transferred can be obtained in three ways:

    • cut out of the DNA of a donor 供体 organism,
    • made from the donor's mRNA, using the enzyme reverse transcriptase 逆转录酶,
    • built chemically from nucleotides 核苷酸.

    The tools

    Tool Role
    restriction endonuclease 限制性内切酶 cuts DNA at a specific base sequence, leaving "sticky ends"
    DNA ligase 连接酶 joins pieces of DNA together
    plasmid 质粒 a small ring of bacterial DNA used as a cloning vector 载体 to carry the gene into a cell
    DNA polymerase 聚合酶 copies DNA
    reverse transcriptase makes DNA from an mRNA template

    A promoter 启动子 often has to be transferred along with the gene. The promoter is the "switch" that lets the gene be transcribed in its new organism, so without it the gene would stay silent.

    To check the gene has gone in and is working, scientists add a marker gene 标记基因 next to it — for example one that codes for a fluorescent 荧光 (glowing) product. If the cells glow, the transfer worked.

    Gene editing

    Gene editing 基因编辑 is a precise form of genetic engineering. It inserts, deletes or replaces DNA at an exact site in the genome 基因组.

    Copying and sorting DNA

    • the polymerase chain reaction 聚合酶链式反应 (PCR) is used to clone 克隆 and amplify 扩增 DNA — to make millions of copies. It repeats cycles of heating and cooling, using a heat-stable enzyme called Taq polymerase.
    • gel electrophoresis 凝胶电泳 separates DNA fragments 片段 by length. The fragments move through a gel in an electric field, and shorter fragments move further, so the lengths spread out into bands.
    • microarrays 微阵列 are used to study whole genomes and to detect which genes are switched on, by picking up their mRNA.
    • databases 数据库 store the nucleotide sequences of genes and the amino acid 氨基酸 sequences of proteins, so scientists anywhere can compare them.
    日本語

    Recombinant 重组 DNA is DNA that has been made by joining together DNA from two different sources. Genetic engineering 基因工程 is the deliberate changing of an organism's genetic material — often by transferring a gene 基因 into an organism so that the gene is expressed (switched on to make its protein 蛋白质).

    A benchtop thermal cycler with its lid open
    A thermal cycler (PCR machine) makes many copies of a DNA sample

    The gene to be transferred can be obtained in three ways:

    • cut out of the DNA of a donor 供体 organism,
    • made from the donor's mRNA, using the enzyme reverse transcriptase 逆转录酶,
    • built chemically from nucleotides 核苷酸.

    The tools

    Tool Role
    restriction endonuclease 限制性内切酶 cuts DNA at a specific base sequence, leaving "sticky ends"
    DNA ligase 连接酶 joins pieces of DNA together
    plasmid 质粒 a small ring of bacterial DNA used as a cloning vector 载体 to carry the gene into a cell
    DNA polymerase 聚合酶 copies DNA
    reverse transcriptase makes DNA from an mRNA template
    A restriction enzyme leaves a single-stranded sticky end on a cut piece of DNA; a gene cut with the same enzyme has a matching sticky end, so DNA ligase can pair and join them
    A restriction endonuclease leaves matching sticky ends; DNA ligase joins a gene to the cut DNA

    A promoter 启动子 often has to be transferred along with the gene. The promoter is the "switch" that lets the gene be transcribed in its new organism, so without it the gene would stay silent.

    To check the gene has gone in and is working, scientists add a marker gene 标记基因 next to it — for example one that codes for a fluorescent 荧光 (glowing) product. If the cells glow, the transfer worked.

    A gene joined into a cut-open plasmid by ligase to make a recombinant plasmid, which is then taken up by a bacterium
    A plasmid acts as a cloning vector: the gene is joined into it, and the recombinant plasmid is taken up by a bacterium

    Gene editing

    Gene editing 基因编辑 is a precise form of genetic engineering. It inserts, deletes or replaces DNA at an exact site in the genome 基因组.

    Copying and sorting DNA

    • the polymerase chain reaction 聚合酶链式反应 (PCR) is used to clone 克隆 and amplify 扩增 DNA — to make millions of copies. It repeats cycles of heating and cooling, using a heat-stable enzyme called Taq polymerase.
    A three-step cycle: heating to 95 degrees separates the strands, cooling to 55 degrees lets primers attach, and 72 degrees lets Taq polymerase build new strands, which repeats to double the DNA each time
    PCR repeats heat-and-cool cycles; each cycle doubles the DNA, making millions of copies
    • gel electrophoresis 凝胶电泳 separates DNA fragments 片段 by length. The fragments move through a gel in an electric field, and shorter fragments move further, so the lengths spread out into bands.
    A gel with wells at the negative end and DNA fragments moving down towards the positive end; shorter fragments travel further, separating into bands
    Gel electrophoresis: DNA moves towards the + end, and shorter fragments travel further, sorting them by length
    A real agarose gel photographed under ultraviolet light: a stained DNA ladder of evenly spaced bands in the left lane, with bright orange and green bands at different heights in the sample lanes
    A real gel under UV light: the left lane is a DNA ladder, and the glowing bands show how the fragments have separated by length
    • microarrays 微阵列 are used to study whole genomes and to detect which genes are switched on, by picking up their mRNA.
    • databases 数据库 store the nucleotide sequences of genes and the amino acid 氨基酸 sequences of proteins, so scientists anywhere can compare them.
    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    The tools of genetic technology · ⁨遺伝子技術のツール⁩

    Genetic engineering moves a useful gene into another organism so it makes a desired protein. · ⁨遺伝子工學では、有用な遺伝子を別の生物へ移動させ、所望のタンパク質を作らせます。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    recombinant/ˌriːˈkɒmbɪnənt/ 組換え
    genetic engineering/dʒɪˈnetɪk ˌendʒɪˈnɪərɪŋ/ 遺伝子組み換え技術
    gene/dʒiːn/ 遺伝子
    protein/ˈprəʊtiːn/ タンパク質
    donor/ˈdəʊnə/ 供与体
    reverse transcriptase/rɪˈvɜːs trænˈskrɪpteɪs/ reverse transcriptase(逆転写酵素)
    nucleotide/ˈnjuːklɪɒtaɪd/ ヌクレオチド
    restriction endonuclease/rɪˈstrɪkʃn ˈendəʊnjuːklɪeɪs/ 制限核酸切断酵素
    ligase/ˈlɪɡeɪs/ ライゲース
    plasmid/ˈplæzmɪd/ プラスミド
    cloning vector/ˈkləʊnɪŋ ˈvektə/ クローンベクター
    polymerase/ˌpɒlɪməˈreɪz/ ポリメラーゼ
    promoter/prəˈməʊtə/ プロモーター
    marker gene/ˈmɑːkə dʒiːn/ マーカー遺伝子
    fluorescent/flʊəˈresənt/ 蛍光を示す
    gene editing/dʒiːn ˈedɪtɪŋ/ 遺伝子編集
    genome/ˈdʒiːnəʊm/ ゲノム
    polymerase chain reaction/ˌpɒlɪməˈreɪz tʃeɪn rɪˈækʃn/ PCR(ポリメラーゼ鎖反応)
    clone/kləʊn/ クローン
    amplify/ˈæmplɪfaɪ/ 拡大する(amplify)
    gel electrophoresis/dʒel ɪˌlektrəʊfɔːˈriːsɪs/ ゲル電気泳動
    fragment/ˈfræɡmənt/ 断片
    microarray/ˈmaɪkrəʊəreɪ/ マイクロアレイ
    database/ˈdeɪtəbeɪs/ データベース
    amino acid/əˈmiːnəʊ ˈæsɪd/ アミノ酸
    19.2

    Genetic technology in medicine

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. explain the advantages of using recombinant human proteins to treat disease, using the examples insulin, factor VIII and adenosine deaminase
    2. outline the advantages of genetic screening, using the examples of breast cancer (BRCA1 and BRCA2), Huntington’s disease and cystic fibrosis
    3. outline how genetic diseases can be treated with gene therapy, using the examples severe combined immunodeficiency (SCID) and inherited eye diseases
    4. discuss the social and ethical considerations of using genetic screening and gene therapy in medicine
    日本語
    1. 疾病の治療に組み換えヒトタンパク質を用いる利点を、インスリン、第VIII因子、およびアデノシン脱水素酵素の例を用いて説明すること
    2. 遺伝子スクリーニングの利点を、乳がん(BRCA1およびBRCA2)、ハンチントン病、および嚢胞性線維症の例を用いて説明すること
    3. 遺伝子治療を用いて遺伝性疾病を治療する方法を、重症合併免疫不全症(SCID)および遺伝性眼疾患の例を用いて説明すること
    4. 医療における遺伝子スクリーニングおよび遺伝子治療の使用に関する社会的・倫理的な課題について議論すること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Recombinant human proteins

    A human gene can be put into bacteria or other cells so that they make a recombinant human protein — an exact copy of the human one. This is safer and never in short supply, and it avoids using proteins taken from animals or donors. Examples are insulin 胰岛素 (for diabetes 糖尿病), factor VIII (for haemophilia) and adenosine deaminase (for a faulty immune system).

    Genetic screening

    Genetic screening 基因筛查 tests a person's DNA for disease alleles before symptoms appear. Examples are the BRCA1 and BRCA2 alleles (which raise the risk of breast cancer 乳腺癌), Huntington's disease 亨廷顿病, and cystic fibrosis 囊性纤维化. Knowing the result helps people make informed choices about treatment and family.

    Gene therapy

    Gene therapy 基因治疗 treats a genetic disease by putting a working copy of a gene into the patient's cells. It has been used for SCID (a disease in which the immune system fails) and for some inherited eye diseases.

    Social and ethical questions

    Genetic screening and gene therapy raise concerns: who should see your genetic results, whether insurers or employers could misuse them, whether changes are safe and permanent, and who decides. These ethical 伦理 and social questions must be weighed against the benefits.

    日本語

    Recombinant human proteins

    A human gene can be put into bacteria or other cells so that they make a recombinant human protein — an exact copy of the human one. This is safer and never in short supply, and it avoids using proteins taken from animals or donors. Examples are insulin 胰岛素 (for diabetes 糖尿病), factor VIII (for haemophilia) and adenosine deaminase (for a faulty immune system).

    A five-step flow: the human insulin gene is put into a plasmid, taken up by bacteria, grown in a fermenter, then purified into human insulin
    The same tools make a human protein: the insulin gene goes into bacteria, which become living factories — so the insulin is an exact human copy and never in short supply

    Genetic screening

    Genetic screening 基因筛查 tests a person's DNA for disease alleles before symptoms appear. Examples are the BRCA1 and BRCA2 alleles (which raise the risk of breast cancer 乳腺癌), Huntington's disease 亨廷顿病, and cystic fibrosis 囊性纤维化. Knowing the result helps people make informed choices about treatment and family.

    Gene therapy

    Gene therapy 基因治疗 treats a genetic disease by putting a working copy of a gene into the patient's cells. It has been used for SCID (a disease in which the immune system fails) and for some inherited eye diseases.

    Social and ethical questions

    Genetic screening and gene therapy raise concerns: who should see your genetic results, whether insurers or employers could misuse them, whether changes are safe and permanent, and who decides. These ethical 伦理 and social questions must be weighed against the benefits.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    Making human insulin with GM bacteria · ⁨GM細菌によるヒトインスリンの製造⁩

    Step through it. The human insulin gene goes into bacteria, which then churn out exact human insulin in fermenters. · ⁨手順を追う。ヒトインスリン遺伝子が細菌に取り込まれ、発酵槽内で正確なヒトインスリンを生産する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    insulin/ˈɪnsjuːlɪn/ インスリン
    diabetes/ˌdaɪəˈbiːtiːz/ 糖尿病
    genetic screening/dʒɪˈnetɪk ˈskriːnɪŋ/ 遺伝子スクリーニング
    breast cancer/brest ˈkænsə/ 乳がん
    Huntington's disease/ˈhʌntɪŋtnz dɪˈziːz/ ハンティントン病
    cystic fibrosis/ˈsɪstɪk fɪˈbrəʊsɪs/ 嚢胞性線維症
    gene therapy/dʒiːn ˈθerəpi/ 遺伝子療法
    ethical/ˈeθɪkl/ 倫理的
    19.3

    Genetically modified organisms in agriculture

    Syllabus · ⁨シラバス⁩
    English
    1. explain that genetic engineering may help to solve the global demand for food by improving the quality and productivity of farmed animals and crop plants, using the examples of GM salmon, herbicide resistance in soybean and insect resistance in cotton
    2. discuss the ethical and social implications of using genetically modified organisms (GMOs) in food production
    日本語
    1. 遺伝子組換え技術が、飼育動物および作物の品質と生産性の向上を通じて、世界的な食料需要に応えるのに役立ちうることを説明すること。これには、GMサーモン、大豆の除草剤耐性、および綿花の害虫抵抗性の例を含む
    2. 食品生産における**遺伝子組換え生物(GMOs)**の使用に関する倫理および社会的影響について議論すること

    Source: Cambridge International syllabus · ⁨出典: Cambridge International シラバス⁩

    English

    Genetic engineering can help feed a growing world by improving farmed animals and crops. Examples of genetically modified organisms 转基因生物 (GMOs) are:

    • GM salmon 鲑鱼 that grow to size faster.
    • soybean 大豆 made resistant to a herbicide 除草剂, so weeds can be sprayed without harming the crop.
    • cotton 棉花 made resistant to insect pests 害虫, because it makes a protein that kills the insects.

    GMOs also raise ethical and social questions: whether they are safe to eat, what effect they have on the environment and wild species, whether the engineered genes might spread, and whether a few large companies should control the food supply.

    Worked example. A tiny DNA sample from a crime scene must be amplified and then compared with a suspect's. Outline the two techniques and what each achieves. PCR copies the DNA in repeated cycles: denaturation at about $95\ °\text{C}$ separates the strands, annealing at about $55\ °\text{C}$ lets primers bind at each end of the target, and extension at about $72\ °\text{C}$ has Taq polymerase build the new strands. Each cycle doubles the amount, so $n$ cycles give $2^n$ copies - 30 cycles turn one molecule into roughly a billion. Gel electrophoresis then separates the fragments: DNA is negatively charged because of its phosphate groups, so it moves towards the anode, and shorter fragments travel further through the gel. Matching band patterns point to the same source. Taq polymerase is used because it is thermostable - an ordinary polymerase would denature at $95\ °\text{C}$ in the very first cycle.

    日本語

    Genetic engineering can help feed a growing world by improving farmed animals and crops. Examples of genetically modified organisms 转基因生物 (GMOs) are:

    • GM salmon 鲑鱼 that grow to size faster.
    • soybean 大豆 made resistant to a herbicide 除草剂, so weeds can be sprayed without harming the crop.
    • cotton 棉花 made resistant to insect pests 害虫, because it makes a protein that kills the insects.
    Two cotton plants side by side: the left one has full healthy leaves, the right one has been eaten down to torn stalks by insects
    Both plants faced the same insects. The insect-resistant GM cotton on the left is barely touched; the ordinary cotton on the right has been stripped — because the GM plant makes a protein that kills the pests as they feed

    GMOs also raise ethical and social questions: whether they are safe to eat, what effect they have on the environment and wild species, whether the engineered genes might spread, and whether a few large companies should control the food supply.

    Worked example. A tiny DNA sample from a crime scene must be amplified and then compared with a suspect's. Outline the two techniques and what each achieves. PCR copies the DNA in repeated cycles: denaturation at about $95\ °\text{C}$ separates the strands, annealing at about $55\ °\text{C}$ lets primers bind at each end of the target, and extension at about $72\ °\text{C}$ has Taq polymerase build the new strands. Each cycle doubles the amount, so $n$ cycles give $2^n$ copies - 30 cycles turn one molecule into roughly a billion. Gel electrophoresis then separates the fragments: DNA is negatively charged because of its phosphate groups, so it moves towards the anode, and shorter fragments travel further through the gel. Matching band patterns point to the same source. Taq polymerase is used because it is thermostable - an ordinary polymerase would denature at $95\ °\text{C}$ in the very first cycle.

    Explore · ⁨探索⁩

    How a GMO is made · ⁨GMOの作成方法⁩

    Step through it — the same recombinant-DNA toolkit, now used to give a crop or microbe a brand-new useful gene. · ⁨手順を追う——同じ組換えDNAツールキットを使用し、作物や微生物に新たな有用遺伝子を与えるために応用する。⁩

    Vocabulary · ⁨語彙⁩ Train · ⁨練習する⁩
    English 日本語
    genetically modified organism/dʒɪˈnetɪkli ˈmɒdɪfaɪd ˈɔːɡənɪzəm/ 遺伝子組み換え生物
    salmon/ˈsæmən/ サーモン
    soybean/ˈsɔɪbiːn/ 大豆
    herbicide/ˈhɜːbɪsaɪd/ 除草剤
    cotton/ˈkɒtn/ 綿
    pest/pest/ 害虫
    19.3

    Exam tips

    • Outline the toolkit: restriction enzymes (cut at specific sequences, sticky ends), ligase (join), plasmid vectors, and PCR (amplify).
    • Explain gel electrophoresis: DNA separates by size, smaller fragments travel further — used in genetic fingerprinting.
    • Give a balanced benefit vs concern for GMOs and gene therapy.

Log in or create account · ⁨ログインまたはアカウント作成⁩

IGCSE, A-Level & AP